SlideShare a Scribd company logo
This PDF is available from The National Academies Press at http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=18762 
ISBN 
978-0-309-30398-9 
150 pages 
6 x 9 
PAPERBACK (2014) 
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Patti Simon and Steve Olson, Rapporteurs; Board on Children, Youth, and 
Families; Committee on Law and Justice; Institute of Medicine; National 
Research Council 
Visit the National Academies Press online and register for... 
Instant access to free PDF downloads of titles from the 
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF ENGINEERING 
INSTITUTE OF MEDICINE 
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 
10% off print titles 
Custom notification of new releases in your field of interest 
Special offers and discounts 
Distribution, posting, or copying of this PDF is strictly prohibited without written permission of the National Academies Press. 
Unless otherwise indicated, all materials in this PDF are copyrighted by the National Academy of Sciences. 
Request reprint permission for this book 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Patti Simon and Steve Olson, Rapporteurs 
Board on Children, Youth, and Families 
Committee on Law and Justice 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
THE NATIONAL ACADEMIES PRESS 500 Fifth Street, NW Washington, DC 20001 
NOTICE: The workshop that is the subject of this workshop summary was approved 
by the Governing Board of the National Research Council, whose members are 
drawn from the councils of the National Academy of Sciences, the National Academy 
of Engineering, and the Institute of Medicine. 
This activity was supported by Contract No. HHSH250200976014I/HHS25034018T 
between the National Academy of Sciences and the Health Resources and Services 
Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The views 
presented in this publication do not necessarily reflect the views of the organizations 
or agencies that provided support for the activity. 
International Standard Book Number-13: 978-0-309-30398-9 
International Standard Book Number-10: 0-309-30398-2 
Additional copies of this workshop summary are available for sale from the National 
Academies Press, 500 Fifth Street, NW, Keck 360, Washington, DC 20001; (800) 
624-6242 or (202) 334-3313; http://www.nap.edu. 
For more information about the Institute of Medicine, visit the IOM home page 
at: www.iom.edu. 
Copyright 2014 by the National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
Printed in the United States of America 
Suggested citation: IOM (Institute of Medicine) and NRC (National Research 
Council). 2014. Building capacity to reduce bullying: Workshop summary. Wash-ington, 
DC: The National Academies Press. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
The National Academy of Sciences is a private, nonprofit, self-perpetuating society 
of distinguished scholars engaged in scientific and engineering research, dedicated to 
the furtherance of science and technology and to their use for the general welfare. 
Upon the authority of the charter granted to it by the Congress in 1863, the Acad-emy 
has a mandate that requires it to advise the federal government on scientific 
and technical matters. Dr. Ralph J. Cicerone is president of the National Academy 
of Sciences. 
The National Academy of Engineering was established in 1964, under the charter 
of the National Academy of Sciences, as a parallel organization of outstanding 
engineers. It is autonomous in its administration and in the selection of its members, 
sharing with the National Academy of Sciences the responsibility for advising the 
federal government. The National Academy of Engineering also sponsors engineer-ing 
programs aimed at meeting national needs, encourages education and research, 
and recognizes the superior achievements of engineers. Dr. C. D. Mote, Jr., is presi-dent 
of the National Academy of Engineering. 
The Institute of Medicine was established in 1970 by the National Academy of 
Sciences to secure the services of eminent members of appropriate professions in 
the examination of policy matters pertaining to the health of the public. The Insti-tute 
acts under the responsibility given to the National Academy of Sciences by its 
congressional charter to be an adviser to the federal government and, upon its own 
initiative, to identify issues of medical care, research, and education. Dr. Victor J. 
Dzau is president of the Institute of Medicine. 
The National Research Council was organized by the National Academy of Sci-ences 
in 1916 to associate the broad community of science and technology with the 
Academy’s purposes of furthering knowledge and advising the federal government. 
Functioning in accordance with general policies determined by the Academy, the 
Council has become the principal operating agency of both the National Academy 
of Sciences and the National Academy of Engineering in providing services to the 
government, the public, and the scientific and engineering communities. The Coun-cil 
is administered jointly by both Academies and the Institute of Medicine. Dr. 
Ralph J. Cicerone and Dr. C. D. Mote, Jr., are chair and vice chair, respectively, of 
the National Research Council. 
www.national-academies.org 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
PLANNING COMMITTEE ON INCREASING CAPACITY 
FOR REDUCING BULLYING AND ITS IMPACT ON 
THE LIFECOURSE OF YOUTH INVOLVED1 
FREDERICK P. RIVARA (Chair), Seattle Children’s Guild Endowed 
Chair in Pediatrics, Professor of Pediatrics, University of Washington 
School of Medicine 
CATHERINE BRADSHAW, Professor, Associate Dean for Research 
and Faculty Development, Curry School of Education, University of 
Virginia 
NINA FREDLAND, Associate Professor, Texas Woman’s University 
DENISE GOTTFREDSON, Professor at the University of Maryland 
Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology 
NANCY GUERRA, Professor of Psychology, Associate Provost for 
International Programs and Director, Institute for Global Studies, 
University of Delaware 
MEGAN A. MORENO, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, University of 
JONATHAN TODRES, Professor of Law, Georgia State University College 
v 
College of Nursing 
Washington 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
of Law 
Project Staff 
PATTI SIMON, Project Director 
TARA MAINERO, Research Associate 
STACEY SMIT, Senior Program Assistant 
Board on Children, Youth, and Families Staff 
KIMBER BOGARD, Director 
FAYE HILLMAN, Financial Associate 
Committee on Law and Justice Staff 
ARLENE LEE, Director 
1 Institute of Medicine planning committees are solely responsible for organizing the work-shop, 
identifying topics, and choosing speakers. The responsibility for the published workshop 
summary rests with the workshop rapporteurs and the institution.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Reviewers 
This workshop summary has been reviewed in draft form by individu-als 
chosen for their diverse perspectives and technical expertise, in accor-dance 
with procedures approved by the National Research Council’s Report 
Review Committee. The purpose of this independent review is to provide 
candid and critical comments that will assist the institution in making its 
published workshop summary as sound as possible and to ensure that the 
workshop summary meets institutional standards for objectivity, evidence, 
and responsiveness to the study charge. The review comments and draft 
manuscript remain confidential to protect the integrity of the process. We 
wish to thank the following individuals for their review of this workshop 
summary: 
David V. B. Britt, Retired CEO, Sesame Workshop 
Deborah Gross, Johns Hopkins University School of Nursing and 
Mark L. Hatzenbuehler, Columbia University 
Tracy Vaillancourt, University of Ottawa 
Although the reviewers listed above have provided many constructive 
comments and suggestions, they did not see the final draft of the workshop 
summary before its release. The review of this workshop summary was 
overseen by Hugh H. Tilson, University of North Carolina Gillings School 
of Global Public Health. Appointed by the National Research Council and 
vii 
Medicine 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
viii REVIEWERS 
the Institute of Medicine, he was responsible for making certain that an 
independent examination of this workshop summary was carried out in 
accordance with institutional procedures and that all review comments 
were carefully considered. Responsibility for the final content of this work-shop 
summary rests entirely with the rapporteurs and the institution. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Contents 
1 Introduction and Overview 1 
PART I 
UNDERSTANDING BULLYING 
2 Overview of Bullying and Victimization 9 
3 Targets of Bullying and Bullying Behavior 19 
PART II 
CONTEXTS FOR PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION 
4 School-Based Interventions 35 
5 Family-Focused Interventions 49 
6 Technology-Based Interventions 57 
7 Community-Based Interventions 65 
8 Peer-Led and Peer-Focused Programs 73 
9 Laws and Public Policies 81 
PART III 
FUTURE DIRECTIONS AND OVERALL THEMES 
10 Translating Bullying Research into Policy and Practice 91 
11 Reflections of School Personnel and Student Perspectives 103 
12 Final Thoughts 113 
ix 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
x CONTENTS 
APPENDIXES 
A References 121 
B Workshop Agenda 131 
C Workshop Statement of Task 139 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
1 
Introduction and Overview1 
Bullying—long tolerated as just a part of growing up—finally has been 
recognized as a substantial and preventable health problem. Bullying is 
associated with anxiety, depression, poor school performance, and future 
delinquent behavior among its targets, and reports regularly surface of 
youth who have committed suicide at least in part because of intolerable 
bullying. Bullying can also have harmful effects on children who bully, on 
bystanders, on school climates, and on society at large. Bullying can occur 
at all ages, from before elementary school to after high school. It can take 
the form of physical violence, verbal attacks, social isolation, spreading 
rumors, or cyberbullying. 
Increased concern about bullying has led 49 states and the District of 
Columbia to enact anti-bullying legislation since 1999. In addition, research 
on the causes, consequences, and prevention of bullying has expanded 
greatly in recent decades. However, major gaps still exist in the understand-ing 
of bullying and of interventions that can prevent or mitigate the effects 
1 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
of bullying. 
On April 9–10, 2014, the Board on Children, Youth, and Families of 
the Institute of Medicine (IOM) and the National Research Council (NRC) 
1 The planning committee’s role was limited to planning the workshop, and the workshop 
summary has been prepared by the workshop rapporteurs as a factual summary of what 
occurred at the workshop. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those 
of individual presenters and participants, and are not necessarily endorsed or verified by the 
Institute of Medicine or the National Research Council, and they should not be construed as 
reflecting any group consensus.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
2 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
held a 2-day workshop titled “Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying and Its 
Impact on Youth Across the Lifecourse.” The purpose of this workshop was 
to bring together representatives of key sectors involved in bullying preven-tion 
to identify the conceptual models and interventions that have proven 
effective in decreasing bullying, to examine models that could increase pro-tective 
factors and mitigate the negative effects of bullying, and to explore 
the appropriate roles of different groups in preventing bullying. 
At the workshop more than 20 presenters reviewed research on bul-lying 
prevention and intervention efforts as well as efforts in related areas 
of research and practice, implemented in a range of contexts and settings, 
including 
• Schools 
• Peers 
• Families 
• Communities 
• Laws and Public Policies 
• Technology 
Following the research presentations, two panels of discussants—one 
consisting of youth and one of school personnel—provided additional 
perspectives to the workshop. Box 1-1 lists the workshop’s objectives. An 
additional 200 people registered for the webcast of the workshop and con-tributed 
questions to the discussion sessions. 
The planning committee for the workshop consisted of Frederick P. 
Rivara (chair), Seattle Children’s Guild Endowed Chair in Pediatrics and 
professor of pediatrics at the University of Washington School of Medicine; 
Catherine Bradshaw, professor and associate dean for research and faculty 
development at the University of Virginia Curry School of Education; Nina 
Fredland, associate professor at the Texas Woman’s University College of 
Nursing; Denise Gottfredson, professor in the Department of Criminal 
Justice and Criminology at the University of Maryland; Nancy Guerra, 
professor of psychology, associate provost for international programs, and 
director of the Institute for Global Studies at the University of Delaware; 
Megan Moreno, associate professor of pediatrics at the University of Wash-ington; 
and Jonathan Todres, professor of law at the Georgia State Univer-sity 
College of Law. 
The workshop was funded by the Health Resources and Services 
Administration (HRSA) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services. The website for the workshop is http://www.iom.edu/activities/ 
children/reducingbullying/2014-apr-01.aspx. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW 3 
BOX 1-1 
Workshop Objectivesa 
The overall objective of the workshop was to highlight current research on 
bullying prevention. More specifically, workshop presentations and discussions 
addressed the following questions: 
• What are the underlying knowledge base and conceptual models that 
guide the design, delivery, and evaluation of bullying prevention and 
intervention efforts? 
• Are there specific interventions that are effective in decreasing bullying 
and the antecedents to bullying? 
• What programs designed to address other negative adolescent behaviors 
(e.g., substance abuse or delinquency) are also effective at preventing or 
reducing bullying? 
• Are there specific models and interventions that increase protective fac-tors 
and mitigate the negative health impacts of bullying? 
• What are the key sectors involved in bullying prevention and intervention? 
How does involvement or lack of involvement by key sectors influence op-portunities 
and barriers to implementing a blueprint for bullying prevention 
and intervention? What are some appropriate roles for each of the key 
sectors in preventing bullying? 
a The workshop statement of task is included in Appendix C. 
COMMENTS FROM THE SPONSOR 
“When it comes to bullying prevention, we know we can still do a lot 
better,” said Michael Lu, associate administrator for maternal and child 
health at HRSA, during his opening remarks at the workshop. According to 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s 2011 Youth Risk Behavior 
Surveillance System, 20 percent of high school students in the United States 
experience bullying (Finkelhor et al., 2009), Lu said. The 2008 and 2009 
School Crime Supplement, based on statistics from the National Center for 
Education and the Bureau of Justice, indicates that, nationwide, 28 percent 
of students in grades 6 through 12 experience bullying (Eaton et al., 2012). 
Many millions of children are bullied each year, Lu said. 
In 2004 HRSA launched the first federal anti-bullying campaign, 
including the first federal website to prevent bullying. Today, these 
efforts have evolved into a collaborative interagency initiative hosted 
at http://www.stopbullying.gov, which is a one-stop shop for all federal 
bully­ing 
prevention resources. “We have made great strides in raising 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
4 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
public awareness about bullying and its negative impact on youth,” Lu 
said. But “there are still way too many children and youth in this country 
who are being bullied every day.” 
A major obstacle to improvement is the amount that remains unknown, 
Lu observed. That knowledge gap was the motivation behind HRSA’s inter-est 
in sponsoring an IOM/NRC workshop to highlight current research on 
bullying prevention. The workshop was designed to consider what does 
and does not work and to derive lessons learned. “Five years from now, or 
10 years from now, as a nation, we will know a lot better about how to 
prevent bullying and reduce its impact on millions of children, youth, and 
families across the lifecourse,” Lu said. 
“This is an extraordinary gathering,” he concluded. “We have policy 
makers, researchers, educators, practitioners, and the public with us today 
in the room or online. We all come from different parts of the country. We 
come from different backgrounds, different walks of life. . . . [But] we have 
all gathered here today for one common purpose, united by one common 
cause—to reduce bullying and its impact on youth.” 
ORGANIZATION OF THE WORKSHOP SUMMARY 
The organization of the workshop summary follows the organization 
of the workshop panels and presentations. As noted earlier, this organiza-tion 
highlights the contexts in which bullying prevention interventions 
occur and the sectors that are engaged in these efforts. The contents of 
this summary reflect the research presented at the workshop and the dis-cussions 
that followed but should not be perceived as a comprehensive 
review of bullying prevention research. Specific topics (e.g., cyberbully-ing) 
and populations (e.g., lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender [LGBT] 
youth, racial/ethnic minority youth) are considered within the broader 
contexts framework. This was a deliberate decision on the part of the plan-ning 
committee, explained Bradshaw. For example, in putting together the 
workshop agenda, the planning committee considered having a separate 
panel that focused on issues of diversity (e.g., ethnic or cultural diversity, 
individuals with disabilities, LGBT populations) and bullying prevention, 
she said. Given the heterogeneity of these groups and their experiences, the 
planning committee decided instead to include issues and research related 
to diversity “as a thread” throughout the workshop, said Bradshaw. This 
decision should not be perceived as omission or lack of emphasis on issues 
of diversity, and discussions of these topics can be found in this summary in 
presentations by Susan Limber, the Dan Olweus Distinguished Professor at 
the Institute on Family and Neighborhood Life at Clemson University (see 
Chapter 2); Jaana Juvonen, professor in the Developmental Psychology Pro-gram 
at the University of California, Los Angeles, and Dorothy Espelage, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW 5 
Edward William Gutgsell and Jane Marr ­Gutgsell 
Endowed Professor in the 
Department of Educational Psychology at the University of Illinois, Urbana- 
Champaign (see Chapter 3); and Mark Hatzenbuehler, assistant professor 
of sociomedical sciences at Columbia University’s Mailman School of Public 
Health (see Chapter 9). 
Similarly, while the workshop includes two reaction panels—one of 
school personnel and one of students—to offer their perspectives on the 
workshop presentations, these should not be viewed as the only stakeholder 
perspectives that would enhance an overall discussion of bullying preven-tion. 
The planning committee’s decision not to include additional stake-holder 
reaction panels—of parents and caregivers, for example—should not 
be viewed as an omission, but rather as a function of what was considered 
to be feasible within the format of a 2-day workshop. Discussions of addi-tional 
stakeholder groups can be found in this summary in presentations by 
Melissa Holt, an assistant professor at the Boston University School of Edu-cation 
(see Chapter 5); Deborah Gorman-Smith, professor in the School of 
Social Service Administration at the University of Chicago (see Chapter 5); 
Asha Goldweber, a behavioral health researcher in SRI International’s Cen-ter 
for Education and Human Services (see Chapter 7); and Joseph Wright, 
professor and vice chair in the Department of Pediatrics and professor of 
emergency medicine and health policy at The George Washington Univer-sity 
Schools of Medicine and Public Health (see Chapter 7). 
The summary is organized into 3 parts and 12 chapters. Part I, which 
includes Chapters 2 and 3, describes a basis for understanding bullying. 
Part II, which includes Chapters 4 through 9, examines the contexts for pre-vention 
and intervention. Part III, which includes Chapters 10 through 12, 
describes possible future directions and overall themes that were discussed 
at the workshop. Each of the chapters is described briefly below. 
Following this introduction, Chapter 2 provides an overview of bully-ing 
and victimization, including definitions, prevalence, and consequences. 
Chapter 3 reviews what is known about the targets of bullying and bully­ing 
behavior, including recent research on the neurobiological impact of 
bullying. Chapter 4 takes a closer look at school-based interventions, 
including characteristics of effective school interventions, the influence of 
school climate, and school policies to address bullying. Chapter 5 consid-ers 
family-focused interventions and the role of parents and caregivers in 
bullying prevention. Chapter 6 focuses on technology-based interventions 
and includes a discussion of cyberbullying. Chapter 7 considers community-based 
interventions, including the role of health care professionals in bully-ing 
prevention. Chapter 8 reviews the research on peer-led and peer-focused 
interventions, which includes a discussion of both positive and negative peer 
influence. Chapter 9 provides an overview of laws and policies related to 
bullying and what is known about their effectiveness. Chapter 10 con­siders 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
6 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
how to translate research on bullying prevention to policy and practice. 
Chapter 11 includes highlights from two reaction panels—one composed 
of school personnel and one of students—who offered their perspectives 
on the workshop presentations. Finally, Chapter 12 includes highlights 
from the workshop sessions and areas for future research as identified by 
individual members of the workshop planning committee. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Part I 
Understanding Bullying 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
2 
Overview of Bullying and Victimization 
Key Points Made by the Speaker 
• A recently developed uniform definition of bullying will help 
researchers assess the scope and effects of bullying. (Limber) 
• Although prevalence rates vary with the timeframe examined, 
the measurement approach used, the informant, and the geo-graphic 
location of the study, 20 to 30 percent of children 
report having been bullied at least once in the past year, and 
more than 10 percent of children report having been bullied 
two to three or more times per month in the past 2 months. 
(Limber) 
• Bullying can have harmful effects not only on the targets of 
bullying but also on children who engage in bullying behaviors, 
on bystanders, on school climates, and on society at large. 
(Limber) 
• The continued collection of data on bullying will help to indi-cate 
whether prevention efforts are helping to change bullying 
Concerns about bullying have grown dramatically in recent years, noted 
Susan Limber, the Dan Olweus Distinguished Professor at the Institute on 
Family and Neighborhood Life at Clemson University, in her introductory 
9 
rates. (Limber) 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
10 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
overview of bullying and victimization, but what exactly is “bullying”? 
Without a consistent definition of bullying, it becomes more difficult to 
understand the scope and magnitude of the problem, to measure the impact 
of bullying on children, and to prevent bullying. 
After concerns about inconsistent definitions were raised at the first 
Federal Partners in Bullying Prevention Summit, which took place in 2010, 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the U.S. Department of 
Education launched an initiative to develop a uniform definition of bully-ing. 
With input from a panel of researchers and practitioners, the following 
definition was established (Gladden et al., 2014, p. 7): 
Bullying is any unwanted aggressive behavior(s) by another youth or group 
of youths . . . that involves an observed or perceived power imbalance and 
is repeated multiple times or is highly likely to be repeated. Bullying may 
inflict harm or distress on the targeted youth including physical, psycho-logical, 
social, or educational harm. 
The first key element of this definition, Limber said, is that bully-ing 
involves unwanted aggressive behavior—the targeted youth wants the 
aggression to stop. Bullying does not include playful taunting or teasing, 
although it can be a challenge for adults and other youth to tell whether 
behaviors are unwanted or not. The definition also describes aggression as 
the intentional use of harmful behaviors that are threatened or actual. The 
focus, Limber explained, is on whether the aggressor intends to use harmful 
behaviors, not on whether the aggressor intends the target to experience 
an injury. 
The second key element in the definition, Limber said, is that bully-ing 
involves an imbalance of power. The aggressor is using observed or 
perceived personal or situational characteristics to exert control over the 
target or to limit his or her ability to respond or stop the aggression. Power 
differences can be characterized by many factors, including physical char-acteristics 
such as differences in size, age, or strength, but they can also 
include such factors as popularity or demographic characteristics, includ-ing 
whether or not a child is a member of a majority or a minority racial 
or ethnic group. Power differences can also include distinctions in social, 
academic, or other skills or abilities; access to resources; the ability to reach 
an entire student body with messages or images sent online; and the power 
of numbers, Limber said. 
A third key element of bullying, she said, is its repetitive quality. Chil-dren 
who are targets of bullying often experience multiple incidents or a 
pattern of aggressive behavior against them. According to the definition, a 
single incident can be considered bullying if there is a strong likelihood that 
it will be followed by more like it. However, even though bullying typically 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 11 
is repeated over time, a one-time occurrence can be bullying, and adults 
should not wait for a pattern to emerge before responding, Limber said. 
The uniform definition also acknowledges that bullying often inflicts 
harm or distress on the targeted youth, although this is not a requirement 
for a behavior to qualify as bullying, Limber noted. Not all bullied youth 
may be able to immediately identify or express what harm or distress they 
may have experienced from bullying, she said. For example, a child with 
developmental delays or disabilities may not always recognize that he or 
she is being harmed by being taunted or teased, but may be bullied none-theless, 
Limber said. 
THE CHARACTERISTICS OF BULLYING 
The uniform definition document recognizes two distinct modes of 
bullying, Limber explained. The first is direct bullying, which occurs in the 
presence of a targeted youth. The second is indirect bullying, such as the 
spreading of a rumor or encouraging others to exclude a peer. 
The uniform definition also enumerates distinct types of bullying. For 
example, physical bullying includes such acts as hitting, kicking, punching, 
spitting, tripping, and pushing. Verbal bullying can include taunting, name-calling, 
sexual comments, or threatening words, notes, or gestures. Rela-tional 
bullying is designed to harm reputations and relationships through, 
for example, social isolation, spreading rumors, or posting embarrassing 
images. 
The terms “violence” and “bullying” are sometimes used interchange-ably, 
and bullying is clearly a form of aggressive behavior, Limber said. But 
while all bullying is aggression, not all aggression is bullying, she observed. 
For example, a fight or a nasty argument between two peers of equal power 
or strength certainly is aggressive behavior but probably would not be 
characterized as bullying. 
The World Health Organization has defined violence as “the inten-tional 
use of physical force or physical power, threatened or actual, against 
another person or against a group or community” (Dahlberg and Krug, 
2002 p. 5). Thus, it overlaps with bullying but is not synonymous with 
bully­ing 
(see Figure 2-1). Some bullying may constitute discriminatory 
harassment under federal law. In a “Dear colleague” letter issued in 2010, 
the U.S. Department of Education’s Office for Civil Rights clarified the 
relationship between bullying and discriminatory harassment and reminded 
schools of their obligations under anti-discrimination statutes (U.S. Depart-ment 
of Education, 2010). The letter notes that bullying of an individual 
based on race, color, national origin, sex, or disability can be a civil rights 
violation if it is “sufficiently serious that it creates a hostile environment 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
12 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Aggression 
Violence Bullying 
Physical 
bullying 
FIGURE 2-1 Physical bullying is a subset of both aggression and the narrower 
category of violence. 
SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. 
and such harassment is encouraged, tolerated, not adequately addressed, or 
ignored by school employees.” 
THE PREVALENCE OF BULLYING 
In a review of more than 90 studies that had examined bullying preva-lence 
among children and youth, Cook et al. (2010a) found that the preva-lence 
rates vary according to the timeframe examined, the measurement 
approached used, the informant, and the geographic location of the study. 
Were children asked how much bullying they had experienced in the past 
year, the past 6 months, or the past week? Was bullying defined, and if so, 
how was it defined? Was the information derived from self-reports, peer 
reports, or teacher reports? Was bullying being examined in the United 
States or other countries? 
For data on prevalence, Limber cited four national surveys that focus 
on slightly different age groups. The School Crime Supplement to the 
National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) found that 28 percent of 
12- to 18-year-olds said they had been bullied at school in 2011 (Robers 
et al., 2012). The Youth Risk Behavior Survey (YRBS), which focuses on 
high school students, reported that in 2011, 20 percent of students had been 
bullied on school property during the previous year (Eaton et al., 2012). 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 13 
The Health Behavior in School-Aged Children (HBSC), which collects data 
from a nationally representative sample of children and youth in grades 5 
through 10, reported that during the 2009–2010 school year, 28 percent 
of youth had been bullied at school at least once in the previous 2 months, 
while 11 percent of youth had been bullied two to three times per month 
or more during this timeframe (Iannotti, 2014). The National Survey of 
­Children’s 
Exposure to Violence, which involved a national telephone sur-vey 
of caregivers and youth with an age focus from 2 to 17, found that 
13 percent of children had been physically bullied and 20 percent had 
been teased or emotionally bullied during the previous year (Finkelhor et 
al., 2009). 
Researchers interested in examining the prevalence, nature, and effects 
of bullying often have analyzed the experiences of three distinct groups of 
children directly involved in bullying, Limber said. The first group consists 
of youth who bully others but are not themselves bullied. The literature 
refers to these youth as aggressors, perpetrators, or bullies. The second 
group consists of youth who are bullied but do not bully others. Sometimes 
they are referred to as targets or victims. The third group consists of youth 
who both are bullied themselves and also bully other youth. They often are 
referred to in the literature as bully–victims. 
Cook et al. (2010a) found that children who are bullied constitute the 
largest proportion of students involved in bullying, followed by youth who 
bully, and finally youth who are bullied and also bully others. One study of 
third through twelfth graders who were involved in bullying two to three 
times per month or more, found these three categories to account for 13 
percent (children who are bullied), 4 percent (children who bully others), 
and 3 percent (children who are bullied and also bully others) of all stu-dents 
in these grades (Limber et al., 2013). 
According to data from the HBSC, students in grades 5 through 10 
who are bullied two to three times per month or more at school most 
often experience verbal bullying and the spreading of lies (see Figure 2-2). 
Similarly, the NCVS found that verbal bullying and rumor spreading were 
the most common forms of bullying for sixth through twelfth graders (see 
Figure 2-3). 
According to Cook et al. (2010a), boys and girls experience relatively 
similar rates of being bullied. On the other hand, Limber said, this meta-analysis 
found that boys were almost twice as likely as girls to bully others 
and were about 2.5 times as likely to both bully others and be bullied. The 
prevalence of different types of bullying also differs between boys and girls. 
According to the NCVS, girls are more likely than boys to indicate that they 
have been bullied through name-calling, rumor spreading, social exclusion, 
and cyberbullying, while boys are more likely than girls to say that they 
have been physically bullied (Eaton et al., 2012). 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
14 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
FIGURE 2-2 Prevalence of different types of bullying. 
NOTE: The types of bullying that occurred most often are highlighted in green. 
SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. Data from HBSC, 2013. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
verbal 
20% 
18% 
16% 
14% 
12% 
10% 
8% 
6% 
4% 
2% 
0% 
lies spread sexual jokes left out race physical computer cell phone 
rumors 
20% 
18% 
16% 
14% 
12% 
10% 
8% 
6% 
4% 
2% 
0% 
verbal physical excluded threatened force property 
destroyed 
cyber 
FIGURE 2-3 Students ages 12 through 18 who are bullied during the school year 
most often experience rumors and verbal bullying. 
NOTE: The types of bullying that occurred most often are highlighted in green. 
SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. Data from Robers et al., 2013. 
Children’s experiences with bullying also vary according to their age, 
Limber said. The likelihood of being bullied is greatest in elementary 
and middle school and decreases throughout the high school grades (see 
Figure 2-4). Similarly, Limber et al. (2013), in a survey of more than 20,000 
students in grades 3 through 12, found that rates of being bullied were 
highest among third graders and thereafter decreased steadily through 
elementary, middle, and high school both for boys and for girls.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 15 
Although bullying victimization is particularly likely in middle child-hood, 
the specific forms of bullying that children are most likely to experi-ence 
vary by age, depending on the children’s verbal, cognitive, and social 
development and on circumstances, Limber said. For example, rates of 
cyberbullying rise from middle school to high school and peak in about the 
tenth grade (Robers et al., 2013). 
Somewhat different age patterns are observed for self-reports of bully-ing 
others and of being a bully–victim, Limber said. In a large-scale survey 
of students in grades 3 through 12, Limber et al. (2013) found that among 
boys, bullying others increased steadily from about grade 3 through around 
grade 12, but among girls, rates of bullying others peaked in eighth grade 
(see Figure 2-5). However, Cook et al. (2010a) found that rates of bullying 
others decreased from age 3 through age 18 while the likelihood of being a 
bully–victim peaked in the adolescent years before then decreasing. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
35% 
30% 
25% 
20% 
15% 
10% 
5% 
0% 
age 2–5 age 6–9 
physical bullying 
teasing or emotional bullying 
age 10–13 age 14–17 
FIGURE 2-4 The likelihood of being bullied is greatest in elementary grades and 
decreases through middle and high school. 
SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. Data from Finkelhor et al., 2009.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
16 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
7% 7% 
10% 10% 
9% 9% 
CHANGES OVER TIME 
6% 
4% 
Boys 
Girls 
Despite increased attention to bullying since the early 2000s, the extent 
to which the rates of bullying have changed over time remains unclear, 
Limber said. Time trends depend on the data source, the gender of the 
participants, and the frequency of involvement, she added. 
The percentage of students who said they were bullied occasionally— 
defined as once or more in the past couple of months—decreased between 
2001/2002 and 2005/2006 by 16 percent for boys and 15 percent for girls, 
according to data from the HBSC (Molcho et al., 2009). Frequent victim-ization 
decreased by 5 percent for boys and 6 percent for girls during this 
time period. Data from the NCVS showed that the percentage of 12- to 
18-year-olds who said they were bullied at school decreased by about 12 
percent between 2007 and 2011, but the trend was much more pronounced 
for boys than girls (Robers et al., 2010, 2012, 2013). Data from the YRBS, 
which looks at high school students’ experiences in the previous year, 
showed no changes between 2009 and 2011, which are the only 2 years 
for which data are comparable, given changes in the wording of questions 
over time (Eaton et al., 2009, 2012). 
These data need to continue to be gathered and analyzed, Limber 
emphasized, because they will help to indicate whether bullying prevention 
efforts are changing the rates of bullying. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
20% 
15% 
10% 
5% 
0% 
3rd 
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 
3% 
6% 6% 
6% 6% 
11% 
7% 
4th 5th 6th 7th 
Grade level 
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 
FIGURE 2-5 The percentage of third through twelfth graders who have bullied 
other students two to three times per month or more rises until eighth grade for 
boys and girls and continues to rise after that for girls. 
SOURCE: Limber et al., 2013.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 17 
THE CONSEQUENCES OF BULLYING 
The consequences of bullying include not only the effects on the targets 
of bullying but also long-term outcomes for children who engage in bullying 
behavior, effects on bystanders, effects of bullying on the broader school 
climate, and the costs of bullying to society, Limber said. 
Limber added that a very large body of research points to an asso-ciation 
between being bullied and later internalizing problems and that a 
number of recent longitudinal studies have confirmed that being bullied is 
associated with the later development of a variety of issues: internalizing 
problems, including depression, anxiety, agoraphobia, panic disorder, and 
low self-esteem (Copeland et al., 2013; Faris and Felmlee, 2011; Ttofi 
et al., 2011a); psychosomatic problems, including headaches, stomach pain, 
sleeping problems, and poor appetite (Gini and Pozzoli, 2013); and school 
avoidance and lower academic achievement (Buhs et al., 2006, 2010). Some 
researchers have also found that peer victimization is associated with later 
externalizing behaviors, such as such as aggression, delinquency, and mis-conduct 
(Reijintjes et al., 2010). 
Although researchers have concluded that there is a relationship 
between bullying and suicide-related behaviors (Hertz et al., 2013), rela-tively 
few longitudinal studies have been conducted to explore the causal 
links between bullying and later suicidal ideation, attempts, or deaths by 
suicide. Researchers have found that being bullied in childhood predicted 
later suicide attempts and deaths by suicide for girls but not for boys, after 
controlling for prior depression and conduct problems (Klomek et al., 2013), 
and that boys identified as bully–victims were at increased risk of suicidal 
thoughts and attempts in young adulthood (Copeland et al., 2013). How-ever, 
this connection should not be overstated or misinterpreted, Limber 
said. The causes of suicide are complex, and many individual, relational, 
community, and societal factors can contribute to the risk of suicide (CDC, 
2012). When researchers used data from the National Violent Death Report-ing 
System to look at the precipitating circumstances for youth ages 10 
through 17 who had died by suicide, they found that school-related prob-lems 
were a precipitating circumstance in about one-quarter of the deaths 
(Karch et al., 2013). A small percentage of these—12 percent—appear to be 
related to bullying, Limber said. To put that number in context, she added, 
intimate-partner relationship problems were identified as a precipitating 
circumstance in about one-half of the deaths. 
Longitudinal research of children who engage in bullying behavior also 
points to reason for concern, Limber said. For example, research has found 
that boys who bullied peers in middle school were four times as likely as 
peers to have three or more criminal convictions as young adults (Olweus, 
1993), and boys who frequently bullied others were at high risk for later 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
18 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
criminality when accompanied by a high level of psychiatric symptoms 
(Sourander et al., 2007). A meta-analysis of 18 studies found that bullying 
others was related to a greater likelihood of being involved in later criminal 
behavior and antisocial behavior (Ttofi et al., 2011b). In addition, Espelage 
et al. (2012) found that bullying others was associated with later sexual 
harassment of others among middle school students. 
By one estimate, more than 80 percent of bullying is witnessed by oth-ers 
(O’Connell et al., 1999), and research suggests that bullying can have 
significant effects on bystanders (Polanin et al., 2012). Bystanders report 
feeling anxiety and insecurity (Rigby and Slee, 1993). These feelings stem, 
in part, from fears of retaliation (Musher-Eizenman et al., 2004), which 
often prevent bystanders from seeking help (Unnever and Cornell, 2003). 
Compared with their peers who have not observed bullying, individuals 
who have report more symptoms of interpersonal sensitivity, helplessness, 
and potential suicidal ideation (Rivers and Noret, 2013). 
Limber reported that many have argued that prevalent bullying or 
bullying that is not adequately addressed within a school environment 
can contribute to a negative school climate (Espelage and Swearer, 2010; 
Olweus, 1993; Olweus et al., 2007), where school climate is defined as the 
quality and character of school life, including collective beliefs, values, and 
attitudes (Cohen, 2009; Cohen et al., 2009). Cohen et al. (2009) found 
that safety, including attitudes about bullying and violence, is one of four 
essential dimensions of school climate. Students who perceive staff mem-bers 
to be supportive are more likely to indicate they would seek help for 
bullying and threats of violence (Eliot et al., 2010). In addition, bully­ing 
prevention at schools has been associated not only with reductions in bully-ing 
but also with improvements in the social climate of the school (Olweus, 
1991, 1997). 
Finally, Limber said, bullying may result in substantial costs to society. 
Those who have been involved in bullying are “overconsumers” of society’s 
health and social services (Olweus, 2012; Sourander et al., 2007), she said. 
For example, efforts to quantify the costs for troubled youth estimate that 
the cost of saving a single high-risk youth from a career in crime ranges 
from $2.6 million to $5.3 million (Cohen and Piquero, 2009; Cohen et al., 
2010). 
Future research will help to quantify the costs of bullying. But there is 
no doubt, Limber concluded, that “the individual human price tag is far 
too costly.” 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
3 
Targets of Bullying and 
Bullying Behavior 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• Ethnic minority middle-school students generally feel safer and 
less bullied in more diverse contexts, perhaps because they 
perceive peer mistreatment as a sign of prejudice and do not 
blame themselves in the same way that majority students do. 
(Juvonen) 
• Having one friend lowers the risk of being bullied, and even a 
neutral social interaction can help re-establish a sense of con-nection 
after being bullied. (Juvonen) 
• Bullying has been associated with direct and indirect exposure 
to family violence and with sexual harassment and teen dating 
violence during adolescence. (Espelage) 
• Many of the students who engage in bullying are found to be 
near the center of dense social networks, and aggression tends 
to stay within social categories. (Faris) 
• Genetics research, neuroimaging, studies of the stress hormone 
cortisol, and investigations of chromosomal changes all have 
revealed harmful biological changes associated with bullying. 
(Vaillancourt) 
19 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
20 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Bullying can be analyzed at different levels, from the sociological to the 
genetic. In the initial panel of the workshop, four presenters summarized 
research on students who bully others and on the targets of bullying from 
four different perspectives and then, in the discussion period, explored pos-sible 
ways in which these perspectives could be integrated. 
CONTEXTUAL EFFECTS ON THE TARGETS OF BULLYING 
“Why are we concerned about bullying?” asked Jaana Juvonen, profes-sor 
in the developmental psychology program at the University of Califor-nia, 
Los Angeles. Is it because of its prevalence or because of the negative 
effects on the targets of bullying? The answer, in all likelihood, is both, she 
said. But when the effectiveness of interventions is examined, the focus is 
on prevalence and related factors, such as improvements in school climate. 
These outcomes are undoubtedly important, but Juvonen said that she was 
unable to find, in preparing for the workshop, even one study that exam-ined 
whether anti-bullying efforts help alleviate the emotional pain and 
the health consequences for the most vulnerable—those who experience 
bullying repeatedly. 
To create environments that protect the chronically bullied, it is neces-sary 
to understand how bullying-related distress varies across contexts and 
situations, Juvonen said. First, the emotional distress of the targeted varies 
across individuals. This variation is usually attributed to individual differ-ences 
among the targets of bullying. For example, those who show more 
distress may be seen as lacking emotion-regulation abilities, being more 
sensitive to rejection, or not having good coping strategies, Juvonen said. 
Much less is known, Juvonen said, about the role of social context. For 
example, how does group composition or the relationships in a particular 
context make the pain of bullying either greater or less? To address this 
void in the research, Juvonen and her colleague Sandra Graham have been 
investigating features of the social environments of school-based bullying 
to try to understand the links between bullying experiences and emotional 
distress. Specifically, they have compared the plight of targets of bullying 
across schools that vary in ethnic composition, with a focus on environ-ments 
in which students feel safe as opposed to unsafe. 
Comparing schools in California with varied ethnic compositions, they 
found that African-American and Latino middle-school students gener-ally 
felt safer and less bullied in the more diverse contexts (Juvonen et al., 
2006). However, Juvonen asked, although diversity may be protective for 
at least some groups or individuals, is there safety in numbers of similar 
others when bullied? Peer groups become increasingly ethnically segregated 
across grades, suggesting that same-ethnic peers are an important reference 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 21 
group. The question, then, she said, is whether the plight of a target may 
vary depending on the size of his or her ethnic group. 
In this case, Juvonen and her colleagues examined social anxiety and 
found a stronger association between victimization and social anxiety when 
the victims of bullying had a greater number of same-ethnic peers (Bellmore 
et al., 2004). Similar findings were obtained for loneliness, she said. Thus, 
being bullied was more strongly associated with both social anxiety and 
loneliness when students were in settings with greater (as opposed to fewer) 
same-ethnic peers. 
This finding raises the question of how targets construe their plight. 
When youth are bullied, Juvonen observed, they are likely to ask, “Why 
me?” Answers to this question—that is, the attributions they make—are 
likely to affect the level or type of distress they experience. 
Using the construct of characterological self-blame—the idea that tar-gets 
come to blame themselves and believe that there is nothing they can do 
about it—Juvonen and her colleagues looked at why students who belong 
to majority groups in their school would feel worse. They found a stron-ger 
association between getting bullied and self-blame when the students 
belonged to the numerical majority (Graham et al., 2009). In contrast, no 
association was found between bullying and self-blame when the students 
belonged to the numerical minority in their schools. Recent evidence sug-gests 
that those who are in the numerical minority perceive this kind of peer 
mistreatment as reflecting prejudice on the part of their peers and do not 
blame themselves in the same way that those who belong to the numerical 
majority, Juvonen said. 
To further understand the role of characterological self-blame, Juvonen 
and her colleagues have more recently examined its potential role in pro-longing 
bullying. Focusing on the first year in middle school, they looked 
at which youths bullied in the fall continued to be targeted by the spring 
of sixth grade. The question was whether self-blame functions similarly 
to depression—as both a consequence and a risk factor of victimization. 
They found support for indirect associations, in that children who had 
been targeted in the beginning of sixth grade were more likely to continue 
to be bullied throughout the school year if they self-blamed and become 
depressed (Schacter et al., 2014). 
These analyses suggest that contextual factors affect how children 
interpret their mistreatment and that self-blame is especially detrimental, 
Juvonen said. They also suggest that to alleviate distress and reduce the 
duration of bullying, interventions may need to change targets’ attributions 
of their plight. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
22 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
The Power of Friends 
Juvonen concluded her presentation with “something a little more 
positive.” A particularly potent protective factor against bullying, she said, 
is having friends. Although the type of friend matters, good evidence sug-gests 
that having even one friend lowers the risk of being bullied. Moreover, 
when a student is bullied, his or her distress can be alleviated by having that 
one friend, Juvonen said. 
Two recent dissertation studies from her laboratory provide further 
insights about these findings, suggesting that the effect may result not from 
individual differences in whether children have friends but from social 
replenishment after peer mistreatment. In the first study, Guadalupe Espi-noza 
showed that when an individual experienced cyberbullying, time spent 
with friends—not the quality of the friendship—alleviated the intensity of 
distress reported by high school students (Espinoza, under review). If, on 
the day a student was cyberbullied, that student spent some time with a 
friend, stress was significantly and substantially alleviated, Juvonen said. 
In the second study, Elisheva Gross varied the activities of youth who 
were excluded in an online experiment: They were randomly assigned either 
to instant message with an unknown peer or to play a solitary computer 
game. The goal was to document recovery from self-esteem loss related 
to the exclusion experience. What she found was that recovery was much 
quicker for those who had a chance to interact with an unknown peer as 
opposed to playing a solitary computer game (Gross, 2009). These findings 
suggest that recovery does not even “require” having a friend but just con-necting 
with a peer, Juvonen observed. 
This research has helped identify two possible antidotes to bullying that 
can vary across situations and contexts, Juvonen said. The first is to realize 
“It’s not just me” in thinking about bullying. The second is to recognize that 
even a neutral social interaction can help reestablish a sense of connection 
after being bullied. It is important to realize that environments make youth 
socially isolated, Juvonen said. Youth are not socially isolated unless other 
people ignore or exclude them, she said, which is why a school environment 
that fosters connectedness is critically important. 
ASSOCIATIONS AMONG BULLYING, 
SEXUAL HARASSMENT, AND DATING VIOLENCE 
Bullying is not an isolated behavior, observed Dorothy Espelage, 
Edward William Gutgsell and Jane Marr Gutgsell Endowed Professor in 
the Department of Educational Psychology at the University of Illinois, 
Urbana-Champaign. For example, several cross-sectional and a handful 
of longitudinal studies link direct and indirect exposure to family violence 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 23 
with bullying behavior (Espelage et al., 2000, 2013; Voisin and Hong, 
2012). Bullying is also predictive of sexual violence during adolescence, 
and the two share similar risk factors (Basile et al., 2009; Espelage et al., 
2012). In addition, Miller et al. (2013) demonstrate how dating violence 
and bullying often co-occur, highlighting the need to recognize the inter-relatedness 
of these behaviors. 
However, few longitudinal studies have unpacked the mechanisms from 
the contextual variables of bully perpetration, Espelage said. Even fewer 
longitudinal studies have considered how bully perpetration is associated 
with the emergence of gender-based bullying, sexual harassment, or teen 
dating violence during early adolescence. 
Espelage and her colleagues (2014) have proposed a developmental 
model of bullying, sexual harassment, and dating violence. To test this 
model, they tracked 1,162 racially and economically diverse students from 
2008 to 2013. The students were in three cohorts—fifth, sixth, and seventh 
graders in 2008—with seven waves of data collection occurring during the 
years of the study. 
One takeaway message from this research, Espelage said, is that homo-phobic 
name-calling and unwanted sexual commentary are prevalent in 
middle school. “It takes about 3 minutes when you go into a middle school 
to hear this kind of language,” she said. Youth who engage in bullying 
behavior resort to homophobic name-calling over the middle-school years 
(Espelage et al., 2012, in press). Boys and girls may try to demonstrate their 
heterosexuality by sexually harassing others. Bullying and homophobic 
name-calling may also promote unhealthy dating relationships, she said. 
This has been a powerful finding for teachers and administrators, who 
say that they often hear this language. Bullying prevention programs need 
to include a discussion of language that marginalizes gender non-conform-ing 
and lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender youth, Espelage said, despite 
the potential backlash from those who see such discussions as promoting 
an alternative sexual orientation. 
Espelage’s research also has demonstrated that bullying and homopho-bic 
name-calling is associated with later sexual harassment (Espelage et al., 
in press). As students transition to high school, a strong connection emerges 
between bullying and sexual harassment, she said. In addition, sexual 
harassment, unwanted sexual commentary, and unwanted touching pre-dicted 
teen dating violence, including verbal, physical, and sexual coercion. 
This research is predicated on a social–ecological model and a social– 
interactional learning model in which family violence serves as an important 
context for understanding the relations among bullying perpetration, sexual 
harassment perpetration, and teen dating violence, Espelage explained. The 
researchers have tested this model by evaluating the changing influence 
of key social agents across early to late adolescence. For example, in the 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
24 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
dataset discussed by Espelage at the workshop, 32 risk and protective fac-tors 
were considered. Girls were separated out because of the tremendous 
variability in the ways in which they report bullying perpetration and expo-sure 
to family conflict and sibling aggression. On this last point, Espelage 
noted that sibling aggression is emerging as a potent predictor of bullying 
involvement for both perpetration and victimization. For boys, family con-flict 
did not predict bullying perpetration, just sibling aggression. “Sibling 
aggression, which many of us feel is a proxy in some ways for violence in 
the home, was an important predictor here as well,” Espelage said. 
Possible Next Steps 
From this research, Espelage offered several suggestions. Future 
research will need to consider multiple contexts to identify longitudinal 
predictors, mediators, and moderators associated with outcomes for youth 
who engage in bullying behavior, she said. “We must begin to think much 
more creatively about incorporating discussions of gender-based name-calling, 
sexual violence, and gender expression.” 
In addition, Espelage said there is a need to examine and respond to 
various forms of interpersonal violence as a part of prevention of bullying 
and youth violence. In particular, Espelage pointed to exposure to family 
violence and teen-dating violence victimization and perpetration. Such 
research could evaluate the changing influence of key socializing agents 
across early to late adolescence and examine the antecedents, correlates, 
and sequelae of bullying, sexual harassment, and teen dating violence, she 
said. 
Finally, Espelage said that there is a need for comprehensive, social– 
ecological longitudinal studies to understand the complex developmental 
unfolding of different types of youth violence. The effect sizes for many 
bullying prevention programs have been low and have even been negative 
for some programs in high schools, partly because programs designed for 
elementary school children are being used inappropriately for older stu-dents 
(Yeager et al., in press). “We need to be developmentally sensitive to 
the types of experiences kids are reporting,” Espelage said. 
INSTRUMENTAL AGGRESSION 
The research literature on bullying suggests that individuals who engage 
in bullying behavior have two contradictory attributes, said Robert Faris, 
associate professor of sociology at the University of California, Davis. On 
the one hand, bully perpetrators would seem to have substantial forms of 
maladjustment, such as troubled home lives or challenging psychological 
dispositions, which would imply that they are on the fringes of social net- 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 25 
works and do not have high status. On the other hand, he said, bullying 
would seem to be a way of building status by establishing one’s place in a 
social hierarchy. 
Faris’s own research suggests that both of these observations are accu-rate. 
“I find a lot of evidence to suggest a very traditional perspective of 
maladjusted kids who are picking on those who are weaker than them,” he 
said. “I also found a second pattern, . . . which is instrumental aggression.”1 
When the social connections among students in a high school are dia-grammed, 
many of the students who engage in bullying are found to be near 
the center of dense social networks, Faris said. Connections between indi-viduals 
who engage in bullying behavior and their targets tend not to occur 
around the perimeter of social networks, as the early work on bullying 
would suggest (Faris, 2012). “What we see is a preponderance of ties origi-nating 
within the core of these networks among the more popular kids,” 
he said. “I think this is evidence of an instrumental pattern of aggression.” 
Working with Susan Ennett, Faris has also done research on the role of 
status motivation. They found that students who want to be more popular 
are more aggressive (Faris and Ennett, 2012). They also found that stu-dents, 
regardless of how much they care about popularity themselves, are 
more likely to be aggressive if they have friends who care about popularity. 
In addition, they found that the highest rates of aggression occur between 
pairs of students who are both high status, not between high-status and 
low-status students. “To me that is consistent with the idea of competition 
for status and the use of aggression to those ends,” Faris said. 
Social Distance 
Instrumental aggression also depends in part on social distance.2 
Aggression tends to stay within social categories, Faris said. For example, 
the highest rates of aggression tend to be within race and not across race. 
His data indicate that bullying has a very low likelihood of crossing racial 
lines. 
The situation with gender is similar: The highest rates of aggression are 
between girls and between boys rather than across gender lines. Although 
boys and girls have roughly equal rates of aggression, both boys and girls 
target girls more often than they target boys, which results in girls being 
disproportionately targeted, Faris said. 
1 Instrumental aggression refers to purposive aggression intended to achieve some goal, 
particularly higher social status. 
2 Social distance can refer to fundamental demographic barriers (e.g., racial divides) and, 
in social network terms, to the number of friendship links separating two people in a social 
network (e.g., a friend of a friend is distance 2). 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
26 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Working with a different dataset, Faris and his colleagues found very 
high rates of aggression among adolescents who identify as lesbian, gay, 
bisexual, transgender, or questioning (LGBTQ) as well as the more tradi-tional 
pattern of heterosexual students bullying LGBTQ youth at a rela-tively 
high rate (see Figure 3-1). Again, he said, bullying often occurs within 
social demographics. 
Faris said that a similar conclusion also emerges from analyses of 
friendship networks. Rates of bullying drop dramatically as young people 
become farther apart socially. A lot of aggression occurs within friendship 
groups and even between friends, Faris said. This can lead to some com-plicated 
dynamics. For example, preliminary evidence suggests that when 
friends have an aggressive event, they cease to become friends. But when 
two students who are not friends are aggressive toward each other, they 
have a greater likelihood of becoming friends at some point in the future. 
“There is a cycle of conflict that is going on,” Faris said “Allegiances are 
being formed and broken up.” 
Cyberbullying appears to exhibit the same patterns, Faris said. Rela-tively 
high-status students are more likely to target each other. 
AAWhite 
AAAA 
WhiteWhite 
WhiteAA 
FemaleFemale 
FemaleMale 
HeteroHetero 
LGBTQLGBTQ 
LGBTQHetero 
HeteroLGBTQ 
MaleMale 
MaleFemale 
FIGURE 3-1 Aggression rates are higher within race, gender, and sexual orientation 
categories than across categories. 
NOTE: AA = African American; LGBTQ = lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or 
questioning. 
SOURCE: Faris presentation, 2014. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
5 
4 
3 
2 
1 
0 
1.9 
1.7 
0.6 
0.4 
1.8 
4.6 
1.9 
1.2 1.1 
0.9 0.9 
0.7 
Rates of Agression
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 27 
In a recent paper, Faris and his colleagues looked at five different out-comes 
of victimization: anger, anxiety, depression, attachment to school, 
and centrality in social networks, which they referred to as status (Faris and 
Felmlee, 2014). They found that the victims who were high status had a 
more adverse reaction to aggression. When high-status students are victim-ized, 
their anger, anxiety, and depression increase much more dramatically 
than is the case with lower-status students, and they drop in status much 
more than do low-status students—an effect that is also seen with students 
who are in the middle of social hierarchies. By the time students reach high 
school, a given act of bullying is not necessarily going to transform the 
sense of self of a low-status student, Faris said, but “a kid who may have 
struggled mightily to reach a lofty social position might experience a little 
more distress. They may feel that they have more to lose.” 
Is Bullying Instrumental? 
The final issue Faris discussed was whether bullying is effective if it is 
considered as instrumental. The data suggest that victims of bullying do lose 
status. In addition, using yearbook data to provide additional measures of 
social status, Faris and his colleagues found that aggressive behavior pre-dicted 
a significant increase in social status by the end of high school, but 
it depended partly on whom was targeted (Faris, 2012). “They had to go 
after kids who were socially close, kids who were themselves aggressive, 
or kids who were high status themselves,” he said. “They had to pick the 
right targets to receive a social boost. Again, I think this all fits a picture of 
aggression as at least potentially useful for climbing social ladders.” 
In general, these data point to a relatively poor quality of friendships 
among high school students and adolescents, Faris said. As an example of 
these poor-quality friendships, he noted that if students are asked to name 
their eight best friends, only 37 percent of those ties are reciprocated. 
Further­more, 
when Faris and his colleagues asked students to name their 
five closest friends every 2 weeks, they found high rates of turnover in 
those lists. 
“This is a symptom of a problem,” he said. “It is related to this process 
of competing for status. If we thought about ways of helping kids develop 
stronger, more robust friendships and perhaps fewer of them, I think that 
might help build resilience.” 
Many young people do not recognize what a good friend is and do not 
know how to be a good friend, Faris said. Parents and other adults can help 
teach these lessons, he said, and schools could be reorganized to offer activi-ties 
that can foster interest-based friendships, as opposed to their traditional 
organization of offering just a few prestigious activities, he suggested. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
28 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
THE BIOLOGICAL MECHANISMS ASSOCIATED WITH BULLYING 
Some youth fare poorly when they are bullied, and some do better. It 
is important to understand the moderators and mediators behind this vari-ability, 
said Tracy Vaillancourt, a professor and the Canada Research Chair 
in Children’s Mental Health and Violence Prevention at the University of 
Ottawa. For example, she said, some evidence suggests that girls are pro-foundly 
affected by being socially excluded, while boys are more affected 
by being physically abused by their peers. Social support also matters. For 
example, children who are targets of bullying at school and also experience 
bullying at home tend to have poorer outcomes. In addition, temperament 
is associated with how people cope with stress, in that some people are 
more agitated over time, Vaillancourt said. 
Less attention has been paid to the biological moderators and media-tors 
that are associated with bullying at a physiological level, Vaillancourt 
said. She summarized research in four areas of “how bullying gets under 
the skin to confer risk.” 
Genetic Evidence 
Genetic evidence suggests that biology may confer a risk for poorer 
outcomes. Caspi et al. (2003) found that a polymorphism of a serotonin 
transporter gene influenced the likelihood of a person being depressed at 
age 26 after having been severely maltreated, probably maltreated, or not 
maltreated in childhood. Those who had been severely maltreated and who 
had two short alleles for the gene had a depression rate of about 70 percent 
at age 26, while those who had been severely maltreated and who had two 
long alleles had no greater odds of being depressed at age 26 than children 
who had been treated well by their caregivers, Vaillancourt said. 
This study has been replicated within the context of peer abuse, 
Vaillancourt said. Looking at girls who have been relationally victimized 
by their peers, Benjet et al. (2010) found that having the short allele of the 
gene conferred a risk of depression that was three times greater than having 
the long allele. “I can’t think of something that confers such a strong risk,” 
Vaillancourt said. This “is a really powerful finding.” 
Neurophysiological Evidence 
People who have experienced bullying often use physical pain meta-phors 
to describe the social pain they feel. Such comments as, “It felt like 
somebody punched me in the stomach,” or “It broke my heart when they 
said that to me,” are common, Vaillancourt said. 
Neuroscience points to an overlap between social and physical pain, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 29 
Vaillancourt said. For example, Chen et al. (2008) found that people can 
relive and re-experience social pain more easily than physical pain and that 
the emotions they feel are more intense and painful than the experience of 
physical pain. “Physical pain is short-lived, whereas social pain can last a 
lifetime,” Vaillancourt said. “Think about when you were in grade six and 
you were excluded or ostracized. Then think about the time when maybe 
you broke your ankle. When you think about breaking your ankle, you 
don’t get a visceral reaction to recalling the event. When you recall the 
event of being excluded by the peer group, it is as if you are living it today.” 
Neuroimaging studies show that parts of the cortical physical pain 
network are activated when a person is socially excluded (Masten et al., 
2009). The same areas of the brain that are activated when a person stubs 
a toe are activated when that person is called stupid or is not invited to a 
party, Vaillancourt said. 
Similarly, children may be hypersensitive to rejection, Vaillancourt 
said. Crowley et al. (2009) found that 12-year-olds could recognize being 
rejected in less than 500 milliseconds. “We have this radar . . . to not being 
included,” she said, which might have its roots in some evolutionary advan-tages 
in mammalian species. 
Neuroendocrine Evidence 
A large amount of research has examined the hypothalamic/pituitary/ 
adrenal (HPA) axis, or the human body’s stress system, Vaillancourt said. 
One product of that stress system is cortisol, which has been used as a 
biomarker of dysregulation of the HPA axis—that is, of impairments in the 
normal functioning of the HPA system. 
When people are stressed, they produce more cortisol, which has been 
shown to have detrimental effects on the brain, Vaillancourt explained. 
However, she added, when people face extreme and prolonged stress, cor-tisol 
levels tend to be lower than normal, perhaps because receptor sites are 
damaged from cortisol overproduction. 
A variety of studies have demonstrated a link between peer victimiza-tion 
and dysregulation of the HPA axis, Vaillancourt said. Dysregulation 
of the HPA axis has also been shown to be related to disruptions in neuro-genesis, 
or the growth of new brain cells, resulting in poorer memory. For 
example, Vaillancourt et al. (2011) found that children who were victimized 
by their peers became depressed, and this depression led to changes in the 
HPA axis. The dysregulation of the HPA axis led in turn to memory deficits, 
particularly in areas that are sensitive to the effects of cortisol. “One of the 
things that we know about kids who are bullied is that they don’t do as well 
in school,” Vaillancourt said. “A lot of times we think that perhaps it has 
to do with the fact that they are distracted by being bullied, [but] perhaps 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
30 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
the effects of being bullied are affecting their memory, which then changes 
their academic profile and outcomes.” 
In a study of whether changes in the HPA axis are actually caused by 
having been bullied, Ouellet-Morin et al. (2011) looked at pairs of identical 
twins, one of whom experienced bullying and the other of whom did not. 
The researchers showed that these childhood experiences had a causal effect 
on the neuroendocrine response to stress. “It is not the case that kids get 
bullied because for some reason the peer group picks up on the fact that 
their HPA axis is different and that they are dysregulated. They become 
dysregulated as a function of being bullied,” Vaillancourt said. 
Telomere Erosion 
Finally, Vaillancourt described the erosion of telomeres, which are 
repetitive DNA sections at the ends of chromosomes that promote chromo-somal 
stability and help regulate the replicative lifespan of cells. The length 
of telomeres is linked to normal processes such as aging and is associated 
with such health behaviors as smoking and obesity. “Your telomere gets 
shorter and shorter the longer you live and the more bad things you do,” 
Vaillancourt explained. 
Shalev et al. (2013) recently found that exposure to violence during 
childhood, including bullying, was associated with telomere erosion from 
5 to 10 years of age. These changes could alter a person’s develop­mental 
or health trajectory through epigenetic mechanisms and explain, for exam-ple, 
why one sister develops breast cancer while her twin sister does not, 
­Vaillancourt 
said. 
Changing Health Trajectories 
Understanding the biological underpinnings of how peer relations affect 
emotional and physical health can help legitimize the plight of peer-abused 
children and youth, Vaillancourt concluded. It can also cause policy mak-ers 
and practitioners to prioritize the reduction of school bullying. These 
kinds of findings “urge us to really get going,” she said, because bullying 
and bullying prevention can change children’s health trajectories. 
INTEGRATING PERSPECTIVES 
During the discussion period, several questions centered on the issue of 
integrating the different perspectives offered by the four presenters in this 
session. In response to a question on this subject, Vaillancourt said that one 
of her motivations in studying bullying is to prevent the targets of bullying 
from being re-victimized by educators who think that they are at fault and 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 31 
just need to be tougher. If some students are shown to be biologically more 
susceptible to the negative effects of bullying, then principals, parents, and 
other adults may be less likely to blame the targets of bullying and more 
likely to protest strongly when students are bullied. 
Vaillancourt also described recent epigenetics research that points to 
changes in the expression of genes as a consequence of environmental influ-ences, 
including early adversity. “We have failed to recognize that the stress 
of being bullied by our peers, which interferes with our fundamental need 
to belong, would be equivalent to living in a house where you are abused 
by your caregiver,” she said. “It would be equivalent to living in extreme 
poverty.” The study of epigenetic effects caused by such experiences may be 
a way to understand mental and physical health trajectories. “We all need 
to come together and intersect our knowledge bases so that we can be better 
informed in preventing this,” she said. 
Espelage said that her longitudinal study found that not only was bully­ing 
perpetration predicted by family violence but also bully perpetration 
and victimization were associated with the later onset of alcohol and drug 
use in the victims (Espelage et al., 2013; Rao et al., in press). Faris observed 
that the victims of bullying are more likely to turn to substance use as a 
way of coping. 
The moderator of the panel, Catherine Bradshaw of the University of 
Virginia, speculated that aggressors may be picking up on the emotional 
vulnerability of some individuals and targeting them and that students who 
are less affected by bullying may be less attractive targets. Perhaps individu-als 
engaging in bullying behavior use social cues and the reactivity of other 
students to choose targets, Bradshaw suggested. 
Vaillancourt pointed to recent research on how the presence or absence 
of power affects the brain (Hogeveen et al., 2014). When a subject is 
afforded power, he or she pays less attention to and is less aroused by 
­others. 
At the neurological level, those who hold power are less sensitive to 
the plight of others. Those who do not hold power are much more aware 
of the environment and the distress signals of others, Vaillancourt said. 
One of the youth panelists, Glenn Cantave, a junior at Wesley Univer-sity, 
noted that when he was younger he was more sensitive to the attacks 
of bullies, but he has since developed a “thicker skin.” Does that, he asked, 
imply some sort of tolerance to stress that perhaps would be related to 
cortisol levels? 
Vaillancourt responded that the offspring of Holocaust survivors have 
lower cortisol levels, even though they did not experience the trauma of the 
Holocaust themselves. Perhaps such lower cortisol levels are a protective 
adaptation that acts to reduce the risks associated with chronically high 
cortisol levels, but the actual mechanisms behind the lowered cortisol levels 
are still not well understood. For example, Vaillancourt said, almost every 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
32 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
study of children who have been bullied finds that they have low cortisol, 
whereas their longitudinal studies showed first high levels and then low lev-els, 
suggesting that the dysregulation of cortisol is a more important factor 
to look for than absolute levels. Longitudinal studies of the HPA axis over 
time across different stressors could reveal some of the mechanisms behind 
these complex patterns, she suggested. 
Vaillancourt also referred back to the relationship between depression 
and being bullied. The depression often comes first, suggesting that the 
lack of engagement among depressed young people may make them more 
vulnerable to victimization. Again, she said, longitudinal studies would help 
explain the observed heterogeneity in trajectories and outcomes. 
Basing interventions on the social organization of schools may be a 
way to integrate knowledge in practice. For example, Espelage pointed out 
that a better approach than universal programs for sexual violence and 
rape prevention might be to identify students who have the greatest social 
capital and train them to be attitude changers, drawing on what is known 
from industrial and organizational psychology. Bystander intervention pro-grams 
have been shown to produce large effect sizes in promoting positive 
bystander behaviors (Polanin et al., 2012), she said. Another promising 
approach is to work with teachers to understand the networks and hierar-chies 
in their classrooms. 
Juvonen agreed that focusing on bystanders is an especially promis-ing 
way of changing the high status of individuals who engage in bullying 
behavior. “Bullies love the audience,” she said. “They want not only a reac-tion 
from their victim, but they also live for the fact that everybody else is 
in awe and joins the bully rather than the victim. It is those dynamics that 
need to be changed.” One way to turn this around, Juvonen suggested, may 
be to emphasize to students the rights that they have, one of which is the 
right to come to school and not be afraid. 
Juvonen also pointed out that teachers and administrators know who 
the lowest-ranking individuals are—and thus have a good idea of those who 
are at highest risk for victimization—yet not many schools offer proactive 
remedies for these students. Instead, a wise librarian or well-liked teacher 
might keep a door open after lunch. A better option, Juvonen said, would 
be a lunchroom that brings people together with specific interests. “We have 
a lot of smart teachers and educators out there who are doing little things 
that can make a huge difference.” 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Part II 
Contexts for Prevention and Intervention 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
4 
School-Based Interventions 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• Research has identified some effective elements of anti-­bullying 
initiatives, including high levels of playground supervision, 
rules related to bullying, the training of teachers, and the 
involvement of parents. (Bradshaw) 
• Research has also identified approaches that are not recom-mended, 
including zero-tolerance policies, grouping aggressive 
youth together, and brief awareness campaigns. (Bradshaw) 
• School climate factors that can affect problem behaviors among 
students include student-to-teacher ratios and the number of 
different students taught by the typical teacher, a sense of com-munity 
or belonging in a school, and consistent discipline man-agement 
that supports positive school norms. (Gottfredson) 
• Recent school violence has led to a spate of new school safety 
measures, but these steps can cost millions of dollars and can 
deprive schools of resources that could be allocated to anti-bullying 
programs and counseling services. (Cornell) 
Schools are one important setting in which bullying among youth 
occurs. They are also where many of the interventions designed to pre-vent 
or ameliorate the effects of bullying are implemented. In the first of 
35 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
36 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
six panels on anti-bullying initiatives in specific contexts, three presenters 
examined the aspects of schools that can facilitate or prevent bullying and 
the key elements of effective school-based programs. 
SCHOOL-BASED PREVENTIVE INTERVENTIONS 
As indicated in the previous chapter, bullying is a particular form of 
aggressive behavior, but it also is part of a broader set of problem behaviors 
seen within schools. Programs designed to prevent both bullying and these 
other problem behaviors have been studied, and the results can be applied 
either narrowly to bullying or else more broadly, observed Catherine 
Bradshaw, a professor and the associate dean for research and faculty 
development at the University of Virginia Curry School of Education. 
Ttofi and Farrington (2011) carried out a meta-analysis of 53 rigorous 
evaluations and randomized trials of programs aimed at preventing bully-ing, 
two-thirds of which were conducted outside of the United States and 
Canada. They found overall a 23 percent decrease in the perpetration of 
bullying and a 20 percent decrease in victimization. The most effective ele-ments 
of programs that they identified were: 
• use of parent training activities, meetings, and information 
• high levels of playground supervision 
• use of consistent disciplinary methods 
• classroom management strategies 
• classroom and school-wide rules related to bullying 
• training of teachers (including aspects of that training and the 
amount of time and intensity of training) 
• multicomponent prevention approaches 
Some caveats should be noted concerning this meta-analysis, Bradshaw 
said. First, the effects generally were stronger in the nonrandomized con-trolled 
trial designs. Impacts were also larger among older children, and 
the programs generally were more effective in European than in North 
American sites. 
Some observers, such as Merrell et al. (2008), have argued that there 
are relatively few effective universal bullying prevention programs. To 
examine this issue, Bradshaw and her colleagues have been looking more 
broadly at violence prevention efforts. School-wide efforts that involve all 
school staff and are implemented across all school settings show the most 
promise in reducing bullying and rejection, she said. For example, a model 
called KiVa developed in Finland shares some elements of school-wide 
approaches (Salmivalli et al., 2011). It uses a videogame that students can 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 37 
use to practice different strategies in resolving bullying situations. That 
model is now being studied to determine whether cultural and contextual 
changes need to be made to it in order for it to be imported successfully 
into the United States, Bradshaw said. 
Universal school-wide prevention models that are broadly focused on 
violence and disruptive behaviors may also affect bullying, she said. For 
example, frameworks based on social–emotional learning have demon-strated 
effectiveness in some cases, although not in others. One example of 
a successful program is Second Step, which was originally developed for 
elementary school but more recently has been extended to middle school; 
it has had some promising effects on precursors to bullying behavior. 
Similarly, the PATHS (Promoting Alternative Thinking Strategies) program 
has been shown to affect a wide range of behavioral and mental health 
outcomes, Bradshaw said. 
Programs that focus on classroom management may also be effective 
in reducing problem behaviors, including bullying, Bradshaw said. For 
example, studies in Baltimore by Sheppard Kellam and Nick Ialongo have 
shown that just 1 year of implementation of a classroom management 
strategy called the Good Behavior Game can produce long-term effects 
across a range of outcomes, including substance use, violent and aggressive 
behaviors, and bullying (Kellam et al., 2011). This research has also found 
effects on academic performance, high school completion, and the number 
of students who need special education services. “That is one model of 
classroom management that we could think about more broadly as it relates 
to impacting bullying and other outcomes,” Bradshaw said. 
A public health approach to prevention is one way to build a multi-tiered 
system of support, Bradshaw said. This approach combines universal 
prevention for all students with indicated or intensive intervention for a few 
students and selective or targeted interventions for some additional stu-dents. 
Research has demonstrated that these approaches can have significant 
impacts on the school environment, Bradshaw said, including significant 
improvements in school climate and systems changes that are sustainable 
over multiple years. For example, data from randomized, controlled tri-als 
of a model known as the Positive Behavior Support Framework found 
significant reductions of suspensions as well as bullying behavior, she said. 
Bradshaw concluded by recommending that bullying prevention pro-grams 
contain the following core elements: 
• Teacher training 
• Activities for students 
• Parent activities 
• Multi-component programs 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
38 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
• School-wide scope 
• Continuum of positive supports 
• Data-driven process 
Bradshaw also touched on several approaches that are not recom-mended. 
One example is a zero-tolerance policy in which students are 
automatically suspended for bullying. Another is to group students who 
bully together, because that can make their aggression worse rather than 
better, she said. Brief assemblies or 1-day awareness campaigns have little 
effect in terms of sustained outcomes for youth. Conflict resolution and peer 
mediation can be effective for other forms of aggressive behavior but raise 
concerns in the context of bullying. Finally, focusing excessively on issues 
of mental health and suicide can contribute to contagion processes rather 
than addressing the problem directly, Bradshaw said. 
In multi-component programs, it is important to provide training to 
classroom teachers concerning classroom management and what to do 
in bullying situations. “It sounds like a no-brainer,” she said, “but there 
are programs that don’t actually provide any training to teachers.” Simi-larly, 
while parent engagement is a clear challenge for nearly all schools, 
school–home communication about bullying is particularly important in 
order to let parents and caregivers know about the strategies and lessons 
being taught in school, she said. Multi-component programs are character-ized 
by a continuum of responses, so that suspending a student is not the 
only option, but rather an array of positively oriented activities exists from 
which to choose, Bradshaw said. 
In response to a question about the use of conflict-resolution centers 
to provide free confidential mediations to people in the community who 
need it, including students and teachers, Bradshaw responded that schools 
need to have many tools in their toolkits. The same tools used to deal with 
conflicts or fights may not be useful in a bullying situation. Many youths 
who are victimized by their peers do not want to sit across the table and 
talk with their aggressors, even in a well-structured environment. But many 
other strategies exist, such as restorative practices where youth can make up 
for past transgressions. Systematic research is needed to determine which of 
these interventions work best in different circumstances, she said. 
In response to a later question about playground supervision and 
whether the lack of unstructured play may be inhibiting the development 
of conflict-resolution skills, Bradshaw pointed to the importance of youths 
learning how to resolve small day-to-day conflicts as practice for larger 
conflicts. “That way when it does get big, you have some kind of skill set 
to draw upon.” Similarly, social–emotional curricula seek to give students 
strategies and skills for learning how to label and regulate their own emo-tions, 
she said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 39 
SCHOOL CLIMATE AND BULLYING 
Schools are more than the sum of the individuals inhabiting those 
schools, said Denise Gottfredson, professor in the Department of Criminal 
Justice and Criminology at the University of Maryland. Each school has its 
own personality, and that personality influences student outcomes, includ-ing 
the amount and nature of bullying in a school. 
Gottfredson pointed to research dating back to the 1970s that demon-strated 
the importance of three aspects of the school climate in predicting 
a variety of problem behaviors among students: 
• Student-to-teacher ratio 
• School norms 
• Consistent discipline (Cook et al., 2010b) 
Regarding student-to-teacher ratios, in the 1970s the Safe School Study, 
which looked at a national sample of 642 secondary schools, identified 
several school climate predictors of victimization, one of which was large 
schools (Gottfredson and Gottfredson, 1985). More recently, Gottfredson 
and DiPietro (2011) used data from the National Study of Delinquency Pre-vention 
in Schools to try to replicate that finding and also to explore other 
measures related to school size. They found that higher student-to-teacher 
ratios and a higher number of different students taught by typical teach-ers 
increased student victimization, replicating the findings from the Safe 
School Study. However, they found that higher overall student enrollment 
was related to lower victimization rates, Gottfredson said, suggesting that 
it is not the total number of students in a school that matters but the ratio 
of students to teachers and the ways that students are organized for instruc-tion. 
Similarly, a recent study of 95 elementary schools found that students 
in schools with higher student-to-teacher ratios reported greater frequencies 
of bully victimization and reduced perceptions of safety (Bradshaw et al., 
2009). 
The second factor involves a sense of community or of belonging in a 
school, part of which involves a shared belief about acceptable behaviors. 
In their study of schools, Gottfredson and DiPietro (2011) found that one 
reason why students in schools with higher ratios of students to teachers 
experience more victimization is that these schools have less consensus 
regarding norms for behavior. Gottfredson’s colleague Allison Payne, using 
the National Study Data, further demonstrated the importance of a commu-nal 
social organization, in which students and adults know, care about, and 
support one another, have common goals and a sense of shared purpose, 
and actively contribute and feel personally committed to the school. Payne 
found that a communal social organization reduces student delinquency 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
40 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
and that the effects of this factor on delinquency are mediated by student 
bonding (Payne et al., 2003). Students in schools with communal social 
organizations are more attached to school, and that attachment serves to 
inhibit their offending behavior. Similarly, a recent study of nearly 300 
schools found that students in schools with high levels of perceived teacher 
and school staff support are more willing to seek help for bullying and 
aggressive behavior (Eliot et al., 2010). 
The third factor Gottfredson highlighted is consistent discipline man-agement 
that supports school norms. A study done in the 1990s by the U.S. 
Department of Education and the National Institute of Justice found that 
consistent discipline management was related to lower levels of student 
victimization and delinquency (Gottfredson et al., 2005). That study also 
found that a more positive social climate—as measured by organizational 
focus, teacher morale, and strong administrator leadership—was related 
to lower levels of teacher victimization. A more recent analysis similarly 
demonstrated that teacher support and firm and consistent discipline man-agement 
are related to lower levels of both bullying and other forms of 
victimization (Gregory et al., 2010). 
To her discussion of these three factors, Gottfredson added a brief 
description of a study undertaken to understand what factors might have 
led to the spate of school shootings experienced in the 1990s. This study 
sent teams of ethnographers into six different communities that had expe-rienced 
lethal school shootings to interview people and to collect records 
relevant to the incidents. The study is relevant to bullying because many of 
the shooters reported feeling bullied at school, Gottfredson said. The most 
relevant finding from this study for purposes of understanding bullying was 
that there was a large gulf between youth and adults in these communities 
(IOM and NRC, 2003). The study found that the adults had a very poor 
understanding of the children’s experiences. The study also found that 
shooters reported that they felt they had nowhere to turn, that they were 
intensely concerned about their status and protecting themselves, and that 
specific warnings had been given and missed. All of this research demon-strates 
the importance of meaningful relationships between students and 
the adults in a school, Gottfredson said. 
Gottfredson summarized the research on the several interventions 
to improve the aspects of school climate that she had discussed earlier. 
Although the quality of the research on these interventions is generally low 
by current standards (e.g., most of the studies were not randomized con-trolled 
trials [ERCTs]), these trials nevertheless provide promising results 
for reasonable interventions that could be tested more rigorously today, 
she said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 41 
Changing School Climates 
In the 1980s the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention 
funded tests of 16 different ideas on how to intervene in schools to prevent 
delinquency, with two of these programs focusing on changing aspects of a 
school’s climate related to bullying, Gottfredson said. Although the studies 
do not meet the standards of rigor used today, they provide promising ideas 
that could be revisited and tested more rigorously, she said. 
The first program, Project STATUS, reorganized schools using a school 
within a school approach (Gottfredson, 1990). The schools used block 
scheduling to create a 2-hour block of time that was team-taught by pro-gram 
teachers who were especially trained to use more engaging teaching 
methods. For at least this portion of the day, students stayed with the same 
teachers and with the same group of students in a small environment that 
was designed to promote a sense of belonging and cooperation. An evalu-ation 
of the program indicated that it was successful in reducing various 
forms of problem behavior, including crime, antisocial behavior, and sub-stance 
use, Gottfredson said. 
The second program, Project PATHE, focused on reorganizing schools 
to improve students’ attitudes about school. Schools were reorganized into 
teams of staff, students, and community members who worked together 
to revise school policies and practices in five different areas (Gottfredson, 
1986, 1990). Two of these areas were the discipline policy and school cli-mate. 
A discipline policy team focused on developing a referral system for 
discipline; developing handbooks that were distributed to students, parents, 
and staff; and focusing on consistent enforcement of that discipline policy, 
Gottfredson said. The school climate team worked on developing and 
implementing a variety of different activities throughout the school year 
that engaged students in fun and constructive activities, such as school pride 
campaigns and a variety of extracurricular activities. The program placed a 
great deal of emphasis on discipline management and a sense of belonging 
in the school. In a study involving nine schools over 2 years, evaluations 
showed that the program was successful at reducing a number of problem 
behaviors, she reported. 
In addition to these older programs, several recent efforts, while not 
focused exclusively on bullying, have focused on aspects of school climate 
that are related to bullying, Gottfredson said. The first is Safe Dates, which 
is a dating violence prevention program for middle- and high-school stu-dents. 
It includes a 10-session curriculum as well as a theater production 
that is put on by the students about how an adolescent victim of dating vio-lence 
can seek help, she explained. The program also includes a school-wide 
poster contest in which students develop posters about dating violence. 
The posters are displayed throughout the school, students vote on the best 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
42 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
poster, and the three best posters win a cash prize. An RCT of the program 
in 14 schools found that it was effective for reducing psychological perpe-tration, 
sexual violence, and violence perpetrated against a current dating 
partner (Foshee et al., 2005). 
Finally, Gottfredson said, the Positive Behavior Interventions and Sup-ports 
(PBIS) program focuses on improving the school discipline system 
by creating a team of school community members who work together to 
improve the school over time. The team establishes expectations for positive 
behaviors, sets up positive reinforcement systems, and improves the clarity 
and consistency of discipline in the school. An RCT studying the school-wide 
components of PBIS in 37 schools found improved organizational 
health, reduced aggressive behavior, and reduced peer rejection (Bradshaw 
et al., 2008). 
Research Gaps 
Taking into account the research that has been done to date, Gottfredson 
pointed to three areas of research that should be considered in the future. 
The first, she said, is to combine ideas from earlier and more recent school 
climate research in order to design more effective programs. The second is 
to rigorously test those programs. And the third is to examine how school 
climate influences the effectiveness of individually targeted interventions. 
BULLYING AND SCHOOL SAFETY 
School policies on bullying are not carried out in a vacuum, observed 
Dewey Cornell, a forensic clinical psychologist and the Linda Bunker Pro-fessor 
of Education at the University of Virginia Curry School of Education. 
The policies are implemented in the context of broader school safety con-cerns 
that can be quite pressing and that can impede efforts to implement 
bullying prevention programs. 
Since the 1990s broad school safety policies have been shaped exten-sively 
by fears of school violence, Cornell said. Today, school administra-tors 
have to consider building security, school shooting drills, zero-tolerance 
practices, and the pressure for high-stakes testing, all of which they see as 
competing priorities. 
Recent school shootings have brought bullying to national attention 
because of a perceived link between bullying and these shootings, which has 
provided an important context for bullying prevention programs, Cornell 
said. A study of school shootings by the U.S. Secret Service and the U.S. 
Department of Education (2002) found that the majority of attackers felt 
bullied or persecuted. School shootings have seemingly transformed school 
safety and discipline, primarily through the expansion of zero-tolerance 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 43 
policies to not only firearms but also all sorts of toys and otherwise innocu-ous 
behaviors (Cornell, 2006). Today, schools are suspending students for 
much less serious behaviors than in the past, raising concerns about pos-sible 
discriminatory practices, Cornell said. In general, events such as the 
Sandy Hook shootings have exposed people throughout society to terrible 
images, thoughts, and fears, which have strongly influenced school prac-tices, 
he said. Since those shootings, some schools have rushed to institute 
security measures such as bulletproof building entrances, metal detectors, 
x-ray screening, cameras, and increased school security personnel, Cornell 
said. Other responses that have been discussed include giving teachers fire-arms 
training or putting additional locks on doors to keep out intruders 
with a gun, Cornell said. 
These steps can cost millions of dollars, which can deprive schools of 
resources that could be allocated to anti-bullying programs and counseling 
services (DeAngelis et al., 2011). “It is a terrible dilemma to have to choose 
between security and anti-bullying,” Cornell said. These security measures 
also have an impact on school climate, he said. It is unclear how these drills 
affect children’s sense of security and their impact on school climate. 
Increases in School Safety 
The new concern with school safety may be an overreaction, Cornell 
said. Homicides in which school-age youths are the victims rarely occur at 
school (see Figure 4-1). Instead, he said, most homicides occur in residences 
and at other locations, and school violence has actually declined over time. 
According to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
98 to 99 percent of homicides of school-age children occur outside of 
school (CDC, 2014a,b; Modzeleski et al., 2008). But school shootings are 
so traumatic that they skew perceptions of school safety and convince the 
public and policy makers that there are urgent needs for security measures, 
Cornell said. 
Overall, school-associated violent deaths—not only among students, 
but also staff members and adults as well—have been declining, Cornell 
said. One recent study estimated that the average school in the United States 
can expect a student homicide about once every 6,000 years (Borum et al., 
2010). School violence has also declined, with aggravated assault, robbery, 
and forcible rape dropping substantially since the 1990s, Cornell added. 
School policies on bullying need to be disentangled from concerns 
about school shootings and school safety, Cornell said. “Those policies 
need to be based on the recognized harms associated with bullying, not on 
the fear of school shootings,” he said. Instead of thinking about security 
as the first line of defense against a school shooting or other serious act 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
44 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
All Homicides 
FIGURE 4-1 Homicides at school are a tiny fraction of all homicides of youth ages 
5 through 18. 
SOURCE: Cornell presentation, 2014. Data from CDC, 2014a,b. 
of violence, he said, the focus should be on prevention and mental health 
services in schools, threat assessment, and bullying prevention programs. 
Almost all of the states have passed legislation related to bullying (see 
Chapter 9), but the legislation varies greatly from state to state, Cornell 
said. Usually, legislatures direct schools to come up with their own policies 
about bullying, sometimes with guidance to address things like defining and 
prohibiting bullying and mandating staff reporting for bullying, Cornell 
said. 
Policy recommendations for schools also exist. For example, he sug-gested 
the following guidelines: 
• Clarify the definition of bullying for the school community (stu-dents, 
staff, parents). 
• Detect and intervene to stop bullying, but do not use zero tolerance.1 
• Use valid measures to assess bullying. 
1 Zero tolerance refers to “a philosophy or policy that mandates the application of predeter-mined 
consequences, most often severe and punitive in nature, that are intended to be applied 
regardless of the gravity of behavior, mitigating circumstances, or situational context” (APA 
Zero Tolerance Task Force, 2008, p. 852). 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
2000 
1500 
1000 
500 
0 
1613 1600 1614 1605 1640 
1745 
1964 
1885 
1785 
1633 
14 16 18 23 22 21 
32 
21 17 17 
400 
300 
200 
100 
0 
2000–01 2001–02 2002–03 2003–04 2004–05 2005–06 2006–07 2007–08 2008–09 2009–10 
All Homicides 
Homicides at School 
At School
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 45 
• Use evidence-based strategies to reduce bullying and intervene with 
victims, perpetrators, and bystanders. 
• Recognize when bullying is criminal or discriminatory. 
School policies also face an array of challenges, Cornell said. First, state 
definitions of bullying tend to be very inclusive. They include almost any 
form of intentional peer aggression and rarely mention the power imbal-ances 
that are featured in most research definitions of bullying. As a result, 
he said, the more narrow definitions of bullying used in evidence-based pro-grams 
tend not to line up with the definitions of bullying used in schools. 
Second, students are often unwilling to report bullying, Cornell said. 
A more supportive school climate and change in peer culture could help 
with this code of silence, but schools also need more systematic and effec-tive 
ways to identify victims, he said, including tip lines, peer nomination 
surveys, and active staff monitoring and inquiry. 
Third, Cornell said, schools tend to rely on anonymous self-report 
surveys, but anonymous surveys cannot be validated against independent 
criteria. Furthermore, self-reports depend on student knowledge and under-standing 
of the complex concept of bullying (Cornell and Cole, 2011). 
Fourth, many bullying prevention programs have little or no scientific 
support, Cornell said, so policies need to encourage greater use of evidence-based 
programs. Unfortunately, he said, some legislators mistrust the idea 
of relying on scientific research rather than on deeply held values, and the 
programs most often used in schools often feature motivational speakers 
and 1-day programs that are of unknown effectiveness rather than pro-grams 
that have been studied by researchers and have empirical support 
for their use. 
Fifth, bullying and harassment are often confused and used inter-changeably. 
Harassment has legal significance, whereas bullying does not, 
Cornell noted, and harassment does not require a power imbalance. 
The U.S. Department of Education (2013) has made what Cornell 
called “excellent recommendations” to address the bullying of students 
with disabilities, which can become severe enough to deny such students a 
free and appropriate public education. In fact, Cornell suggested that these 
recommendations could apply equally well for all students. These recom-mendations 
are to: 
• Use a comprehensive multi-tiered behavioral framework 
• Implement clear policies on bullying 
• Collect data on bullying, such as frequency, types, and location 
of bullying behavior, and adult and peer responses 
• Notify parents or guardians of both the student who was the 
target of the bullying behavior and the student who engaged 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
46 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
in the bullying behavior of any report of bullying that directly 
relates to their child when bullying occurs 
• Address ongoing concerns about a student’s behavior that is not 
safe, responsible, or consistent with established school expectations 
through specific feedback on behavior, increased adult engagement, 
or more focused skills instruction 
• Sustain prevention efforts 
These recommendations were created partly in response to concerns 
about harassment and legal action, but they also reflect lawsuits in which 
parents in the community have successfully sued schools for victimization 
of their children, Cornell said. 
In concluding, Cornell noted that federal protections from bullying 
are largely limited and piecemeal. They are concerned with bullying when 
it targets someone based on sex, race, color, national origin, or disability 
status, he said, but “all students are entitled to protection from unlawful 
discrimination and harassment.” The overarching concern should be the 
protection of all children and youth from bullying, he concluded. 
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE 
UNITED STATES AND OTHER COUNTRIES 
During the discussion period, an interesting exchange centered on why 
some bullying prevention programs are less effective in the United States 
than in other countries, as Bradshaw had mentioned in her presentation. 
U.S. schools emphasize testing and high-stakes accountability, Bradshaw 
observed, which puts tight constraints on how the schools can spend their 
time. She also pointed to cultural differences between societies in the levels 
of violence and exposure to violence in the media. Such differences also 
exist among U.S. schools, she said. For example, many bullying prevention 
programs have been studied in suburban communities rather than in urban 
settings, which may influence the effect sizes of the interventions. Students 
in urban communities tend not to even use the word “bullying,” and they 
may have strong cultural norms against reporting on others, Bradshaw said. 
Given this variability, adapting interventions to the particular culture is 
critical, Bradshaw said. “We need to work with our community partners to 
figure out adaptation that is strategic and appropriate,” she said. “We have 
to make sure that we are thinking culturally and contextually about tak-ing 
models not only from Europe but even within the United States. What 
might work in a suburban community may not work very well in inner-city 
Chicago or DC or Baltimore.” 
Gottfredson added that another possible explanation for the lesser 
effectiveness of bullying prevention programs in the United States is the 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 47 
quality of the implementation of the programs. When she and her col-leagues 
collected information about the number of different programs that 
schools are implementing, she said, “we were astounded to see that the 
average school is implementing 17 different programs at the same time. 
When we looked at the quality indicators, they were very extremely low. 
. . . I think that is one possible reason why we see differences in the U.S.” 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
5 
Family-Focused Interventions 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• Relatively little research has examined the role of parents and 
families on issues related to bullying. (Holt) 
• Parents tend to report lower rates of bullying than do children, 
partly because children may not tell parents about bullying 
experiences. (Holt) 
• Youth who are involved in bullying report more mental health 
difficulties than their parents think they are experiencing. 
(Holt) 
• Research is investigating how factors such as family violence, 
poor parenting practices, hostility within families, and fam-ily 
dynamics that are overprotective or conflict avoidant may 
increase the risk of bullying involvement. (Gorman-Smith) 
• Although most bullying prevention efforts are school-based, 
parent training and involvement are key to the prevention of 
bullying and victimization. (Gorman-Smith) 
• Some family-based interventions that have focused on reduc-ing 
violence and aggression also may decrease bullying. 
49 
(Gorman-Smith) 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
50 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Families and parents—including legal guardians and other caregivers— 
are critical influences on the health of children and adolescents, includ-ing 
influencing their involvement in bullying. Parent perceptions, their 
responses to bullying behaviors, and family-level interventions relevant to 
bullying are therefore major considerations in bullying prevention. 
PARENT ATTITUDES ABOUT AND RESPONSES TO BULLYING 
Less is understood about parents’ role in bullying issues than about 
the various other bullying-related factors discussed at the workshop, said 
Melissa Holt, an assistant professor at the Boston University School of Edu-cation. 
Multiple studies have found that parents tend to report lower rates 
of bullying than do students, she said. The discrepancies in reporting vary 
somewhat based on the type of bullying being assessed and on the gender of 
the child, she said, but youth often do not tell their parents about bullying 
experiences, even though parents usually think they would. 
How do parents respond to bullying problems? It varies, depending on 
whether a child is the perpetrator or victim, Holt said. One study found 
that only 24 percent of children who bully said that their parents talked 
to them about their perpetrating behaviors, while, in sharp contrast, 62 
percent of youth who were being bullied said their parents discussed those 
victimization experiences with them (Houndoumadi and Pateraki, 2001). 
A Dutch study found that among elementary school children who said 
their parents knew that bullying was happening, 24 percent reported that 
the parents did nothing to try to stop it (Fekkes et al., 2005). Another 37 
percent of the students said their parents tried to intervene, with varying 
levels of effectiveness; only 17 percent of the children reported that their 
victimization decreased as a result. However, Holt said, “when parents 
do become involved and provide appropriate support, often the negative 
effects of bullying can be diminished,” including thoughts of suicide among 
victimized children. 
Holt described two of her own studies in this area, with the caveat that 
they are basic research and require follow-up work. In the first project, 
which focused on 205 fifth graders at 22 schools and their parents, she and 
colleagues collected matched datasets to examine bullying perpetration 
and victimization; parents’ attitudes, awareness, and responses to bully-ing; 
and student versus parent concordance (Holt et al., 2008). Family 
characteristics and functioning, including areas such as conflict, support, 
and monitoring, were also examined. 
Consistent with previous research, youth in this study reported more 
bullying involvement than parents thought was occurring, Holt said. For 
instance, among the 16 percent of students who reported that they were 
being teased, only about two-thirds of the parents correctly believed their 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS 51 
child was being teased, while the other one-third of the parents did not 
think their child was being victimized. That is, in 5.5 percent of the cases a 
child was being teased and the parent was unaware. Discrepancy rates were 
even higher for scenarios where children reported they were bullying other 
youth: “In 11 percent of the cases the child said that they perpetrate bully-ing 
behaviors, and the parent said ‘No, my child doesn’t,’” Holt explained. 
Conversely, parents sometimes reported a problem when the child did not. 
For example, in one-third of the cases where students said they were 
not being teased, their parents thought they actually were being teased. 
When such mismatches in reporting occur, who should one believe? 
What is the reality? Holt is not sure. But as she and Gorman-Smith empha-sized 
later in the discussion period, what matters more is the child’s view 
of the situation, because research indicates that children’s mental health 
outcomes are ultimately influenced by their perceptions. 
Holt’s study also found that about 37 percent of parents thought that 
schools should deal with bullying without parental interference. In addi-tion, 
child maltreatment and violence in the home environments were 
linked to bullying involvement for both victims and perpetrators, Holt said, 
although only according to the self-report data from the children. 
A second study by Holt and colleagues compared the views of 480 
students in grades 3 to 8 and 159 of the students’ parents on bullying 
involvement while also investigating the link to mental health (Holt et al., 
2008). The study design was limited in that it did not collect matched data 
sets, Holt said. Again, children reported more bullying than their parents 
did across a range of behaviors, from teasing and spreading rumors to 
cyberbullying (see Figure 5-1). There was a striking discrepancy in parents’ 
awareness of cyberbullying, perhaps because “parents are less aware of 
what is going on with the children online,” Holt said. Furthermore, many 
parents of bullied children were unaware their children had missed school 
because of fears of being harassed. Children were more likely to talk to 
friends about bullying than to an adult at home, but, importantly, the youth 
who reached out to parents or guardians found them helpful in negotiating 
effective solutions, Holt said. 
To assess mental health, the researchers asked the students to rate them-selves 
on emotional function, conduct, hyperactivity, social behavior, and 
other areas. Across all these domains, youth who were involved in bullying 
“are reporting more associated mental health difficulties than parents feel 
their children are experiencing,” Holt said (see Figure 5-2). One unfor-tunate 
implication is that parents often are “minimizing their children’s 
experiences, which probably leads to fewer interventions and less support,” 
she said. The broader research literature on child psychopathology makes it 
clear that these sorts of mismatches in reporting occur when children have 
behavioral and emotional problems—and that when greater discrepancies 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
52 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
FIGURE 5-1 Children report higher rates of bullying than do their parents. 
SOURCE: Holt et al., 2008. 
FIGURE 5-2 Children report higher rates of mental health difficulties associated with 
bullying than do their parents. 
SOURCE: Holt et al., 2008. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
Teasing 
Rumors 
Ignored 
Hit 
Threatened 
Stealing 
Sexual 
Cyber 
Total 
Student 
Parent 
100% 
90% 
80% 
70% 
60% 
50% 
40% 
30% 
20% 
10% 
0% 
Emotional 
Conduct 
Hyperactiviy 
Peer 
Prosocial 
Total 
Student report 
Parent report 
25 
20 
15 
10 
5 
0 
Rates of Mental Health Difficulties
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS 53 
exist, children can have worse mental health outcomes. The same might 
apply with bullying, Holt said. “When parents don’t understand what is 
going on for the kids, the children’s mental health might be compromised.” 
In conclusion, Holt emphasized that experts need to encourage parents 
to get involved with bullying problems because their engagement is the key 
to prevention. She wrapped up by listing six points of advice for parents 
concerned about bullying, which she took from an article by Lovegrove et 
al. (2013): 
• Maintain open communication with children 
• Identify warning signs 
• Coach children on responses to bullying 
• Model kindness and leadership 
• Work with the school 
• Promote children’s strengths 
FAMILIES AS SOURCES OF RISK AND PROTECTION 
Deborah Gorman-Smith, professor in the School of Social Service 
Administration at the University of Chicago, who studies aggression and 
violence in children, pointed out that there currently are no family-focused 
intervention programs that are specifically aimed at preventing bullying. 
The burden of dealing with bullying has fallen upon schools, she said. 
Given that the developmental research literature suggests “family is one of 
the most important developmental influences on our behavior,” she argued 
for an increased focus on families. 
Families play three different types of roles that are relevant to bullying, 
Gorman-Smith said: They affect bullying risks directly (What is happening 
within the family that increases risk for children to perpetrate or become 
victims of bullying?), they influence bullying risks arising from environ-ments 
outside the family (How do families help manage the contextual risks 
of schools or neighborhoods?), and they can act to protect children from 
bullying and encourage them to engage in healthy behaviors. 
The relatively little research conducted so far on risks for bullying 
that arise from within families has looked at family violence, parenting 
practices, and family relationship characteristics—all factors that relate 
to the risks for aggression and violence more generally, Gorman-Smith 
said. Some research indicates that youth who live in families where there 
is intimate partner violence or child abuse and neglect are at significantly 
increased risk for engaging in bullying behavior (Smokowski and Kopasz, 
2005). Other studies have examined such questionable parenting practices 
as harsh discipline and poor monitoring of how children spend their time 
and who their friends are as well as such family relationship characteristics 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
54 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
as hostility and conflict, Gorman-Smith said. Even when families monitor 
and discipline their children, she added, a lack of emotional warmth and 
personal connection within a family “seems to be particularly important 
around perpetrating aggression and violence.” 
Much less is known about how family characteristics increase the risk 
of victimization. Two broad areas that seem relevant for being bullied, 
Gorman-Smith said, are families that are overprotective and families that 
tend to avoid conflict, “so that children don’t have the opportunity to 
learn to manage conflict.” However, it is difficult to disentangle cause from 
effect: Is a parent overprotective because the child has been victimized, or 
was the child more vulnerable to being victimized as a result of that par-ent’s 
overprotection? (Yet another possible factor, sibling aggression, was 
talked about briefly during the discussion period. Both Gorman-Smith and 
Holt said that there is enough research to suggest that aggression between 
siblings may be a risk factor for bullying and victimization in the school 
context.) 
The overwhelming majority of bullying prevention programs are 
school-based, and they sometimes also include parent training, which often 
focuses on children as victims or bystanders while, surprisingly, giving 
less information on the perpetration of bullying, Gorman-Smith said. In a 
systematic meta-analysis of school-based programs, Farrington and Ttofi 
(2009) found that parent training was one of the components associated 
with the greatest decrease in bullying and victimization. Yet training efforts 
for parents were often minimal, Gorman-Smith said: “They mostly con-sisted 
of informational handouts or two or three meetings where a speaker 
provided information about bullying. A greater focus on parenting and 
family might be something that could help us move the dial a bit more.” 
What do families need to do? Based on the larger body of research on 
family-focused interventions for general aggression and violence, Gorman- 
Smith listed a number of protective measures and goals that have been 
identified for working with families: nurturing parenting skills; building 
stable family relationships with emotional connections, clear communica-tion, 
and support; encouraging the supervision and monitoring of children; 
increasing parental involvement in schools; and connecting families within 
neighborhoods with one another and to greater social support. 
Many of these elements form the basis for two family-focused pro-grams 
aimed at decreasing the risk for aggression and violence with which 
Gorman-Smith has been involved in over the past 15 to 20 years (Multisite 
Violence Prevention Project, 2009, 2013; Tolan et al., 2010). “We have 
some evidence that these probably have an impact on bullying behaviors 
as well,” she said. One program, Schools and Families Educating (SAFE) 
Children, focuses on kindergarten and first-grade students. In tracking how 
first graders in SAFE fared when they got to high school, Gorman-Smith 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS 55 
found a 50 percent decrease in school reports of serious misconduct includ-ing 
bullying, a 33 percent reduction in reports of violence, and a 20 percent 
increase in being “on track” for high school graduation. 
The other program, GREAT Schools and Families, focuses on high-risk 
students in the transition from sixth grade to middle school, including 
students who were rated as “socially influential” (Smith et al., 2004). The 
researchers have observed lower reported rates of violence not only at the 
level of individual students participating in GREAT but also across entire 
schools. Other kinds of evidence-based, family-focused interventions have 
targeted parenting behavior, the parent–child relationship, and parental 
involvement in school, Gorman-Smith said. 
Future research questions for exploration include the relationships 
between aspects of family risk and different types of bullying and victim-ization; 
ethnic, racial, and contextual differences in family risk for bullying 
involvement; and the developmental timing of interventions for affecting 
bullying behavior, Gorman-Smith said. Another question is whether exist-ing 
evidence-based, family-focused interventions have had an impact on 
bullying; most of the well-known studies of such interventions are 20 to 
30 years old and did not originally include measures of bullying behaviors, 
she said. 
GETTING FAMILIES INVOLVED 
One topic raised during the discussion period was how to get families 
more engaged in bullying prevention. Even if experts had effective parent-ing 
interventions available and even if policy makers decided to implement 
them widely, Gorman-Smith said, “parental involvement in school has been 
surprisingly difficult to negotiate.” One problem, she said, is that in schools 
in inner-city Chicago and many other places, “parents don’t feel particularly 
welcome.” Furthermore, she added, parent participation rates are typically 
very low for family-focused interventions. 
For the SAFE Children study, Gorman-Smith and her colleagues had to 
expend a great deal of effort into regularly going into neighborhoods and 
knocking on doors. In a follow-up trial to confirm the effectiveness of their 
intervention, they partnered with a local community mental health agency. 
“Our biggest challenge was participation,” she said. Most social workers 
at schools and staffers at community mental health agencies are trained to 
work with people who come in seeking services and assistance. Yet many 
people in the communities viewed the prevention outreach as unethical 
and intrusive because they were not necessarily asking for help, Gorman- 
Smith said. Such outreach work “really does take a personal connection 
with people,” she added. “You can’t send a flier home and expect people to 
come.” One way that researchers have dealt with this challenge, she said, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
56 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
is to enlist the help of families who have benefited from the intervention 
project to help recruit others into the program. 
One sensitive issue about research into the importance of familial 
factors in bullying is how the information is presented to parents, said 
workshop participant Deborah Temkin of the Robert F. Kennedy Center 
for Justice and Human Rights. “This blame element comes in,” she said. 
Gorman-Smith responded that it is important to clarify that familial 
factors may increase risks in only some cases of bullying involvement, not 
the majority of cases. “We are not saying this is true across the board or 
that parents are the sole contributors to what is going on,” she said. Holt 
suggested framing the broader conversation around “supporting healthy 
and positive development” of families rather than preventing bullying or 
violence. The idea is that parenting is hard and that parents need more sup-port, 
she said, so it is okay for them to seek ideas, information, and help 
from other families in managing some of these situations. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
6 
Technology-Based Interventions 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• Youths use technologies for many purposes, including explor-ing 
problems; developing their identities; accessing information, 
resources, and support; developing networks and communities; 
and communicating with peers. (Mishna) 
• Cyber interventions may be a safe way for youth to access anti-bullying 
resources and help and to disclose incidents. (Mishna) 
• Effective interventions in non-bullying fields provide reasons 
for optimism that technology-based bullying prevention pro-grams 
are feasible and acceptable. (Ybarra) 
• Technology-based programs require self-motivation and inter-est 
and can be costly. (Ybarra) 
Bullying is an age-old behavior, noted Fred Rivara of the University of 
Washington School of Medicine in his opening remarks at the workshop. 
But the rise of social media and the increasing prevalence of technologies 
in children’s lives may present new opportunities to ameliorate bullying. 
57 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
58 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
CYBERBULLYING AND CYBER INTERVENTIONS 
In many ways cyberbullying is similar to bullying, but there are also 
ways in which it is not, said Faye Mishna, dean, professor, and the Margaret 
and Wallace McCain Family Chair in Child and Family at the University 
of Toronto. The cyberworld has created a new social environment for 
youth, she explained. Texting, e-mail, social media, chatting, social media, 
YouTube, apps, webcams, blogs, and other means of electronic communi-cation 
are always advancing. Today’s youth are increasingly immersed in 
technology. Ninety-nine percent have cyber access outside school, and U.S. 
youth spend more than 7 hours per day with digital information and com-munications 
technologies, Mishna said. Yet when stories about youth and 
the cyberworld appear in the media, they are often negative. These stories 
then tend to generate punitive laws and policies, such as zero-tolerance 
approaches, she said. 
The important thing to recognize is that these information and commu-nication 
technologies are here to stay, Mishna said. Technology may pose 
risks, she said, but it also can have tremendous benefits. 
Young people, many of whom have never lived in a world without these 
technologies, use them for many purposes, Mishna said. They explore prob-lems; 
develop identity; access information, resources, and support; develop 
networks and communities; and communicate with peers. These technolo-gies 
can be especially helpful to youth lacking offline support, such as 
lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender (LGBT) youth or young people who 
are isolated or stigmatized, she said. “They might not be able to tell peers. 
They might not be able to tell school teachers. They may not be able to 
tell parents. [But] they may have an online world that is very supportive.” 
Adults may perceive youth as more technically proficient and may 
therefore struggle to intervene or mediate their use of information and 
communications technologies, Mishna said, but many youth lack the criti-cal 
thinking and decision-making skills necessary for always using these 
technologies safely and appropriately. Often, young people make right 
decisions, but they sometimes slip up—and some of them slip up more than 
others, including those youth whom research has shown to be more vulner-able. 
“They need adults’ input and guidance,” Mishna said. 
Survey Results 
Reaching young people, Mishna said, requires understanding what 
platforms are being used, how they are being used, and how technologies 
and platforms are changing. Mishna has been doing research on cyber­bullying 
with students in grades 4, 7, and 10. Although the research is still 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 59 
under way, she discussed several preliminary observations and findings at 
the workshop. 
First, the definitions and meanings associated with cyber behavior may 
differ considerably between adults and youth. When young people are 
asked whether they have been cyberbullied, they often say no, but then they 
describe incidents they have experienced that most adults would indeed 
consider cyberbullying; instead of “bullying” or “cyberbullying,” the vic-tims 
tend to describe these experiences by other names, such as “drama” 
or “trash talk.” Even the idea of an aggressor and a victim in cyberbully-ing 
is often not clear, Mishna said, because the exchanges are often back 
and forth. Also, over time, young people have become desensitized to the 
kinds of things they may be pressured to do, such as sending photographs 
of themselves electronically to others, she said. 
Furthermore, young people often do not disclose cyberbullying to 
adults, Mishna said. Often the only times that adults hear about cyber-bullying 
are when something bad happens. But it is happening even when 
adults are unaware of it, she said. Disclosure can be very difficult, and 
opportunities for disclosure may be limited, Mishna said. 
As part of the research ethics protocol that Mishna and her colleagues 
developed, they had to have a way of identifying young people who were 
in distress. They found that about one-quarter of the students in grades 4, 
7, and 10 were in “quite serious distress,” she said, which is in line with 
the results of surveys of mental health issues in schools and colleges. “What 
became very clear is that we were often the first adults they had told about 
it,” Mishna said. Many students said they did not want to make a big deal 
out of their problems. They may think that telling parents and teachers 
will not help or else will worsen the situation. Yet by the time that young 
people do tell adults, the situation may indeed have become worse, Mishna 
observed. 
Opportunities for Intervention 
Mishna provided several ideas for improving opportunities for disclo-sure. 
One is to make the disclosure mechanism highly accessible and easy 
for youth. Giving youth control over the process may also be important, 
especially in referring young people for professional help. 
Cyber interventions may represent an accessible way to disclose inci-dents 
without making it a “big deal,” Mishna said. However, to date, 
almost no research has been done on such cyber interventions, she said, and 
available initiatives may not be helpful, may not be comprehensive enough, 
or may miss the target population. As an example, Mishna cited the It 
Gets Better project, which emphasizes that life gets better as bullied youth 
grow older. But, Mishna said, this message is not necessarily helpful. First, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
60 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
many young people cannot wait to deal with an issue until they are adults. 
Furthermore, she observed, life does not get better for everyone. And, more 
important, some young people interpreted this message to mean that they 
could tell someone about a problem when such disclosures were in fact not 
safe. “It actually put them at risk,” Mishna said. “So we have to make sure 
that we have online campaigns that provide tangible resources to support 
struggling youth at the time.” 
Cyber interventions may provide a safe way for youth to access 
resources and help, Mishna said. Because one-third of youth access health 
information online, it is particularly important that this information be 
accurate, she said. Sites designed to help youth with certain issues, such 
as depression, have been found to be moderately effective, with interac-tive 
sites appearing to be the most promising approach, Mishna said. In 
addition, research has shown that evidence-informed, school-based inter-ventions 
using technology as a learning tool may be somewhat efficacious 
in increasing student knowledge. However, she added, these interventions 
tended not to change students’ attitudes about cyberbullying, which is why 
this strategy needs to be combined with others. 
Mishna closed with several recommendations for cyber interventions 
based on her own research. Such interventions should be continuous and 
not be a single event, she said, and they need to be implemented in con-junction 
with other strategies, including traditional therapeutic supports. 
Furthermore, cyber interventions need to be tailored to youth with different 
needs, she said, and they need to be continually adapted to youth’s changing 
patterns of cyber use. Finally, interventions need to be made as accessible 
as possible in order to reduce barriers to their use. Research on the efficacy 
of existing interventions and how they can be improved to prevent harmful 
outcomes could help achieve all of these objectives, she concluded. 
INTERVENTIONS IN OTHER AREAS 
Few online interventions for bullying prevention are now available, said 
Michele Ybarra, president and research director of the Center for Innova-tive 
Public Health Research. One of those few is Bully Text, an interven-tion 
based on text messaging that invites users to “Stand up to bullying” 
(DoSomething.org, 2014). Users sign up to receive messages, which walk 
them through a bullying scenario with the intention of creating empathy 
and perspective, Ybarra explained. Another campaign at the same site pro-vides 
young people with examples of how to reach out to those who are 
being bullied in their high schools and to be a useful bystander, Ybarra said. 
Ybarra also said that she was working with Dorothy Espelage (whose 
presentation was summarized in Chapter 3) to develop a text messaging– 
based bullying prevention program. Although in its infancy at the time of 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 61 
the workshop, it was conceived as a 6-week program, focused mostly on 
middle-school students, and based on a social–emotional learning frame-work. 
Students would receive three to eight messages a day for 5 weeks 
dealing with such topics as empathy, communication, and attitudes, with a 
follow-up set of booster messages. “The idea would be to have this lie on 
top [of what schools are doing] and make sure that young people are getting 
the minimum information that they need,” Ybarra explained. 
Ybarra spent most of her presentation talking about examples of work 
done with technology in non-bullying fields that have the potential to 
inform the development of technology-based bullying prevention programs. 
One such application is CyberSenga, an Internet-based HIV-prevention 
program for adolescents in Uganda. CyberSenga provides information, 
motivation, and behavioral skills related to preventing HIV infection. As 
Ybarra said, “Knowing that condoms are effective is one thing, but if you 
don’t have motivation to actually use a condom, it is not that useful.” The 
intervention was studied through a randomized controlled trial of about 
360 young people, half of whom were provided with the intervention 
(Ybarra et al., 2013a). At 6 months post-intervention, 80 percent of those 
who received the intervention plus a booster intervention had not had sex 
in the past 3 months, compared to 57 percent of those who received just 
the intervention and 55 percent of those who were in the control group. 
Among sexually active youth, those who had sex in the past 3 months and 
who received the intervention plus booster were much less likely to report 
unprotected sex than youth in the control and intervention-only groups. 
These data, Ybarra said, “show that we can move the needle not just in 
terms of attitudes, but also in terms of self-reported behavior.” 
Another example was a text-messaging smoking cessation program 
called StopMySmoking, which was tested in Ankara, Turkey, and in the 
United States. It was a 6-week program based on cognitive behavioral 
therapy, Ybarra said. During a 2-week pre-quit period, participants received 
four to seven messages a day to help them reflect on why they were smok-ing, 
when they smoked, and what they could do instead of smoking. The 
day that they quit they received 10 messages, she said. “That whole first 
week is trying to be there with you in the moment.” The number of mes-sages 
then begins to drop, until toward the end of the period people are 
more independent and ready to be on their own. If people report that they 
did not have a cigarette, they get a reinforcing message, Ybarra said, while 
if they say that they slipped, they get a message about getting back on track. 
In Turkey, a randomized controlled trial found that 11 percent of 
the people in the intervention group quit smoking, compared with only 
5 percent of those in the control group, who had just received a brochure 
about quitting (Ybarra et al., 2012). Among light smokers, 17 percent in 
the intervention quit versus none in the control group, and among women, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
62 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
14 percent in the intervention group quit versus none in the control group. 
This suggests, Ybarra said, that “no one intervention is going to be univer-sal.” 
In Turkey, she noted, this program seems to be well suited for women 
and light smokers. 
In the United States, Ybarra’s group looked at 150 young people 
between the ages of 18 and 24 who were randomly assigned either to 
the intervention group or to an attention-matched control group whose 
members received text messages at the same rate as the intervention group, 
but the messages were about fitness and sleep rather than about quitting 
smoking. Three months after the designated quit day, 40 percent of the 
intervention group had quit, versus 30 percent of the control group (Ybarra 
et al., 2013b), and the results were even better for young people who were 
not in college, Ybarra said. 
Online Health Information 
As mentioned by Mishna, many young people look for health infor-mation 
online. In a national survey of more than 5,000 youth, adolescents 
who were bullied had significantly higher rates of seeking information 
online about such topics as medications, depression and suicide, drugs and 
alcohol, and violence and abuse (Mitchell et al., 2013). Yet the highest rates 
were still just 22 percent. 
Online information is important, she concluded, but it should be just 
one tool in an overall approach to bullying prevention. Technology-based 
programs require self-motivation and interest, and they can be costly. Thus, 
Ybarra said, figuring out how to engage youth and keep them coming back 
may be critical. 
PREVALENCE AND RESPONSES 
Two interesting subjects that arose during the discussion sessions were 
the prevalence of cyberbullying and the ways in which people respond to 
cyberbullying. 
Both Ybarra and Mishna observed that cyberbullying appears to be less 
prevalent than is commonly assumed. Among adolescents 14 to 18 years 
old, cyberbullying occurs at only about one-half the rate of in-person bully­ing, 
Ybarra said, with the rates depending somewhat on the definitions and 
perceptions of cyberbullying. These statistics, Mishna said, “speak to the 
need to identify the facts and the myths that come up.” 
In response to a question about responses from bystanders to bullying, 
Mishna observed that because the cyberworld is more impersonal, bystand-ers 
have less motivation to intervene. “That is part of the education they 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 63 
need,” she said. “While they are being witnesses, it actually can make a 
big difference for somebody.” Ybarra pointed out that cyberbullying can 
seem anonymous, but usually the identity of a perpetrator is known. Still, 
the experience is different from standing in front of a target and a group 
of people. 
Mishna emphasized the need for responses to be short, direct, and 
interactive. For example, developing an engaging way to deliver the mes-sage 
that bullying is hurtful could have a substantial impact, she said. 
Ybarra pointed to the importance of having enough exposure to change 
behavior. As noted in many of the presentations, one-shot interventions 
do not provide enough exposure. Therefore, Ybarra said, it will be neces-sary 
to find ways to motivate young people to return to a website or other 
technology platform repeatedly. As Ybarra noted, building an intervention 
does not mean that anyone will use it. Young people need to be motivated 
to use a technology or communications platform, she said. Schools have 
a captive audience, but that is not the case online. She added that it helps 
if an intervention is available where youth are online, even if they are in 
multiple places that change over time. 
In response to a question about the advisability of tracking and moni-toring 
software to prevent cyberbullying, Mishna said that a better option 
would be for school districts and parents to find ways to have an interaction 
so that children and youth can respond to professionals online. The prob-lem 
with tracking and monitoring software is that young people will find 
other ways to do what they want to do, Mishna said. “We want to open up 
the conversation and not close it.” That also means providing information 
to adults so that they neither overreact nor minimize the problem. 
In Canada, Mishna said, universities are forming taskforces with stu-dents 
and professors to identify the issues involving in bullying. “We have 
to begin that conversation, but students need to be involved,” she said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
7 
Community-Based Interventions 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• Most community-based programs are not evidence-based, and 
evidence about programs that do work tends not be effectively 
communicated to practitioners. (Goldweber) 
• Effective community-based programs in areas other than bully-ing 
demonstrate the potential for bullying prevention programs 
to exert an influence on the lives of youth. (Goldweber) 
• Pediatricians and other health care professionals who work 
with children can advocate for bullying awareness by teachers, 
educational administrators, parents, and children and make the 
case for new laws and policies that affect bullying. (Wright) 
• Pediatricians can also make valuable contributions of data to 
existing surveillance systems and can participate in practice-based 
research networks that are studying bullying and other 
problem behaviors. (Wright) 
Because youths function as members of communities, community-based 
interventions can be a particularly effective means of reducing bullying. Yet 
community settings can be extremely diverse. Two presenters looked at sev-eral 
examples of community-based interventions, including those grounded 
65 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
66 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
in health care, as examples of the potential for such programs to change the 
norms that exist and to influence youths’ experience of their communities. 
EFFECTIVE COMMUNITY-BASED PROGRAMS 
Youth have a four times greater chance of being the victim of violent 
crime during after-school hours to when they are in school, and juve-nile 
crime triples outside of the school setting and hours (Snyder and 
Sickmund, 2006). Because the after-school hours are so relatively danger-ous, 
it is particularly important that interventions targeted at this period— 
i.e., community-based interventions—be effective and evidence-based, but 
most are not (Glasgow et al., 2003; Ringwalt et al., 2009; Saul et al., 2008; 
Woolf, 2008), observed Asha Goldweber, a behavioral health researcher in 
SRI International’s Center for Education and Human Services. And, she 
added, information about programs that do work tend to not be effectively 
communicated to practitioners (Kerner and Hall, 2009; Saul et al., 2008). 
A notable exception to this observation is the work of Swearer et al. 
(2006) on the importance of neighborhood- or community-level collective 
efficacy, which Goldweber defined as a neighborhood’s connectedness and 
willingness to intervene with regard to youth problem behaviors (Odgers 
et al., 2009). Essentially, she said, this makes the entire community a 
bystander to bullying. An informal application of this principle, ­Goldweber 
said, is a program in Baltimore called Safe Passages, in which garbage 
collectors act as informal monitors as students make their way through 
neighborhoods. Another example is a program in California called Home-boy 
Industries, which was developed by a pastor for severely at-risk youth 
caught in a cycle of recidivism. The idea, captured in the slogan “Jobs, not 
jails,” is to provide young adults with skills and training so that they can 
break the cycle of crime and delinquency, she explained. 
Goldweber described a number of community-based interventions that 
are being evaluated using criteria evaluation developed by Blueprints for 
Healthy Youth Development, which is one of several sets of criteria for the 
evaluation of interventions. According to these criteria, for a program to 
be deemed “promising” it must meet a minimum standard for the speci-ficity, 
quality, impact, and readiness for dissemination of an intervention. 
“Model programs” must meet a set of higher standards, including having 
been validated by a minimum of two high-quality randomized controlled 
trials or one high-quality randomized controlled trial and one high-quality 
quasi-experimental evaluation. In addition, the impact of a model program 
must be sustained for a minimum of 1 year after the intervention ends, 
Goldweber said. 
Because no community-based programs that focus specifically on bully-ing 
prevention are in the evaluation phase, Goldweber discussed three other 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 67 
programs for which evaluations are available and which may be applicable 
to the development of bullying prevention programs: the Big Brothers and 
Big Sisters of America, the Communities That Care, and the Multidimen-sional 
Treatment Foster Care programs. 
The Big Brothers and Big Sisters of America program matches adult 
volunteer mentors with at-risk children with the expectation that a caring 
and supportive relationship will develop, Goldweber explained. Multiple 
evaluations of the Big Brothers and Big Sisters of America program have 
been conducted at various locations and among a variety of demographic 
groups, she said, although most of these studies have been small and 
have lacked methodological rigor. The best study, Goldweber said, which 
still does meet quality standards, was conducted by Public/Private Ven-tures 
beginning in 1991 (Tierney et al., 1995). Outcomes that have been 
examined include a wide range of effects, including delaying initiation of 
substance use, academic performance, relationships with family and peers, 
self-concept, and social and cultural enrichment. The program has been 
shown to cut illicit drug initiation by 46 percent and to reduce alcohol 
initiation by 27 percent, although that decrease is only marginally signifi-cant. 
Also notable, youth reported that they were less likely to hit someone 
at the 1-year follow-up. There were significant reductions in truancy and 
cutting class and significant effects on risk and protective factors, includ-ing 
improvements in the quality of relationships with parents, marginally 
significant improvements for peer emotional support, and positive effects 
on schoolwork competency, Goldweber said. 
Communities That Care (also described in Chapter 10) is a preven-tion 
system that gives communities the tools to address adolescent health 
and behavior problems through a focus on empirically identified risk and 
protective factors. It encompasses the five steps of getting started, getting 
organized, developing a community profile, creating a plan, and implement-ing 
and evaluating that plan, Goldweber said. 
An evaluation of the program found reductions in self-reported vio-lent 
behaviors at the 1-year follow-up (Hawkins et al., 2012), Goldweber 
reported. Compared with youth in the comparison group, youth under the 
Communities That Care program were 25 percent less likely to have initi-ated 
delinquent behavior and 32 and 33 percent less likely to have initiated 
alcohol and cigarette use, respectively. 
Finally, the Multidimensional Treatment Foster Care program finds 
out-of-home placements for youth from the juvenile justice, foster care, and 
mental health systems, Goldweber said. According to Kerr et al. (2009), 12 
months after baseline, boys in the program were incarcerated for 60 per-cent 
fewer days, had fewer subsequent arrests, and exhibited less drug use. 
At the same point, girls in the program had fewer days in locked settings, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
68 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
fewer criminal referrals, lower caregiver-reported delinquency, and more 
time spent on homework, Goldweber said. 
Community-Based Research 
Goldweber also described community-based participatory research, 
which brings community members to the table shoulder-to-shoulder with 
interventionists and researchers. Among the many factors that affect this 
research, she said, are buy-in through relationship building, engaging gate-keepers, 
trust, communication, return on investment, capacity, sustainabil-ity, 
and cultural response. 
An excellent example of such research, Goldweber said, is the 
PARTNERS youth violence prevention program (Leff et al., 2010). In this 
program, Leff and his colleagues meet community members in the com-munity 
instead of in an academic setting, thereby reducing the perception 
of a power imbalance. They have informal meetings over a meal so that 
they can talk about what both parties’ perceptions are for the goals to be 
achieved, and they agree to remain at the table even when disagreements 
arise, Goldweber said. 
Another example, she said, is the Holistic Life Foundation, which 
is a nonprofit organization based in Baltimore, Maryland, that provides 
mindfulness-based interventions in an after-school setting. It trains young 
adults in the community to become the interventionists. “The kids who are 
receiving the intervention are seeing someone who looks like them and that 
they may already know from their community,” she said. “This is changing 
the cultural or the community climate. It is also invoking that construct of 
neighborhood collective efficacy.” 
Goldweber said that the most important step is to get all of the stake-holders 
together at the table. She also emphasized the importance of meet-ing 
people where they are. Instead of having meetings at a university, 
practitioners and researchers can have meetings in the community or pro-vide 
bus fare and meals for meeting participants. 
Community-based participatory research needs to meet certain stan-dards 
of effectiveness, such as the Blueprint guidelines, Goldweber said, 
but such programs can also balance the demands for systematic imple-mentation 
of community-based interventions with being responsive to the 
immediate needs of the community. In addition, issues of generalizability 
can arise across contexts, because programs developed in one country or 
region may not generalize to other countries or regions. Strict monitoring 
of the integrity of the intervention’s implementation is necessary to arrive 
at a scientifically successful and generalizable program, Goldweber said. 
Measures of success can vary across communities. For example, Leff 
and his colleagues met with community stakeholders and either worked to 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 69 
adapt existing measures or to develop new measures that would more accu-rately 
represent the community’s experience, Goldweber said. “Researchers 
can work with the community to develop new measures that still meet 
scientific standards but that are culturally responsive,” she said. 
Finally, Goldweber briefly described her work in California on 
teacher credentialing initiatives and voluntary accreditation processes for 
­community- 
based organizations that are intended to ensure understanding 
of student mental health issues. “It is not that the teachers become student 
mental health providers,” she said, “but that they are aware of the signs and 
then can appropriately refer students to the necessary stakeholders.” The 
idea of voluntary accreditation processes for community-based organiza-tions 
might start a conversation about the importance of community-based 
research that is also evidence based, she suggested. 
ROLES OF HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONALS 
For health care professionals, the issue of bullying has largely been sub-sumed 
into the broader issue of violence, said Joseph Wright, a professor 
and vice chair in the Department of Pediatrics and a professor of emergency 
medicine and health policy at the George Washington University Schools of 
Medicine and Public Health. Injury due to violence is a substantial problem 
facing pediatricians, pediatricians feel they have an important role to play 
in prevention, and parents believe that pediatricians have a central role 
to play in prevention, according to surveys conducted by the American 
Academy of Pediatrics (AAP). This interest in violence prevention led the 
AAP in 2009 to issue a policy statement on the role of the pediatrician in 
youth violence prevention (Wright et al., 2009). According to Wright, this 
statement was focused largely on bullying as an emerging topic and one 
that pediatricians need to be prepared to address no matter in which set-ting 
they practice. 
The question, Wright said, is, “What is a pediatrician to do?” In his 
answer, he focused on two kinds of approaches for pediatricians: awareness 
and advocacy at the community level, and anticipatory guidance at the level 
of clinical practice. 
In the community, Wright said, pediatricians need to advocate for 
bullying awareness by teachers, educational administrators, parents, and 
children as well as for the role of health care professionals as appropri-ate 
public health messengers through print, electronic, or online media. 
Pediatricians see children and families repeatedly over time, so they have 
repeated opportunities to provide information and increase awareness. 
Furthermore, Wright said, pediatricians and others who see the effects of 
bullying behavior have many opportunities to make the case for new laws 
and policies. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
70 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
The majority of states still do not require anti-bullying education as 
part of the professional development for educators, Wright said. However, 
the AAP policy statement recommends that pediatricians have a working 
familiarity with Connected Kids, which is the AAP’s primary care violence 
prevention protocol. Connected Kids includes provisions for screening, 
counseling, appropriate and timely treatment, and referral for violence-related 
problems, including bullying (AAP, 2014). 
When parents take their children to a pediatrician, they should expect 
the children to receive anticipatory guidance from the doctor, Wright said. 
The kinds of questions a pediatrician might ask of a child are: 
• Have you been in any pushing or shoving fights? 
• What happens when you and your friends argue or disagree? 
• What do you do for fun? 
• What do you like best about school? 
• If you see someone being bullied, what do you do? 
Such questions are child centered and parent centered, are connected to the 
community in which a family lives, and have a primary focus on the physi-cal 
safety of children, Wright said. The questions are designed to be open 
ended rather than leading to a close-ended response. The emphasis is not 
on risk, he explained, but rather on helping the children become strong, 
resilient, and healthy and socially oriented. 
Research has demonstrated the value of anticipatory guidance, Wright 
said. For example, an analysis conducted at the Harborview Injury Pre-vention 
Center at the University of Washington with preschool children 
found that parental cognitive stimulation and emotional support, which 
are provided by reading with children or having meals together, are inde-pendently 
and significantly protective against bullying (Zimmerman et al., 
2005). This study also found that each additional hour of daily television 
viewing is significantly associated with the development of subsequent bul-lying 
behavior. These results are “a promising outcome for the anticipatory 
guidance approach,” Wright said. 
For middle childhood, brochures are available to both pediatricians and 
parents—as part of the Connected Kids curriculum—on independence, drug 
abuse, friends, anger, and bullying, Wright said. These brochures provide 
pediatricians with a way to address the issue of bullying in the most com-mon 
health care setting that children will encounter, which is the office-based 
setting, he said. 
Finally, Wright pointed out another valuable contribution that pediatri-cians 
can make to anti-bullying efforts: They can contribute data to existing 
surveillance systems. They can also participate in practice-based research 
networks that are studying bullying and other problem behaviors. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 71 
Wright also noted, in response to a question about opportunities pre-sented 
by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, that the health 
care profession, in the context of Medicaid expansion, is working on a 
uniform tool for behavioral health screening in the clinical setting. Such a 
tool could produce broader compliance with recommendations for early 
and periodic screening, diagnosis, and treatment, he said. 
In response to another question, Wright observed that the universal 
definition of bullying enables the collection of information that could be 
kept in an electronic health record. More uniform reporting and responses 
to bullying could help school systems, health care practitioners, and other 
groups that interact with children, such as parks and recreation depart-ments, 
speak the same language and be on the same page, he said. 
THE FOCUS OF PREVENTION 
One issue that arose during the discussion session was whether pre-vention 
should be issue-specific or general. The moderator of the session, 
Angela Diaz of the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, said, “The 
way that we do prevention tends to be very distinct and issue specific— 
pregnancy prevention, sexually transmitted disease prevention, HIV pre-vention, 
bullying prevention, and the funding tends to be like that also, 
very separate and categorical.” We should consider the benefits of a more 
integrated prevention approach, Diaz said, because often the same youth 
may get involved in multiple of these behaviors or be at risk for multiple of 
these outcomes. In addition, having a more integrated prevention approach 
is likely to be more cost effective, she said. 
Wright said that a universal approach to prevention has many posi-tive 
aspects. For example, the project at the University of Washington, 
which encouraged parental cognitive stimulation and emotional support of 
children to deal with various potential issues, stressed primary prevention, 
not secondary prevention after an issue is present. Goldweber agreed that 
early and universal prevention approaches, such as focusing on kindness 
or compassion, are needed, along with funding that cuts across outcomes. 
Wright agreed with a questioner that pediatricians have limited time 
with children and parents. But if anti-bullying interventions were incorpo-rated 
as part of a longitudinal approach to prevention, he said, the time 
pressures would be less difficult. This approach needs to begin when chil-dren 
are young, he said, and then continue as they age. 
Diaz also emphasized the “sacred space” of the clinic. “Young people 
are willing, if you ask them directly, to share their entire life with you, but 
it does not have to be the physician doing this questioning,” she said. “We 
have many different members of the team—the nurses, the health educa-tors, 
the social workers, and others. . . . We will know the life of the kids, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
72 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
their strengths and assets as well as what they struggle with, what is really 
in their soul. They are willing to put it out there in that type of environ-ment. 
I have not necessarily seen such willingness to share in other types 
of environments.” 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
8 
Peer-Led and Peer-Focused Programs 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• Bullying is not necessarily an emotional reaction but rather an 
attack on another youth, and it can be induced by coercion or 
contagion of aggressive actions by peers. (Dishion) 
• Interventions that support adult involvement, positive rela-tionships, 
group management skills, and nonaggressive norms 
in schools can have positive effects on problem behaviors. 
(Dishion) 
• Individual interventions are more likely to be effective and cost 
beneficial than group interventions that bring together aggres-sive 
Much of what happens among adolescents happens away from adults, 
said Jonathan Todres of the Georgia State University College of Law, who 
moderated the session on peer-led and peer-focused programs. “They are 
experts, in many respects, on their lives and the lives of their peers,” he 
said. Two speakers explored the potential of bullying prevention programs 
to tap into that expertise. 
73 
youth. (Dodge) 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
74 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
PEER IMPACT ON CHILD DEVELOPMENT 
Youth who exhibit behavior problems as adolescents often have trav-eled 
along a developmental trajectory in which parenting contributions and 
amplifying mechanisms have led to a cascading series of problems, includ-ing 
reactive and proactive antisocial behavior (see Figure 8-1), explained 
Thomas Dishion, the director of the Prevention Research Center and a 
professor of psychology at Arizona State University. Bullying tends to be a 
proactive behavior, he observed. It is not necessarily an emotional reaction, 
but rather a planned attack on another youth. 
Two microsocial dynamic processes can amplify these problem behav-iors: 
coercion and contagion, Dishion explained. Coercion is negative rein-forcement— 
or escape conditioning—for peer aggression. “If I escalate and 
the person backs down, I am more likely to escalate and be aggressive in the 
future,” he said. Contagion is mutual positive reinforcement for antisocial 
talk and behavior among peers, which also has been called deviancy train-ing. 
For example, Dishion explained, in deviancy training a child might talk 
about something deviant, a peer laughs, the child escalates the story, and the 
peer further encourages the behavior. After just 30 minutes of videotaped 
Early Childhood 
Defiance, 
Poor Self-Regulation 
Academic Deficits, 
Peer Rejection, and 
Early Peer Clustering 
Childhood 
Reactive and Proactive 
Antisocial Behavior 
School Failure and 
Deviant Peer Clustering 
and Contagion 
Family Management, Support, 
Structuring, and Monitoring 
Peer Environments 
Adolescence 
Drug Use, Sexual 
Promiscuity, Serious 
Problem Behaviors 
FIGURE 8-1 Parenting contributions and amplifying mechanisms can lead to a 
developmental cascade of problem behaviors. 
SOURCE: Dishion presentation, 2014. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS 75 
observation of such conversations, children are much more likely to per-form 
deviant acts, Dishion said. These are normal rather than pathological 
behaviors, he emphasized, and developmentally they can happen as early as 
kindergarten. “Kids will aggregate on the playground, and they will start to 
reward each other for these types of aggressive positions,” he said. “That 
clustering will lead to more and more aggressive acts.” 
Gang Formation 
Recently, Dishion has also been looking at what he called coercive join-ing, 
where aggressive youth achieve status by forming a gang. Since at least 
the beginning of the 19th century, Dishion noted, gangs have existed in the 
United States, and they remain prevalent in many impoverished neighbor-hoods 
and cities. Several factors predict gang involvement (Dishion et al., 
2005). For females, these factors include a history of antisocial behavior, 
a history of rejection by peers and teachers, and poor grades. For males, 
the same factors are involved as well as peer acceptance. “Some of the kids 
who we think are potentially problematic are higher social status in the peer 
group,” Dishion said. “That might be part of the dynamic that maintains 
bullying and aggressive behavior.” 
Gang involvement is important in the progression from youths being 
aggressive on the playground to being dangerous in the community, Dishion 
said. When 16-year-olds are videotaped interacting in the laboratory, they 
can be seen talking about victimizing other people, whether members of 
the other gender or some other outgroup, he said. They escalate their 
aggressive behavior and can exhibit a struggle for dominance in the room. 
That dynamic predicts young adult dangerousness, Dishion said, including 
assaults, robberies, and violence. Yet the fact that it is occurring at age 16 
suggests that at least some of these dynamics are malleable, he said. 
In some neighborhoods, aggressors achieve more status by becoming 
more dangerous. For example, Djikstra et al. (2010) have shown that in 
some neighborhoods in New York, carrying a weapon gives youth greater 
status. “This is part of the issue that we need to understand,” Dishion said. 
Moderating the Influence of Peers 
A number of factors moderate peer influence, Dishion said. Youth with 
higher levels of self-regulation and lower impulsivity are less influenced, 
for instance, while youth with a history of peer rejection tend to be more 
influenced by peer norms. Some young people embrace a false consensus 
by perceiving that peers endorse the deviant norms. And adults who skill-fully 
monitor or structure peer environments can reduce contagion, Dishion 
added. “I like to think of it as adult leadership,” he said. “Having adults 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
76 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
be in a leadership role, taking a stand, and dealing with these minor events 
when they are occurring and not letting them escalate is certainly a key to 
moderating peer influence.” 
Dishion also pointed to several conclusions and promising directions 
that emerge from this work. Interventions that support adult involvement, 
positive relationships, and group management skills are likely to have posi-tive 
effects on problem behavior and also to reduce peer coercion and con-tagion, 
he said. Examples include the Positive Behavior Interventions and 
Supports program, the Good Behavior Game, and the Olweus program. 
Mobilizing parents in a way that puts them in a leadership role is also part 
of the solution, he said. 
Instilling nonaggressive norms in the context of schools is likely to have 
positive effects, Dishion said. Norms are important, as is leadership about 
the kinds of norms that are guiding interactions in a school or neighbor-hood, 
he added. 
Finally, more attention needs to be paid to preventing the self-organization 
of youth into groups that promote aggression and victimiza-tion, 
Dishion said, and these interventions need to start in childhood. “The 
development of identity around a gang is very difficult to reduce or treat 
once it has happened,” he said. “But prevention is certainly possible, and 
there is some evidence to suggest that even family-based interventions can 
reduce the involvement of gangs in early adolescence.” 
PEER INTERVENTION PROGRAMS 
Kenneth Dodge, the William McDougall Professor of Public Policy 
and director of the Center for Child and Family Policy at Duke University, 
discussed two approaches to the prevention of bullying. The first is to build 
social competencies within the aggressor. This can be done one-on-one with 
an adult trainer and the individual child, it can be done in groups in which 
the bullying child is interacting with non-aggressive peers, or it can be done 
in groups of other aggressors, Dodge said. 
The techniques to help a child build social skills that will help that child 
refrain from bullying and aggression have improved dramatically in recent 
decades (Dodge and Sherrill, 2006). Interventions that have proven effective 
include cognitive behavioral therapies, cognitive behavioral skills building, 
social skills building, and social problem-solving training, Dodge said. 
However, most policies are not directed toward individual skill build-ing, 
Dodge said. Instead, the most common way to deal with an aggressive 
or deviant child is to place that child with other deviant peers in systematic 
interventions. For example, group therapies or milieu therapies are common 
in mental health and account for more than one-half of the expenditures in 
the mental health arena for aggressive behavior, Dodge said. In the area of 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS 77 
education, he noted, a variety of interventions—tracking, special education, 
in-school suspensions, and alternative schools—place children with similar 
issues together. And the juvenile justice system places delinquents in training 
schools and boot camps and incarcerates them, with group-based interven-tions 
accounting for more than 90 percent of juvenile justice expenditures, 
Dodge said. “It is our most common public policy for dealing with aggres-sion 
and bullying,” he said. 
Among the rationales for peer group interventions are that they are 
less costly, they afford role playing and practice, they enable manipulation 
of peer group reinforcement, and they help youth feel comfortable, Dodge 
said. However, Lipsey (2006) found that, on average, group interven-tions 
are one-third less effective than individual interventions. Furthermore, 
many group interventions yield net adverse effects. About 42 percent of 
the prevention programs that Lipsey studied yielded net adverse effects, as 
did 22 percent of the probation programs in that study. As a result, Lipsey 
concluded that individual interventions are more effective and cost benefi-cial, 
Dodge said. 
This conclusion, which was based on a comparison of different inter-ventions, 
was supported by an experimental test using an intervention 
called Coping Power, which is a social-cognitive skill building interven-tion 
for 8- to 14-year-old aggressive children. The experiment compared 
the effectiveness of the intervention administered to individuals versus the 
intervention administered to groups, Dodge explained. In the study of 360 
aggressive fourth-grade children in 20 different schools who were randomly 
assigned at the school level to receive Coping Power either individually or in 
deviant-only groups, the findings were somewhat mixed immediately after 
treatment (Lochman et al., 2013). There was some tendency for homogeni-zation, 
with the most aggressive children becoming less aggressive and the 
least aggressive children becoming more aggressive. However, at the 1-year 
follow-up, the children who received the individualized intervention had 
much greater reductions in externalizing and internalizing problems than 
did the children who received the group intervention. 
For situations where it is not possible to administer the intervention 
individually, Dodge said, strategies exist to mitigate the iatrogenic effects— 
that is, the negative effects on individuals caused by the treatment itself— 
from being part of deviant peer groups. Strong training for experienced 
adult group leaders, the use of behavioral reinforcement strategies, teaching 
strategies that emphasize clear instructions, and emphasizing a peer-culture 
norm of non-deviance can all reduce the negative influences of peers, Dodge 
said. Other approaches are to limit unstructured time with peers, to moni-tor 
hot spots where peers congregate, to limit the interaction opportunities 
of the peer group members by mixing children from different schools or 
communities, and using short-duration interventions, he said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
78 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Changing the Peer Culture 
The second approach Dodge discussed was working with the peer envi-ronment 
and culture to reduce the reinforcement of bullying. Two promis-ing 
approaches are the Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports (PBIS) 
program (Waasdorp et al., 2012) and the Supporting Early Adolescent 
Learning and Social Success (SEALS) model (Farmer et al., 2013). 
SEALS is a teacher-training and directed-consultation model that helps 
teachers with managing social dynamics, enhancing academic engagement, 
and improving classroom behavior management, Dodge explained. In a 
trial in 28 middle schools randomly assigned to receive either the SEALS 
teacher training intervention or a control, teachers trained in the SEALS 
intervention were more accurate at understanding peer affiliations and 
became better managers of the classroom (Farmer et al., 2013). Their 
students made greater academic achievement gains and reported valuing 
school more and feeling a greater sense of belonging in the school. Students 
also perceived a more supportive school and peer context and interacted 
more with more normative peers rather than just academic peers. The 
researchers have not yet reported whether the intervention reduced bullying 
or aggression, Dodge said. 
Research Conclusions 
Dodge provided four conclusions that he drew from his review of the 
research. First, programs, placements, and treatments that bring devi-ant 
peers together should be avoided whenever possible, he said. Such 
strategies include training schools, boot camps, Scared Straight, Guided 
Group Interaction, the Gang Resistance Education and Training Program, 
midnight basketball, hangouts, non-structured after-school programs, and 
long prison terms mandated by three strikes laws. Highly structured after-school 
programs may be effective, he said, depending on who is in those 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
groups. 
His second conclusion was that effective alternatives to deviant peer-group 
placement should be encouraged. Examples of such alternatives 
include individual therapies such as functional family therapy, multi-systemic 
therapy, and multidimensional treatment foster care; therapeutic 
courts; early prevention programs such as the High/Scope Perry Preschool, 
and Fast Track; programs that combine high-risk and low-risk youths 
such as 4-H, school-based extracurricular activities, boys and girls clubs, 
scouting, and church activities; and universal peer-culture interventions 
like PBIS and SEALS. For older youth, Job Corps, individual skills train-ing, 
and efforts to disperse rather than increase gang cohesiveness are good 
approaches, Dodge said.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS 79 
When placement with peers is inevitable, specific measures should be 
implemented to minimize its impact, Dodge said. Highly susceptible youths, 
such as slightly delinquent early adolescents, should not be placed with 
deviant youths, and deviant youths with older, more deviant peers or peers 
with similar problems from the same community should not be combined. 
Experienced leaders are needed and should have training, Dodge said, and 
youths need to be placed in highly structured environments with little free 
time. It is possible to reduce problems by monitoring youths’ behavior 
closely and keeping their placements short, he said. 
Finally, practitioners, programs, and policy makers should document 
placements and evaluate the impacts of those placements, Dodge said. The 
record needs to include a description of the placement environment and of 
peers, he added. 
Structuring School Systems and Classrooms 
One interesting application of engineering a positive peer culture, which 
came up in the discussion session, involved the structure of middle schools. 
Sixth graders who go to an elementary school have less drug use, fewer 
school suspensions, less deviant behavior, and higher academic test scores 
than sixth graders who spend their time with seventh and eighth graders, 
Dodge said. And, most important, those effects hold not only while the 
children are in sixth grade but into high school. “There is something about 
the way we engineer schools that we might rethink,” he said. 
During the discussion period, Dodge also addressed the issue of the 
extent to which adverse peer influences can be offset by positive peer influ-ences. 
“Imagine you are the superintendent of a school system,” he said. 
“Twenty percent of your children are deviant. Where do you place them? 
Are you going to have a net overall positive effect by sending them off to 
an alternative school or tracking them, even though it might have a negative 
effect on them? Is it going to have a positive effect on the other 80 percent 
who do not have to deal with them? After all, these placements are directed 
by parents of the non-deviant kids who do not want deviant kids with 
their well-behaving child.” Dodge has been involved in research that has 
indicated the existence of a critical mass effect. If a class includes no more 
than three elementary or early middle-school children who were suspended 
in the previous year, he said, then those children typically have a minimal 
impact on their classmates. But once the number exceeds a critical mass, 
the deviant peer influence seems to outweigh the positive peer influence. 
“There may be ways to engineer the whole system to maximize the positive 
influence and minimize the deviant peer influence,” Dodge said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
80 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
YOUTH LEADERS 
Another topic that arose during the discussion period was the influence 
of youth leaders on their peers. Group interactions, Dishion said, can have 
many effects, some positive and some negative. Youth who have turned 
their lives around can be especially effective leaders, but they also can have 
relapses and continued problems. “There is a danger there as well,” he said. 
“You cannot emphasize enough structuring these environments so that you 
really have a handle on them.” 
Dodge pointed to empirical evidence that aggressive children are, by 
and large, disliked by the larger peer group in kindergarten, first grade, and 
second grade, but by middle school the aggressive child is more popular, at 
least in some contexts. In this case, he said, “one might think about how to 
get those deviant peer-group leaders who have influence to use their influ-ence 
in a positive way rather than a negative way.” 
Dishion also reminded the workshop participants of the success dem-onstrated 
by programs such as Big Brothers and Big Sisters of America 
(see Chapter 7), which provide children and adolescents with positive role 
models. 
On the topic of peer leaders, Catherine Bradshaw of the University of 
Virginia Curry School of Education noted another sort of challenge—that 
the youth who are volunteering for leadership roles may not be particularly 
influential in their peer groups. Sometimes they have a history of victimiza-tion 
or are from a marginalized group, she said, although they can achieve 
more status as they get older. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
9 
Laws and Public Policies 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• As of 2014, 49 states and the District of Columbia have enacted 
anti-bullying laws, whose key components range widely. But ­little 
is known about the extent to which the laws and their imple-mentation 
actually decrease bullying behaviors. (Hatzenbuehler) 
• One Oregon study suggests that “inclusive” anti-bullying 
­policies— 
those that specifically include sexual orientation as a 
protected-class status—reduce the risk of suicide attempts and 
peer victimization in gay teenagers. (Hatzenbuehler) 
• Student-on-student bullying victimization can be perceived as 
imposing a learning disability on the targeted children because 
victimization creates barriers to their education. (Abrams) 
• Schools face strong disincentives against enforcing state-­mandated 
anti-bullying laws, including the risk of costly law-suits 
brought by bullies and their parents claiming infringement 
of First Amendment speech rights. But, unlike speech, physi-cal 
assaults and true threats are not protected under the law. 
• Existing law puts school districts in a strong legal position to 
impose discipline in student-on-student bullying cases, but dis-tricts 
seeking to protect targeted students must defend lawsuits 
81 
(Abrams) 
that might arise. (Abrams) 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
82 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
As student-on-student bullying has received greater attention in recent 
years, state legislatures have responded. Forty-nine states and the District of 
Columbia now have laws against bullying. Evaluation is critical for under-standing 
a law’s impact, how it ends up being enforced, and any unintended 
consequences of enforcement. Two speakers provided an overview of anti-bullying 
laws and policies, including how attempts to prohibit bullying fit 
within a broader legal framework that addresses children’s issues. 
MANY ANTI-BULLYING LAWS EXIST, BUT ARE THEY EFFECTIVE? 
The United States has seen a rapid proliferation of anti-bullying laws, 
with state legislatures enacting or amending more than 120 bills on bully-ing 
and related behaviors between 1999 and 2010. As of 2014, 49 out of 
50 states have laws to prevent bullying, said Mark Hatzenbuehler, assis-tant 
professor of sociomedical sciences at Columbia University’s Mailman 
School of Public Health. The lone exception is Montana, which does, 
however, have an anti-bullying policy, he said. 
Scholars have developed conceptual frameworks for understanding 
the content and scope of laws and policies that target bullying behaviors 
(Limber and Small, 2003; Srabstein et al., 2008; U.S. Department of Educa-tion, 
2011). In a 2011 report, the U.S. Department of Education developed 
a comprehensive framework to evaluate anti-bullying laws and policies 
in 46 states. The report identified 16 key components found in the exist-ing 
laws, such as a definition of what bullying is; a list or “enumeration” 
of the specific groups of individuals to be protected from bullying; and 
requirements for communicating the law or policy to school administrators, 
teachers, and students. Some key components were more common than 
others. For example, 43 states included descriptions of bullying behaviors 
that are prohibited, but only 17 states enumerated protected groups. About 
one-third of states included at least 13 to 16 of the components, noted 
Hatzenbuehler. 
The vast majority of research on anti-bullying legislation has focused 
on legal content analyses, Hatzenbuehler said, but “we know very little 
about the extent to which these policies are actually effective in meet-ing 
their stated goal.” He and Katherine Keyes of Columbia University 
conducted one of the first empirical studies to look at the effectiveness of 
these policies (Hatzenbuehler and Keyes, 2013). They investigated whether 
having an “inclusive” anti-bullying policy—one that specifically includes 
sexual orientation as a protected class—reduced suicide risk and peer vic-timization 
(being aggressively targeted by other children) in lesbian and gay 
youth. Focusing on 34 counties in Oregon that had anti-bullying policies, 
the researchers examined 197 school districts to determine whether those 
policies at the district level included sexual orientation as a protected-class 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES 83 
status. In only 15 percent of the Oregon counties did all their school dis-tricts 
have inclusive anti-bullying policies, Hatzenbuehler said. 
The researchers linked these findings on anti-bullying policies to health 
and sexual orientation data collected through an annual survey of 11th-grade 
public school students in Oregon, including 301 lesbian and gay 
youth. Counties were divided into three categories ranging from “least 
inclusive” to “most inclusive” based on the proportion of their school dis-tricts 
with anti-bullying policies that included sexual orientation. Results 
showed that around 31 percent of lesbian and gay youth living in the least 
inclusive counties had attempted suicide in the past year—twice as many 
as the 16 percent of gay and lesbian teens who attempted suicide in the 
most inclusive counties (see Figure 9-1). “We find that policies that do 
not include sexual orientation as a protected class are not protective of 
lesbian and gay youth in terms of reducing the risk of suicide attempts,” 
Hatzenbuehler said. Inclusive anti-bullying policies were also associated 
with a reduced risk for peer victimization for all youth, not just gay and 
lesbian youth. 
Hatzenbuehler noted that research on the effect of anti-bullying policies 
is consistent with other studies that document the impact that public poli-cies 
have on health and behavioral outcomes (Hatzenbuehler et al., 2009, 
2010, 2012). Hatzenbuehler suggested that this is noteworthy in that it 
offers precedence for considering laws and public policies as one of a num-ber 
of effective strategies that can be used to improve the health and well-being 
of young people. However, much more research is needed to study the 
actual effectiveness of policies in reducing bullying behaviors to establish 
Low Medium High 
Past-Year Suicide Attempts 
30 
25 
20 
15 
10 
5 
FIGURE 9-1 Counties in Oregon with more inclusive anti-bullying policies have 
the lowest risk of suicide attempts among lesbian and gay youths. 
SOURCE: Hatzenbuehler and Keyes, 2013. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
84 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
best practices for policy makers and school administrators, Hatzenbuehler 
said, including stronger methodologies for establishing cause-and-effect 
linkages. It is often unethical to conduct randomized controlled trials that 
would assign individuals to live in environments with or without an anti-bullying 
policy, he noted, but longitudinal and quasi-experimental studies 
can be used instead. Researchers can also take advantage of the heterogene-ity 
in anti-bullying laws to see whether states with the more comprehensive 
policies have more success in reducing bullying. 
If anti-bullying policies are in fact protective, Hatzenbuehler added, 
then experts should be studying why they work (by examining mediating 
factors) and for which groups of people they are most effective (by testing 
moderators). For example, reducing peer victimization appeared to be one 
of the mediating factors in Hatzenbuehler and Keyes’ study. More studies 
are also necessary to understand the effects of putting anti-bullying laws 
into practice on the ground, he said. Qualitative and ethnographic studies 
in schools with administrators, teachers, parents, and youth could help 
identify barriers and facilitators in implementation, he added. 
To start to address some of these critical gaps, Marizen Ramirez of 
the University of Iowa is conducting a longitudinal study to evaluate the 
implementation and outcomes of anti-bullying legislation in her state. 
Hatzenbuehler and Ramirez are also analyzing the legal content of anti-bullying 
legislation in several key U.S. regions and linking those findings to 
Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance data to see whether stronger laws against 
bullying are more effective in reducing bullying behaviors. 
HOW THE LAW BOTH HELPS AND HINDERS THE 
PROTECTION OF CHILDREN FROM BULLYING 
To further describe the legal framework for anti-bullying regulations, 
Douglas E. Abrams, a professor at the University of Missouri School of 
Law, discussed the private and public system that protects children. The 
pediatric safety system has parents at the top of the hierarchy and works its 
way down through the public schools, law enforcement, juvenile and family 
courts, and state mental health agencies (Abrams, 2009). Abrams focused 
his remarks primarily on the public school system, because, he said, most 
aggressors know their victims through attending school and do not foresee 
that anyone but classmates will pay much attention. 
Abrams highlighted the three P’s of school anti-bullying efforts: per-ceptions, 
prevention, and potential legal constraints. Public policy often 
depends on perceptions, he said. Bullying victimization can be perceived as 
imposing a learning disability on child victims, he said, because it creates 
barriers to education similar to those identified by the Individuals with Dis-abilities 
Education Act (IDEA) (Abrams, 2012, 2013). “Bullying victimiza- 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES 85 
tion jeopardizes the state’s obligation to provide a free public education to 
all children,” he added. The IDEA recognizes disabilities that arise from 
external circumstances that are very similar to bullying victimization: “Stu-dents 
cannot learn effectively when they are scared stiff in school,” Abrams 
said. Such a perception of bullying’s effects could motivate legislatures to 
act effectively; even though 49 states have anti-bullying laws, amendments 
are still necessary to ensure that policies work effectively, he said. 
Legal Constraints 
Turning to potential constraints, Abrams cautioned that when it comes 
to bullying, “we need to be wary of legal solutions, which are often not use-ful 
solutions at all.” States cannot prosecute, adjudicate, or discipline their 
way out of the bullying problem, he said, because “there is just too much 
bullying going on.” Prosecution and juvenile court adjudication are reactive 
measures invoked only after somebody is already hurt. Public authorities 
serve children best when they can modify behavior in a preventive mode 
without turning to formal processes except in the most serious cases, he said. 
Abrams offered three conclusions on potential legal constraints. First, 
he said, “the law can sometimes present major challenges to protecting 
bullied children.” Schools may face strong professional and financial dis-incentives 
against enforcing state anti-bullying laws. Second, when bully 
perpetrators or their parents file lawsuits, they typically assert constitu-tional 
rights or other legal rights. Third, existing law puts school districts 
in a potentially strong position if they present a good case on the facts in 
student-on-student bullying cases, he said, but lawsuits will occur and vic-tory 
is not assured. 
All enforcement of state anti-bullying laws is ultimately local and 
depends on teachers, administrators, and others in the school building, 
Abrams explained. For one thing, statewide anti-bullying laws are almost 
always unfunded mandates, he said, so the question becomes, Who pays 
for implementation and enforcement? To conform with state anti-bullying 
laws, cash-strapped school districts have to pay to hire and train faculty, 
Abrams said, but he added that he nonetheless thinks that such endeav-ors 
can be cost effective. The greatest cost that school districts must bear 
related to anti-bullying efforts is defending against the litigation that can 
arise in reaction to those efforts, he said. It is not always easy for courts to 
determine who did what to whom, which means that judges tend to have a 
great deal of discretion in deciding such lawsuits. As a result, Abrams said, 
teachers and administrators may find that “sometimes the path of least 
resistance is to turn their backs on student misconduct.” 
Concerning the legal authority to implement anti-bullying efforts, 
Abrams said that public schools are in a potentially strong position. In 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
86 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
the court’s eyes, he said, schools are “special places” when it comes to 
discipline: The constitutional rights of elementary and secondary students 
inside public schools are less than their constitutional rights outside school 
because courts must weigh the need to protect students in school. 
The seminal decision regarding students’ constitutional rights in school, 
Abrams said, was from the 1969 case Tinker v. Des Moines Independent 
Community School District in which the plaintiffs wore black armbands to 
school to protest the Vietnam War. The Supreme Court held that a school 
may discipline students for speech that “materially or substantially dis-rupts 
school activities” or that creates a “collision with the rights of other 
students to be secure and to be let alone,” Abrams explained. Another 
relevant decision, Bethel School District v. Fraser in 1986, involved a high 
school student who delivered a lewd speech in a school assembly program 
and later filed suit claiming that his resulting suspension violated his First 
Amendment speech rights. The Supreme Court held, Abrams said, that 
schools may regulate student speech to teach “the shared values of a civi-lized 
social order” and fundamental values, which include consideration 
of “the sensibilities of fellow students” and “the boundaries of socially 
appropriate behavior.” 
Many cases of bullying, including cyberbullying, also involve physical 
assaults, Abrams noted, and these are not protected under the law. The First 
Amendment does not protect true threats of violence, even verbal ones. 
Assaults, Abrams explained, may include pushing, shoving, spitting, and 
throwing a pencil at someone. 
Anti-bullying legislation cannot protect school districts from lawsuits, 
Abrams said, but schools can prevail if they present the right kind of evi-dence. 
He emphasized that anti-bullying legislation and policies are not 
particularly valuable if schools are reluctant to exercise their disciplinary 
authority. School districts must be willing to fight lawsuits to protect stu-dents, 
he said. 
Although 49 states have anti-bullying laws, some legislatures still have 
much work to do in the arena of cyberbullying, Abrams said. Most states 
require school districts to have policies banning cyberbullying, for example, 
but these statutes typically apply only to discipline imposed for what a 
child does in the school building, on school grounds, or on a school bus or 
school-sponsored trip. However, Abrams said, almost all cyberbullying is 
done off campus. Still, many perpetrators of cyberbullying eventually end 
up committing physical assaults, so schools may discipline them for those 
actions, he said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES 87 
LEGAL RESPONSES TO BULLYING 
During the discussion period, one questioner asked how attorneys can 
work with schools to encourage the implementation of new anti-bullying 
policies. Abrams suggested that lawyers can assure that procedures for 
­handling 
bullying situations meet constitutional and nonconstitutional 
guidelines and that administrators carefully document their actions against 
bully perpetrators. In addition, he said that while school districts gener-ally 
tend to lose many student free-speech cases outside the bullying area, 
courts do not actually require much evidence to establish that a disruption 
in school has been material and substantial. “If two students fight or assault 
one another in a classroom, that is Tinker-type disruption, which ought to 
win for the school district if the perpetrator can be identified,” he said. If 
lawyers put on a good case, showing how much time teachers and schools 
spend dealing with animosities arising from bullying and how hurtful bul-lying 
is to students, he said, “I think the judges would be receptive.” How-ever, 
he added, school districts often fail to put on a proper case. 
Jonathan Todres of Georgia State University College of Law asked if it 
is possible to address social harms such as bullying in ways that incentiv-ize 
positive behavior rather than just punish bad behavior. Hatzenbuehler 
replied that anti-bullying policies that enumerate specific protected groups 
encourage better behavior by fostering more diverse, inclusive environ-ments 
in schools. Researchers do not have a good handle on which types 
of policies—punitive versus positive reinforcement—are better at deterring 
bullying; that is an empirical question that needs examination, he said. 
Dorothy Espelage of the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 
asked the speakers what advice they could give for parents who call in 
saying that their child is being chronically victimized, beyond telling them 
to document everything carefully or to move their child out of the school? 
Espelage noted that in a number of cases where bullied children committed 
suicide, parents sued school districts and lost; the districts had hired psy-chologists 
who testified that the child’s suicide was due to having depression 
and not due to any harassment by bullies or negligence by the schools. 
Abrams replied that it is hard to know what to tell parents, especially 
because it is not always clear to school administrators and teachers what 
the appropriate remedy is in a particular case. Parents may have to choose 
from among some bad alternatives to try to make a victimized child’s life 
better, Abrams said. Hatzenbuehler added that judges in some cases involv-ing 
lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender youth have been open to hearing 
social science research data on how bullying can affect these teens. Abrams 
also noted that federal civil rights statutes might apply if the bullying victim 
was targeted because of religion, race or ethnicity, or sexual orientation. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Part III 
Future Directions and Overall Themes 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
10 
Translating Bullying Research 
into Policy and Practice 
Key Points Made by Individual Speakers 
• The adoption, implementation, sustainability, and scalability 
of an intervention receive much less study than efficacy, yet 
these are the factors that will determine whether an evidence-based 
intervention has a large-scale impact on a population. 
• Even when implementing an evidence-based program, the fidel-ity 
of implementation varies greatly. (Rohrbach) 
• Interventions designed to achieve multiple outcomes can pro-duce 
both immediate and long-term positive outcomes, but 
monitoring and feedback to practitioners are needed to ensure 
fidelity of implementation. (Fagan) 
As Denise Gottfredson, University of Maryland, said in introducing 
the panel on translating bullying research into policy and practice, devel-oping 
effective interventions is just the first step in achieving high-quality 
implementation of effective practices on a large enough scale that they can 
make a substantial difference. Research on efficacy needs to be translated 
into effective policies and practices, as the three presenters on the panel 
observed. Although their talks were not necessarily specific to bullying 
prevention, by drawing more broadly from what has been learned about 
91 
(Rohrbach) 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
92 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
sustainability and high-quality implementation of prevention practices in 
general, their observations can be applied to bullying prevention. 
IMPLEMENTATION OF PREVENTION PROGRAMS IN SCHOOLS 
Research on interventions has a characteristic lifecycle (see Figure 10-1), 
noted Luanne Rohrbach, associate professor of preventive medicine and 
director of the Master of Public Health program at the University of South-ern 
California Keck School of Medicine. The initial stages of this lifecycle— 
pre-intervention studies, efficacy studies, and effectiveness studies—tend to 
receive considerable resources and emphasis, she said, while studies of the 
adoption, implementation, sustainability, and scalability of an intervention 
tend to receive much less attention. Yet, she said, these latter factors are 
the ones that will determine whether an evidence-based intervention has a 
large-scale impact on a population. 
Prevention 
Research 
Cycle 
Going to scale 
Sustainability 
Implementation 
Adoption 
Pre-adoption 
Effectiveness 
Studies Translation (T2) 
(Dissemination and Implementation) 
FIGURE 10-1 Prevention research tends to focus on efficacy and effectiveness, but 
dissemination and implementation are the steps that have the greatest impact on 
populations. 
SOURCE: Rohrbach presentation, 2014. Data from NRC and IOM, 2009, and 
Spoth et al., 2013. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
Population 
Impact 
Translational 
Research 
Feedback Loop 
Efficacy 
Studies 
Pre-intervention 
(Epidemiology/etiology)
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 93 
Efficacy has been established for an increasing number of empirically 
validated prevention interventions, Rohrbach said, but less is known about 
the effectiveness of these interventions when implemented under real-world 
conditions. In addition, reviews of evidence-based programs are available, 
best-practice guidelines have been published, and local communities are 
encouraged to implement only these “proven programs,” yet a gap persists, 
she said, between the development and testing of interventions and the 
implementation of those interventions. 
As an example of this gap, Rohrbach briefly described a study by 
Ringwalt et al. (2009) that asked middle schools about their use of 
­evidence- 
based programs for substance use prevention. The percentage 
of the schools that reported using an evidence-based program grew from 
less than 35 percent in 1999 to about 42 percent in 2005, but a greater 
increase had been expected over that period because of the implementation 
of a new policy that gave schools guidance in using proven programs when 
applying for funds for substance use prevention programs. 
Challenges in Implementing Prevention Programs 
As discussed by previous presenters, schools face many challenges in 
implementing prevention programs, including a focus on academic achieve-ment, 
limited time and resources, school reform measures, staff turnover, 
and a limited capability to monitor implementation and collect outcome 
data. Schools also have complex decision-making processes that are used 
to determine which interventions will be implemented and how, Rohrbach 
said, and the decisions have stakeholders at many levels. Furthermore, 
many schools have inadequate access to tools for decision making about 
prevention. Finally, Rohrbach said, schools have inequitable resources and 
limited funding for sustained prevention efforts. 
Rohrbach and other researchers have examined the factors that influ-ence 
the adoption and use of evidence-based programs in schools, and those 
factors can be divided into three categories, Rohrbach said: program-related 
factors, organizational factors, and the characteristics of implementers 
(Rohrbach and Dyal, in press; Rohrbach et al., 2006). 
The first category, she said, includes factors related to the program 
itself. Is it attractive and user-friendly, easy to use, and flexible? Are 
the methods familiar? Do they offer a perceived advantage over cur-rent 
­practice? 
Does a program fit with an organization’s goals and work 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
practices? 
The second category includes organizational factors, including leader-ship, 
administrative support, the presence of program champions, a positive 
school climate, organizational norms, effective communication, openness to 
change, and existing capacity, Rohrbach said.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
94 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
The third category includes the characteristics of the implementer. 
Those who are motivated, have a positive attitude toward the program, are 
comfortable with the approach, have the skills to implement the program, 
and have a strong sense of self-efficacy are more likely to adopt and imple-ment 
a new evidence-based prevention program than those without those 
characteristics, Rohrbach said. 
Several frameworks have been published that bring these categories 
together, Rohrbach said. One such framework includes barriers and facili-tators 
at multiple levels of influence (see Figure 10-2). Complex interac-tions 
occur among the factors at the various levels that influence whether 
the implementation will be effective, Rohrbach said. The framework also 
emphasizes the importance of infrastructure and the capacity for preven-tion 
program delivery, she noted. For example, the training of implementers 
and other school personnel is extremely important. It can result in greater 
self-efficacy and confidence, a higher level of skill, more motivation, and 
more positive attitudes toward the program. There is clear evidence that 
training is associated with stronger implementation fidelity. Some evidence 
Systems Framework for Effective 
• Funding Program Implementation 
• Policy 
• Climate Community Context 
Provider Factors 
Evidence-Based Program Factors 
+ Prevention Support 
Effective 
Prevention Delivery 
System 
System 
IMPLEMENTATION 
FIGURE 10-2 Effective implementation is a product of multiple interactions among 
programs, providers, and the community. 
SOURCE: Rohrbach presentation, 2014. Data from Durlak and DuPre, 2008. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 95 
also suggests that ongoing training, or technical assistance, enhances imple-mentation, 
Rohrbach said. 
Organizational capacity, which is part of the delivery system, includes 
resources (e.g., funds and staffing), managerial and administrative support, 
effective partnerships with other organizations, and data systems for con-tinuous 
quality improvement, Rohrbach said. All of these factors increase 
the chances that a program will be implemented effectively and in a way 
that faithfully reflects the intentions of the program’s developers, she said. 
Implementing Interventions with Fidelity 
Fidelity to the intentions of a program can be measured in several ways, 
Rohrbach said, and adherence, dosage, and engagement are all important 
factors to consider. Fidelity varies greatly in school settings, she said. Some 
schools implement interventions with high fidelity, while others do so with 
much less fidelity. Teachers have reported eliminating key modules, not 
using interactive materials, and otherwise deviating from the program as 
written, she said, and combining lessons from more than one program is a 
common practice. 
Many studies have demonstrated that fidelity is important and is associ-ated 
with outcomes. As an example, Rohrbach cited the Adolescent Alcohol 
Prevention Trial from the 1990s (Rohrbach et al., 1993). The degree of 
fidelity to which the program was implemented had a substantial impact 
on program acceptance, substance use attitudes, program-specific knowl-edge, 
behavioral intentions, and resistance skills, she said, with high-fidelity 
implementations being associated with more positive outcomes. 
Despite such findings, the tension between fidelity and adaptation 
persists, Rohrbach said. Unintentionally and intentionally, implementers 
modify programs in various ways in order to increase their cultural rel-evance, 
address participants’ cognitive-information processing and motiva-tion, 
and improve the fit between program and context, she said. It is also 
the case that more flexible programs are more likely to be implemented 
and sustained. However, little is known about the effects of adaptation on 
outcomes, she said, and some evidence indicates that it can result in poorer 
outcomes. 
Guided or planned adaptation can overcome some of these problems, 
Rohrbach said. Ideally, the process of guided adaptation involves an inter-action 
with the program developer. It needs to be theory based, to provide 
options within or among program components, to conceptualize a program 
as a process rather than a standardized set of activities, and to develop and 
adhere to guidelines for cultural adaptations, Rohrbach said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
96 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Implications for Practice and Research 
Rohrbach concluded by providing several implications that her obser-vations 
have for practice. Implementers should 
• Conduct readiness assessments 
• Develop a broad base of supporters for programs and involve 
stakeholders in planning 
• Establish leadership 
• Implement strategies to build capacity 
• Integrate prevention programs with the school’s primary mis-sion 
(learning) and ongoing prevention delivery systems in the 
community 
• Develop systems for collecting data that will guide implementation 
and continuous quality improvement 
• Develop better systems of information about what is available and 
how it might fit locally 
• Increase the understanding of what program implementation 
involves 
She also listed several implications for researchers. They should 
• Develop assessments of prevention program outcomes that can 
easily be used by schools as part of their accountability process 
• Evaluate the implementation of evidence-based programs under 
real-world conditions 
• Investigate how varying models of training and technical assistance 
affect implementation and student outcomes 
• Ground programming in the realities of the school setting 
• Conduct more cost–benefit analyses 
• Investigate the effects of adaptations 
• Conduct research on how evidence-based programs work to iden-tify 
key ingredients 
THE COMMUNITIES THAT CARE SYSTEM 
Communities That Care is a prevention system rather than a program, 
explained Abigail Fagan, an associate professor at the University of Florida. 
It is designed to build the capacity of communities to do evidence-based 
prevention regardless of the behaviors being prevented or promoted, and 
it is a community-driven approach that takes into account the differences 
among communities and the problems they are facing. “A one-size-fits-all 
approach may not be the best model,” she said. “We want something that 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 97 
can be community specific.” For example, communities differ in levels of 
youth delinquency, levels of risk and protective factors related to delin-quency, 
resources, capacity, norms, and values, and, as noted in Chapter 7, 
youth behavior is affected by the community context. 
Communities That Care emphasizes a comprehensive and coordinated 
approach to prevention, Fagan said. It relies on local practitioners and 
stakeholders to take ownership for what they want to see change in their 
community and then to work together collaboratively to get there. It is 
driven by the use of science to assess the needs and behaviors in a com-munity, 
to match those needs with evidence-based practices, and to make 
sure that those new practices are implemented with fidelity so that they can 
achieve their intended outcomes, she said. 
The system has five phases, which Fagan reviewed in the context of a 
randomized controlled study that tested the effectiveness of Communities 
That Care in reducing delinquency, substance use, violence, and other prob-lem 
behaviors (Hawkins et al., 2014). Twenty-four communities located 
in small to medium-size towns in seven states were randomly assigned to 
carry out either the Communities That Care approach or prevention as 
usual, and key leaders came together in the getting-started phase to create 
a coalition of stakeholders. The organizations represented by community 
board leaders in the 12 communities participating in Communities That 
Care represented businesses, citizen advocacy organizations, community 
coalitions, health agencies, human service agencies, the juvenile justice 
system, law enforcement, local philanthropies, the media, parents, religious 
groups, schools, substance abuse prevention organizations, local govern-ments, 
youth, and youth recreation programs. Communities That Care is 
not just a school program, Fagan said; it involves many participants and 
contributors. “Everybody has a role to play, . . . and individuals in the com-munity 
are there to support those efforts,” she said. 
Once the coalition has passed through the getting-organized phase, 
Fagan explained, it enters the third phase, which involves collecting infor-mation 
about the specific issues that need to be addressed in a community. 
This is done primarily through a school-based survey called the Communi-ties 
That Care Youth Survey, which is designed to be done in middle and 
high schools. Youth self-report their exposure to risk factors and protective 
factors in their communities, families, and schools and among their peers. 
The results of the surveys can vary substantially from community to com-munity, 
Fagan said, reflecting different levels of risk and protective factors. 
Once the data are collected, she continued, the coalition uses them 
to create a community action plan aimed at reducing the specific risk 
factors that are elevated in their communities and at increasing the pro-tective 
factors that are depressed. Coalition members have a menu of effec-tive 
evidence-based prevention programs, drawn from the Blueprints for 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
98 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Healthy Development website, that have already been tested and shown 
to meet evaluation criteria and to significantly improve youth health and 
behavior (see Chapter 7). Because the number and range of programs 
selected are based on community needs, they can differ from community 
to community, Fagan said. 
Schools are often the hardest organizations to convince to adopt new 
programs, Fagan said, for the reasons cited by Rohrbach and other pre-senters. 
But over the 4 years that communities were funded to implement 
programs, all of them did adopt school programs, she said. Schools were 
part of the coalitions, and they were partners in efforts to determine what 
the communities could do, she said. 
Communities That Care also helps communities adopt a fidelity-monitoring 
system that includes training for all program implementers, 
fidelity “checklists” used by implementers to rate their adherence to the 
program guidelines, observations to rate the adherence and quality of 
delivery, documentation of attendance, local monitoring and quality assis-tance 
by community coalitions, and external monitoring, Fagan said. “The 
broad-based implementation monitoring system was not easy to imple-ment,” 
she said. “There was a lot of paperwork, a lot of moving parts, a 
lot of resistance on the ground. But the upshot was that we had high rates 
of implementation fidelity across the board” (Fagan et al., 2009). 
As an example of how Communities That Care can be scaled up, 
Fagan briefly described an experience in Pennsylvania where the system was 
adopted as a statewide initiative beginning in 1994. More than 120 com-munities 
have been trained in the system, and there are about 60 coalitions 
currently active, Fagan said. Nearly 200 evidence-based programs have 
been replicated, and technical assistance is being provided to the coalitions 
to support healthy coalition functioning, to ensure high-quality implemen-tation 
of evidence-based programs, and to promote the sustainability of the 
coalitions and programs. Fidelity is enhanced by requiring that the program 
developer visit the site and provide a stamp of approval, Fagan said, and 
external monitoring keeps the coalitions on track. 
In summarizing the effects of Communities That Care, Fagan said that 
the approach has helped communities identify what works: increase local 
support for and use of effective prevention services; create an integrated 
and coordinated system of services; ensure high-quality implementation 
via structured protocols, continuous quality improvement, and community 
“pressure”; sustain prevention efforts over time; and realize community-wide 
reductions in problem behaviors. 
The most recent evaluation of sustained changes in youth behaviors 
showed that communities using the Communities That Care system have 
substantially increased the number of youth abstaining from alcohol and 
avoiding delinquency compared to the control communities, Fagan said 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 99 
(Hawkins et al., 2014). “Those are good outcomes that we hope to con-tinue 
to see as we follow the kids who have grown up in these communities 
over time,” she said. 
OVERCOMING BARRIERS TO EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION 
OF BULLYING SCHOOL PREVENTION PROGRAMS 
Dissemination and implementation studies can be divided into four cat-egories, 
said Hendricks Brown, a professor in the Department of Psychiatry 
and Behavioral Sciences and the Department of Preventive Medicine in the 
Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine. These four catego-ries 
of studies are exploration, adoption and preparation, implementation, 
and sustainment. “It is really about making a program work,” Brown said. 
“How do you do that on the ground?” 
From a scientific perspective, an important question surrounding imple-mentation 
is whether it can produce generalizable knowledge. “Is it some-thing 
that you can take from that particular study and extend and expand 
to other projects?” Brown asked. The other pertinent question involves 
local implementation: Can a given program be done locally? 
Challenges to Program Implementation 
Brown discussed three challenges in implementing prevention programs 
in schools. The first was making prevention an integral part of the school 
mission so that it is sustainable from the very beginning rather than as a 
last step. 
He began by discussing a model developed by Russell Glasgow and his 
colleagues (1999). The model is known as RE-AIM in reference to its five 
dimensions: 
Reach—What proportion of a population is exposed? 
Effectiveness—Does a program work on outcomes? 
Adoption—Do organizations take it up? 
Implementation—Is a program delivered with fidelity? 
Maintenance—Is a program sustained over time? 
One or all of these dimensions can be the subject of research, but all 
must come together for successful implementation, Brown said. Trying 
to achieve all five of these aims simultaneously is one of the reasons why 
implementation can be so difficult, he said. 
As an example of making prevention an integral part of the school 
mission, Brown cited a partnership model developed by Sheppard Kellam 
(2012) for use in the mental health field. The partnership includes school 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
100 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
districts, community organizations, researchers, and policy makers. In these 
partnerships, Brown said, the intervention program leader serves as the 
head of the technical and scientific staff. A community board serves as an 
overseer and adviser to ensure that community values and service agency 
guidelines are protected, he added. 
Kellam developed several steps that need to be taken in establishing 
these partnerships, and Brown cited three in particular: 
1. Analyze which agencies’ and community organizations’ support is 
required. 
2. Determine the order of engaging with each leader. 
3. When trust has been established with each leader, suggest bringing 
together the needed partners around their determined mutual self-interests 
in a mutually agreed on site. 
An important aspect of this approach, Brown said, is that it does not 
begin with a research program in search of a school willing to do an inter-vention. 
Rather, it takes the form of a collaboration between a school and 
researchers, with the goal of learning how a prevention program fits into 
a school’s context. 
The second challenge that Brown discussed was how best to deliver 
programs that address multiple prevention targets. To illustrate, he dis-cussed 
the Good Behavior Game and Familias Unidas. Both of these pro-grams 
seek to affect drug use, HIV risk behaviors, depressive symptoms, 
and suicide attempts, he said, and both have produced immediate and long-term 
positive outcomes, including a reduction in aggression. 
The third challenge Brown discussed was building and maintaining a 
fidelity monitoring system. Schools are normative organizations—that is, 
they are set up for everybody to attend and are usually not set up to do 
the detailed work of fidelity assessments, he said. Furthermore, schools 
generally do not have the resources to develop or maintain fidelity monitor-ing 
or feedback systems. However, he said, interventions need both high 
fidelity and participation by the target audience. Monitoring of fidelity, in 
turn, has to produce information that is delivered to those delivering the 
intervention, he said. 
To explore this issue, Brown looked again at Familias Unidas, which 
is a parent-training intervention for middle-school Hispanic youth that is 
delivered in parent groups in schools and in family visits at home. Cur-rently, 
school counselors are performing an effectiveness study, with a 
research team providing monitoring and feedback. But full-scale implemen-tation 
will require an assessment system for costs, effectiveness, reliability, 
and fidelity. Given the resource limitations in the school, a decision was 
made to focus on the issue of joining. This engagement is a key part of 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 101 
the intervention and is common to all interventions. Using computational 
linguistics with videotapes of sessions, ratings are produced for the training 
and supervision of counselors. In this way, Brown explained, counselors can 
learn about, for example, the importance of asking open-ended question. 
This is just a “a proof of concept,” he said. “It is not the whole thing, but 
it is one of the kinds of ideas that we think ultimately can help.” 
Brown concluded with several lessons that follow from his research. 
Prevention needs to further a school’s primary mission, he said, with trust 
and mutual self-interest being established before the research agenda. In 
addition, he said, programs that have outcomes across multiple dimensions 
can be prioritized, and monitoring and feedback of a complex behavioral 
intervention is essential to ensure fidelity. 
FIDELITY VERSUS ADAPTATION 
During the discussion session, the conversation continued to center on 
the issue of whether programs need to be implemented with strict fidelity 
or can instead be adapted to local circumstances. 
One aspect of Communities That Care that promotes fidelity is the 
amount of planning that goes on before programs are implemented, Fagan 
said. In choosing programs, one consideration is whether a program can 
be implemented with fidelity. That way, she said, programs are fitted for a 
setting so that it is not discovered after implementation that a program is a 
bad fit for local circumstances. “Communities do not always take the time 
upfront to think about what they are getting into, and then you are stuck 
trying to reactively fix the problem and cut corners,” she said. “This is one 
way of trying to avoid the problem.” 
Rohrbach pointed to an approach in which, after a program is imple-mented, 
information is gathered from the implementers about adaptation 
and ideas for improvement of the program. These data then can be rated 
according to how consistent they are with a theory of the program. Con-clusions 
that are consistent with the theory can be provided as options for 
people interested in adapting an intervention, she said. “There are probably 
a lot of smaller things that we could do in programs to make them more 
flexible in a planned and strategic way,” Rohrbach said. Furthermore, she 
added, researchers would be interested in such an approach, given their 
interests in seeing their programs implemented, and such an approach 
could help researchers identify the aspects of their programs that are most 
important. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
11 
Reflections of School Personnel 
and Student Perspectives 
Key Points Made by the Individual Speakers 
• Additional attention to the definition of bullying and policies 
related to the reporting of bullying could improve preventive 
efforts. (Cafasso, Dockrey, Dolan, Donlin, Myers) 
• Improving school climate and social norms can be powerful 
ways to prevent bullying. (Cantave, Farkas, Myers, Shaw) 
• Parents, teachers, and legislators were stakeholders who were 
missing from the workshop presentations and discussions. 
(Dockrey, Donlin) 
• Other issues that deserve attention include sibling aggres-sion, 
self-esteem and self-worth, and recognizing teachers and 
adults as perpetrators of bullying. (Cafasso, Cantave, Dockrey, 
Farkas) 
One of the final sessions of the workshop included a panel of three 
school personnel and a second panel of five students who offered their 
reflections on the workshop presentations and discussions, as well as their 
thoughts on possible future work on bullying prevention. The panelists 
were selected to provide a range of viewpoints. 
Among the school personnel, the panelists included a high school prin-cipal, 
a coordinator of behavioral supports and interventions for a large 
103 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
104 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
public school system, and a program supervisor for a state superintendent’s 
office: 
• Virginia Dolan, the coordinator of behavioral supports and inter-ventions 
for Anne Arundel County Public Schools in Maryland, 
which is a large system of approximately 120 schools and 80,000 
students; 
• Mike Donlin, the program supervisor for the School Safety Cen-ter 
of the Office of the Washington State Superintendent of Pub-lic 
Instruction, who works with superintendents, administrators, 
teachers, parents, and students from 295 school districts and 
roughly 2,300 individual schools in the state; and 
• William Myers, the principal at South River High School, which is 
the largest high school in Anne Arundel County, Maryland, with 
about 2,250 students. 
Among the student panelists, speakers included current high school 
students and recent high school graduates from both public and private 
schools in rural and urban settings: 
• Alexa Cafasso, a high school senior at Sacred Heart Academy in 
Hamden, Connecticut, who instituted a Cyber-Ally Program at her 
private, all-girls high school to teach leaders how to transition from 
silent bystanders to local allies; 
• Glenn Cantave, a junior at Wesleyan University in Middletown, 
Connecticut, who was trained as a peer leader in high school to 
help facilitate anti-bullying activities in local middle schools; 
• Whitney Dockrey, a junior at Georgetown University in Washing-ton, 
DC, who became passionate about bullying prevention when 
it started to affect people in her school and in her community and 
was not being addressed; 
• Asher Farkas, a sophomore at New York University’s Tisch School 
of the Arts, who was bullied in middle school and transferred to a 
high school where the environment was more accepting; and 
• Rebecca Shaw, a senior at the Horace Mann High School in New 
York City, who founded an organization called the Anti-Bullying 
Leadership Network to connect students who care about bullying 
prevention to researchers who study the issue. 
Both panels brought a breadth of experiences and a range of per-spectives 
on bullying prevention that complemented the presentations of 
research and enriched the overall workshop discussion. Following is a 
summary of their remarks. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 105 
Definitions 
Several of the panelists, including school personnel and students, com-mented 
on the need for continued attention to the definition of bullying. 
Despite the existence of the recently developed uniform definition of bul-lying 
(see Chapter 2), definitions and the interpretation of definitions still 
vary from state to state and jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Furthermore, as 
Cornell noted, the definitions of bullying used in evidence-based programs 
may not line up with the definitions of bullying used by schools. Schools 
would be eager to consider “a clearly publicized, central definition of bul-lying,” 
said Myers. A common definition could create a starting line for 
jurisdictions across the country. It also would support accountability, he 
said, because “what gets checked gets done.” 
Cafasso pointed out that she goes to a private school, which may inter-pret 
and handle bullying in a very different manner than would a public 
school. A universal definition would make it easier to educate younger 
children about what bullying is and how to stop it. In addition, a definition 
that distinguishes cyberbullying from online harassment would be useful, 
she said. 
Dockrey added that youth need information about bullying so they 
can recognize it for what it is. She explained that bullying may be easy to 
recognize when a jock is doing it to a nerd, but it can be harder to identify 
when two girls of the same social class are bullying each other. “That is 
called ‘drama,’ but in reality that can become bullying too,” she said. 
Dolan pointed to a disconnect between parents’ understanding and 
definition of bullying and what school personnel understand to be bullying. 
Students tend to say that bullying is much more common than is usually 
reported, she said, which is partly a matter of definitions. 
Finally, Donlin talked about the distinctions among harassment, intimi-dation, 
and bullying. The three are similar but not the same, he said. They 
have different impacts and raise different legal implications. To meet state 
and federal requirements, schools are forced to decide whether a given 
incident was bullying, harassment, sexual harassment, racial harassment, 
or something else. Clear understandings are needed to distinguish among 
different kinds of aggressive acts, he observed. 
Reporting of Bullying 
Issues related to reporting bullying were raised by the school personnel 
panelists. For example, Washington state, which has 295 school districts 
and about 2,300 individual school buildings, requires a mandated policy 
on bullying prevention and procedures on prevention and intervention. 
But how that policy is implemented may vary from school to school, said 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
106 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Donlin. Every school district writes its own policies and procedures, with 
guidance provided by the school board association. One exception to this 
is a state requirement to adopt the state model policy and procedures on 
harassment, intimidation, and bullying. Although information is annu-ally 
gathered on programs and trainings provided, there is no process for 
collecting detailed information on bullying events, anti-bullying program 
implementation, or investigations of reports of bullying, he said. Although 
Washington state has a definition, a code of conduct, and a set of responses, 
an act of bullying can be interpreted as an aggressive fight or disrespect. 
Dolan also raised a question about the accuracy of the statistics on 
bullying. Are elements of bullying masked by other aggressive behaviors? 
When a school or district has an increased number of bullying incidents, 
communities can become roused. How can bullying be made a priority for 
everyone, she asked. In her school system, “soft offenses” such as defiance 
and disrespect can lead to harder offenses such as fights and attacks. Bul-lying 
may be subsumed in different parts of this spectrum of aggressive 
behaviors, she said. 
As Dolan noted, Maryland has a policy regarding reporting of inci-dents 
of bullying. However, the system has found inconsistencies between 
reported incidents and those that have resulted in some sort of disciplinary 
sanction. It also has found disconnects between what youth are reporting 
and what adults are reporting, how bullying is perceived and identified, and 
what is done about it. 
Reporting of bullying incidents can create sanctions against schools, 
noted Dolan, which creates an incentive not to report occurrences. Schools 
that implement reporting requirements most aggressively can end up with 
a black eye. In addition, Myers raised the issue of inhibitions for the shar-ing 
of information because of legal guidelines. However, he added that his 
school is very transparent. “We share the data that we collect. It is not a 
mystery what is happening in our building. That is a model that should flow 
throughout the county. As we are made more aware of where the challenges 
are, we can address them,” he said. 
School Climate 
Several of the student and school personnel panelists focused their 
remarks on the importance of school climate on bullying prevention. From 
the student perspective, Farkas said that policies directed toward bullying 
typically try to put out the fire, but what if steps were taken so that the 
fires did not get started in the first place? If children could be taught to 
empathize with others before they even begin elementary school, schools 
would have far more students who have no need to bully. Research on this 
topic could point the way to effective programs, he said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 107 
In addition, the environment of schools needs to change, Farkas 
observed. There is no reason why the social structure of a school needs 
to resemble a pyramid, with just a few students on top. As noted at the 
beginning of this workshop summary, Farkas went to both kinds of schools, 
and the high school he went to was not structured like a pyramid. “There 
were no popular kids. There were no nerds.” If empathy were taught in 
the classroom by teachers and reinforced by other students, schools would 
be a better place. “Building from the ground up instead of trying to fix the 
problems from the surface is a much more effective way of going about 
things,” he said. 
Cantave said that teachers should be encouraged to consider why 
someone is being targeted. If teachers become aware of the vulnerabilities 
that are being exploited, then they may be able to do something to stop 
bullying. In addition, the observation that having even one friend reduces 
the chance of being bullied was “really poignant,” said Cantave. Integrating 
that observation into curricula might help targets become less introverted. If 
the targets of bullying could be humanized, then other people might step up 
to defend them when they are being bullied. Cantave also noted that many 
targets of bullying have low self-esteem, which can have long-term impacts 
on their lives. Studying these effects could motivate change. 
Shaw emphasized the importance of evaluating a school’s climate and 
changing social norms. Empowering a bystander to stand up against bully­ing 
can make a big difference, even though it requires social capital. How-ever, 
the entire system cannot depend on an awkward sixth grader standing 
up to the cool kid in school. It “is amazing when it happens,” she said, “but 
we cannot build a society on that.” 
If the norm is to be supportive and not to engage in bullying behavior, 
then bullying will decrease, said Shaw. In that respect, the examples set by 
teachers and students leaders are critical. “We must be thinking about the 
kind of society we are creating.” This role modeling cannot come just from 
teachers and administrators. It needs to be a grassroots movement that 
resonates with students to become part of the students’ norms, she said. 
The effect of a heterogeneous social population was interesting, said 
Shaw, in that it provided a target of bullying with a way of processing an 
aggressor’s actions. More broadly, adjusting the cognitive framework of 
students might enable many more students to realize why they are being 
bullied and not blame themselves. “If we can give all students the tools to 
process it in that way, we can, hopefully, reduce the risks of depression 
down the line and even cutting down on suicides.” 
Shaw also pointed to the transition point in late middle school and high 
school where many anti-bullying programs cease to be effective and can 
actually be counterproductive. “That makes a lot of sense to me, and it is 
something that is quite worrisome. It really speaks to changing normative 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
108 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
behavior.” Teenagers resist being told what to think, she noted. Unless activi-ties 
like poster campaigns and assemblies are paired with efforts to change the 
climate, “it ends up coming across as more disingenuous.” Given the tools 
and the facts, students can draw their own conclusions, especially when they 
are led by adults who know and care about an issue, said Shaw. 
From the school perspective, Myers emphasized that bullying cannot 
and should not be siloed. “It cannot be taken out of context of the total 
school culture.” Creating social norms for peer groups within the school-house 
is extremely important, he said. Donlin agreed. He said that the 
school climate is a fundamental consideration. “When I am doing my work 
in bullying prevention with districts or schools or families or parents, one 
of the first things I tell people is that bullying is a community event and 
it takes a community to deal with it.” Preventive activities can help create 
that climate and need to be done upfront, with awareness as the first step 
in prevention, he said. 
Program Implementation 
School personnel often feel what Myers called “implementation anxi-ety” 
over getting a program accepted and then implemented with fidelity 
at the school level. School personnel face many barriers in implementing 
programs, as pointed out by several presenters, including the number 
of mandated “must-dos” that have to be taken into consideration. Fur-thermore, 
the county does not have a systemic program for all schools 
to follow, Myers said, so each school individually considers what would 
work best. 
A difficult question that school personnel face is what to do after a 
bullying incident, Myers observed. What can be done for a bullied child, 
and what should be done to a child exhibiting bullying behaviors? How can 
prevention be maintained going forward? Not having such interventions 
can have long-lasting and costly impacts, he said. 
Dolan also noted that schools can implement programs without fidelity 
and then wonder why they do not work. Planning is required to implement 
a program successfully, she said. In particular, the climate of a school is a 
strong determinant of what can and cannot be done. Schools need to be 
more accountable for the implementation of programs, Dolan continued. 
One positive aspect of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports, a 
bullying prevention program used in the Anne Arundel school system, is 
that it does hold schools accountable. Schools are given a score around 
implementation, and the scores have been tied to incentives for the school, 
she noted. 
Dealing with bullying also requires training, Donlin said, even though 
no separate, dedicated funding is available in his state to provide training. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 109 
In addition, training tends to focus on policies and procedures rather than 
on prevention or best practices. But educators need help developing the 
skills to create safe and secure learning environments for all students in all 
settings, he noted. 
Legislators need to hear what works, how programs can be imple-mented, 
and how they can be taken to scale, observed Donlin. They also 
need to know that implementing such programs at scale requires time, 
funding, people, and other resources. 
The Biological Evidence 
The biological evidence was mesmerizing, Myers observed. Research 
shows that long-term stress can have dramatic effects on the adolescent 
brain, but recovery is also possible if the right interventions are available, 
he noted. The biological findings help avoid a tendency to blame the victim, 
Dolan added. 
The students, like the school personnel, were impressed by the poten-tial 
of the biological evidence on bullying to influence opinions. Cantave 
pointed out, for example, that the biological observations could keep stu-dents 
from being marginalized, because others might realize that they have 
undergone traumatic experiences, as reflected by changes in their brain. 
More research on the long-term damages of bullying could greatly increase 
the potential impact of these observations, Dockrey added. 
Technology and Other Resources 
In a highly technological culture, a variety of technologies can influ-ence 
the attitudes and knowledge of students. For example, Cafasso noted 
that public service notices can be a powerful way of influencing school 
climates. The MTV commercials that point to the thin line between words 
and wounds are an example of messages that can make “a huge difference,” 
she said. 
Students of different ages use different social media and technologies, 
Dockrey noted, which requires that anti-bullying messages travel through 
different outlets. Messages also need to be paired with what teens want and 
need to hear, she noted. 
Technologies offer a possible way of encouraging and supporting stu-dents 
to make friends, said Dockrey. “Even if they do not have a friend at 
their school, they are at least going to be able to know that they have a 
friend in that organization one county over and they can text and talk and 
Facebook with that person all they want.” 
To reduce cyberbullying, some schools encourage their teachers and 
administrators to be online, Farkas noted. Having a teacher to whom a 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
110 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
student can reach out for help can be very valuable during stressful periods, 
he said. 
The http://www.stopbullying.gov website has been a “tremendous 
resource” to Shaw in her capacity as the president of the Anti-Bullying 
Leadership Network. She often receives e-mails and Facebook messages 
from parents or students asking how they can respond to bullying. The 
website is respectful to students, has pages directed toward students of dif-ferent 
ages, provides important facts, and presents the options for different 
locations, Shaw said. 
Until 10 or 15 years ago, bullying did not get much attention, she 
continued. Its increased visibility means that more ideas and materials are 
available, and it can be hard to sort through those materials. The push 
toward data-driven methods and programs that have been rigorously tested 
helps greatly in that regard, and more evidence-based programs are needed. 
“It really does seem like we are on the precipice of making a big difference,” 
Shaw said. 
Myers agreed with the student panelists that technology is a major 
influence on the lives of children and adolescents. But schools still do not 
have technology-enabled programs available to them that could deliver the 
message of bullying to parents in the community. “That would be invalu-able 
to have,” he said. Another valuable resource would be a program 
beginning at the elementary level to teach students about the appropriate 
use of technology and about some of the pitfalls that can occur. 
Myers also asked whether parents can be provided with concrete guide-lines 
for help with a bullied child. A program or even a pamphlet about 
what they can do in such a situation would be very helpful, he said. 
Missing Stakeholders 
School personnel and student panelists were asked to reflect on stake-holders 
and issues that they felt were missing from the workshop presenta-tions 
and discussions. Donlin identified legislators as a stakeholder group 
not represented at the workshop. In his job, he deals often with legislators, 
whether at a local level or a state level. “We have a very good state law and 
good policy,” he said, “but the challenge is to make sure that everything is 
practical and practicable.” 
Another group missing from the workshop was school personnel 
involved in special education and 504 plans under the Rehabilitation Act 
and the Americans with Disabilities Act, he noted. The students who are 
covered by those programs also need to be protected, Donlin said. 
Dockrey said that one group missing from the conversation at the 
workshop was parents. Parents need to be equipped to respond well when 
their children come to them with bullying problems, she said. Some parents 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 111 
look for their own identity and status in the accomplishments of their chil-dren. 
They may not want to hear that their children are having problems 
with bullying, because it implies that they have done something wrong. 
Parents can build their children’s self-esteem by getting them involved 
in organizations and supporting their activities. Dockrey suggested that 
parents can help their children establish relationships, especially because 
parents are the first people with whom children experience love. “If they 
don’t get these skills at home, then they are not going to be able to take 
them into schools to make that one friend or the relationships that they 
need,” Dockrey said. 
Other Issues 
Finally, the student and school personnel panelists were asked to con-sider 
issues that were not raised during the workshop presentations and 
that were missing from the overall discussion. This section summarizes 
several topics that were raised. 
Teachers and Adults as Bullies 
Several of the student respondents pointed out that, as Farkas said, 
“teachers can be bullies, too.” The definition of bullying should not limit 
itself just to youth, Farkas continued. In his high school, students did not 
bully each other, but teachers did bully students. “We had chemistry teach-ers 
calling their kids ‘stupid.’ We had English teachers calling out racial 
slurs, sexual orientation slurs. . . . That is straight-up bullying.” When 
Farkas complained to administrators about a particular teacher, the teacher 
was not disciplined and Farkas was sent to another classroom. “I was glad 
to no longer be in the classroom. But the way that looked to the rest of the 
school population is that I was being punished for being bullied.” 
Teachers have their own biases, and they can act as models for bully-ing 
among students. “If teachers are giving the impression that this kind of 
behavior is okay, the kids are going to think this kind of behavior is okay.” 
Teachers need the same kind of bullying prevention training that students 
receive, Farkas said. 
Dockrey observed that bullying may take the form of a teacher who 
only acknowledges the jocks and popular students at school. What teachers 
think about students is going to shape their self-identity, she added. “We 
cannot be having teachers and coaches being okay with bullying kids in 
addition to the students who are doing so.” The research on changes in 
the brain can help them recognize the damage they are doing to students. 
When teachers or administrators label a student a “drama queen,” that 
is just an easy way not to address a problem, Dockrey said. Cafasso also 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
112 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
mentioned the importance of adults bullying youth. Research on teachers, 
coaches, family members, or other adults involved in bullying youth could 
help explore this largely overlooked behavior, she said. 
Sibling Aggression 
Sibling aggression can be a factor in bullying, Dockrey noted, because 
how a child feels at home is how he or she is going to act in the wider 
world. If children are loved and confident at home, then they will feel 
confident and loved at school. Dockrey has three younger sisters, and if 
something bad happens to one of them at school, “they are going to come 
back to three other best friends. I think if we can instill that into families, 
that could significantly help them as they are going out into schools and 
having to deal with these issues.” 
Self-Esteem and Self-Worth 
Finally, an issue largely overlooked by the workshop, according to 
Cantave, was the importance of self-esteem and confidence on the part of 
victims. As adolescents spend more time with computers than with fam-ily 
or friends, sources of reinforcement, such as “likes” on Facebook, can 
become extremely important in the social life of teens. “But those who are 
targeted, those who are marginalized, they are not getting those Facebook 
likes. . . . Where are you getting that validation? Where are you getting 
that self-worth? That is a really big issue.” A self-worth campaign could 
change the environment, he suggested. “Quirks seen as oddities to some 
could be passions for others. Somehow, somewhere, we need to eliminate 
the importance of external validation and have people really recognize their 
self-worth,” Cantave said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
12 
Final Thoughts 
In the final session of the workshop, the members of the planning 
committee discussed themes from the workshop sessions and individual 
presentations as well as promising areas for future research and policy 
action. Their comments are summarized here not as the conclusions of the 
workshop but as an overview of the issues discussed. 
BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION AND 
THE TARGETS OF BULLYING 
Perspectives on bullying and the approaches taken to prevent and 
respond to it can differ from place to place because of competing priorities, 
issues related to accountability, and differences in the implementation of 
policies and programs, as Catherine Bradshaw observed. A uniform defini-tion 
of bullying has recently been developed, but that definition has not 
necessarily been incorporated at the local level, she added. Bradshaw also 
mentioned that bullying prevention is often imposed as an unfunded man-date. 
“Until we are able to dedicate the funding and set this issue of bullying 
prevention as a priority, we are not going to get a lot of traction,” she said. 
Many presentations had emphasized the importance of context, 
Bradshaw observed, including such contextual factors as cultural differ-ences, 
dating relationships, urban-versus-rural settings, cyberbullying, and 
families, to name just a few. Developmental factors are also important, 
given that the types of effective interventions will vary across the lifecourse, 
Bradshaw said. Another theme that came up repeatedly over the course of 
113 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
114 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
the 2 days was the importance of connectedness, whether that takes the 
form of a relationship with a peer or an adult who can act as a buffer to 
bullying. Researchers need a better way of operationalizing and incorporat-ing 
such contextual factors into their studies, Bradshaw said. “Rarely are 
we able to walk away with a good statistical model that maps on to what 
people actually are seeing in real life.” 
Bradshaw also brought up the issue of diversity, whether ethnic, cul-tural, 
physical, or sexual. As noted in Chapter 1, this issue was intended to 
be integrated in presentations throughout the workshop rather than being 
addressed in a single session, because it is a major consideration in bullying 
prevention. 
Several planning committee members commented on the neurobiologi-cal 
underpinnings of responses to bullying that researchers are starting to 
uncover, as presented by Vaillancourt (see Chapter 2). These biological 
studies help to explain the idea of allostatic load, Bradshaw said, in which 
prior experiences with stress and trauma make it more challenging for 
someone to rebound from additional stress. Megan Moreno also pointed to 
the power of the demonstrated biological changes to motivate an interven-tion 
platform with parents and teachers. 
SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 
There is still no solid base of evidence for many of the bullying pre-vention 
interventions being implemented in schools, Denise Gottfredson 
pointed out. Randomized controlled trials are difficult to conduct in 
schools, but some results from school-based studies have been very posi-tive. 
School policies sometimes diminish the significance of bullying, she 
added, which makes bullying issues harder to address. Also, high-profile 
media events tend to dominate the public’s and administrators’ attention, 
which can result in resources being diverted into school security measures 
and zero-tolerance policies, even though homicides in schools are actually 
very rare, she noted. 
Gottfredson and several other planning committee members called 
attention to the importance of school climate in bullying prevention. For 
example, the student-to-teacher ratio can have an effect on bullying, as 
can the role of other stakeholders in the school setting and the norms held 
by students and adults for that school. Presentations by Dodge and Faris 
highlighted that how schools are engineered and organized can have an 
influence on peer interactions and aggressive peer behaviors. Anti-bullying 
campaigns, role modeling, peer relationships, and positive approaches all 
can make a big difference by shaping school climates, Gottfredson said. 
Presentations by Bradshaw and Juvonen pointed to examples from the 
research of how to develop a climate of inclusion and support. In addition, 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
FINAL THOUGHTS 115 
Moreno called attention to the fact that the young people who spoke at 
the workshop (see Chapter 11) identified the school climate as a contribut-ing 
factor to whether bullying takes place. For example, student panelists 
Farkas and Shaw suggested that school climate can have a major impact 
on how students experience or intervene in bullying behavior. Finally, sev-eral 
presenters noted that even one friend or supporter, whether a peer or 
teacher, can make a difference to a victimized young person. 
Gottfredson suggested that a working group could identify the most 
promising components of a multi-component approach to bullying pre-vention 
in schools. Important components of such an approach could be 
involving more people in the school community, especially high-status 
students, as part of the solution; starting with the adults in schools to 
clarify norms about bullying; promoting meaningful connections among 
individuals within schools; and reorganizing the way students are grouped 
for instruction. Todres also emphasized the need to focus on structural 
issues, especially contextual factors, and on the importance of incentives 
for schools. 
FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS 
Todres emphasized that parents and other caregivers are essential part-ners 
in successful interventions. However, the rates of bullying reported 
by parents are less than the rates their children report. Parents also think 
that their children will tell them if they are being bullied, whereas children 
report that they are less likely to report bullying than their parents believe. 
Finally, children report more social and health impacts than parents per-ceive. 
“That suggests an area of need both for research and for further 
interventions,” Todres said. 
Families can serve as sources of risk, protection factors, or managers 
of contextual risk, Todres continued. Nurturing parenting skills, fostering 
stable family relationships, ensuring appropriate supervision of children, 
encouraging parental involvement in school, and connecting families with 
neighborhoods and social supports all can increase the ability of parents to 
deal with bullying, he said. 
TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 
The vast majority of youth today are online, along with ever growing 
populations of adults, Moreno said. These online communities can be both 
a source of interventions and preventive measures and a place where bul-lying 
can occur. Many youth access health information online, especially 
information about topics that they might find stigmatizing or embarrassing 
to ask about in public. “This may be a place where youth who have been 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
116 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
bullied would feel more comfortable seeking help or support,” Moreno 
said. 
As in other areas of bullying prevention, little evidence exists demon-strating 
the efficacy of online bullying intervention. But the knowledge base 
about school-based interventions in general could guide thinking about 
how to structure and test an online intervention. Young people themselves 
can partner with adults in understanding what might and might not work, 
Moreno suggested. 
COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 
Other programs and frameworks, such as the Big Brothers and Big 
Sisters program and Communities That Care, have demonstrated the 
potential of community-based programs to improve health, Nina Fredland 
observed. Pediatricians and other health care professionals can make impor-tant 
contributions to bullying prevention efforts while also identifying and 
providing assistance to students who are suffering from negative health 
outcomes related to bullying. For example, the American Academy of Pedi-atrics 
has identified injury prevention, including bullying prevention, as a 
public health issue. The role of primary health care providers in this area 
could be even greater if it were possible to share information between pro-viders 
and key school personnel such as school nurses, social workers, and 
school psychologists, within the context of confidentiality, Fredland said. 
Moreno emphasized the importance of community and stakeholder 
buy-in. “These are people we should be bringing to the table at every stage 
of our research projects and not waiting until the implementation stage,” 
she said. “We could get so much more information about what might work 
and what theoretical models are resonating with the people who are going 
to be implementing these and affected by these.” 
PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS 
Bullying is a proactive rather than reactive form of aggression, Todres 
observed, and youth often use it to try to achieve higher status within social 
groups. This is one reason why it can be counterproductive for interven-tions 
to place youth who bully with each other in groups, because these 
groups can exacerbate rather than reduce bullying. Instead, interventions 
that support adult involvement, positive relationships, self-regulation, and 
group management skills are most likely to have positive effects on problem 
behaviors, Todres said. Preventing the formation of gangs, early interven-tion, 
and a peer culture of nonaggression also can prevent bullying, he 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
observed.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
FINAL THOUGHTS 117 
LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES 
Most state legislatures have passed anti-bullying laws over the past 
15 years, Todres pointed out. However, these laws vary greatly from state 
to state and also within states, because many of the laws delegate authority 
to school boards and schools to establish policies. 
Inclusive anti-bullying policies are associated with a reduced risk of 
peer victimization for all youth, and laws and policies can support training 
programs, improvements in school culture, and other positive interventions. 
However, laws and policies also can hinder enforcement, because schools 
fear that they will be sued by the parents of students accused of bullying, 
and legislation can run afoul of privacy laws. As in many areas of bullying 
prevention, more research is needed both on the effectiveness of laws and 
policies and on their successful implementation, Todres said. 
TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH 
INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 
“All of our good work to develop effective bullying prevention inter-ventions 
will be for naught if we cannot ensure that they are implemented 
with reasonable fidelity on the ground and are sustained over a long period 
of time,” Gottfredson said. Particular characteristics of programs or poli-cies 
can increase the likelihood that they could be implemented with high 
fidelity; these characteristics include clear messages, solid technical training, 
and technical assistance. More challenging but equally important is build-ing 
a local infrastructure in the community to select evidence-based prac-tices 
and deliver them with fidelity. Key aspects of this infrastructure are 
strong leadership, administrative support, and the presence of a program 
champion at the local level, Gottfredson said. Such an infrastructure also 
can increase the capacity to monitor implementation and feed that informa-tion 
back to local implementers. 
Interventions that address risk factors for a variety of different problem 
behaviors often receive more local support than more narrowly focused 
programs, Gottfredson observed. For example, programs to improve school 
climate by increasing the clarity of norms at the school level and enhancing 
discipline management can be beneficial across the board and not just for 
bullying, she said. 
The field of bullying prevention can learn from other fields of research 
and practice, Todres said, and some of the research that was reviewed and 
discussed drew on work from related topics (e.g., violence and aggression). 
However, Limber and other presenters were careful to note that while 
bullying overlaps with these other constructs, it is also distinct in impor-tant 
respects. Consequently, the extent to which this research on related 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
118 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
topics applies to bullying is an open question. Another gap in the research, 
Gottfredson added, is how to scale up programs effectively and produce 
benefits in real-world settings. Bradshaw added that researchers need to 
devote increased attention to the mediators and moderators of bullying 
and anti-bullying interventions. Partnerships between researchers who are 
fielding randomized trials and methodologists can yield better and more 
information about what works under different conditions, she noted. 
As Frederick Rivara, chair of the planning committee for the workshop, 
said during his introductory remarks, he bases his actions and beliefs on the 
premise that all injuries are preventable. Bullying is not just something that 
children and adolescents always have done and always will do. Bullying and 
the consequences of bullying to the victim, the perpetrators, schools, and 
society can be prevented. “It is up to us to act,” he said. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Appendixes 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
A 
References 
AAP (American Academy of Pediatrics). 2014. Connected kids: Safe, strong, secure. http:// 
www2.aap.org/connectedkids (accessed May 21, 2014). 
Abrams, D. E. 2009. A coordinated public response to school bullying. In M. R. Dyson and 
D. B. Weddle (Eds.), Our promise: Achieving educational equity for America’s children 
(pp. 399–423). Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press. 
Abrams, D. E. 2012. Bullying as a disability in public elementary and secondary education. 
Abrams, D. E. 2013. School bullying victimization as an educational disability. Temple Politi-cal 
 Civil Rights Law Review 22:273–290. 
APA (American Psychological Association) Zero Tolerance Task Force. 2008. Are zero tol-erance 
policies effective in the schools?: An evidentiary review and recommendations. 
Basile, K. C., D. L. Espelage, I. Rivers, P. M. McMahon, and T. R. Simon. 2009. The theo-retical 
and empirical links between bullying behavior and sexual violence perpetration. 
Aggression and Violent Behavior 14(5):336–347. 
Bellmore, A. D., M. Witkow, S. Graham, and J. Juvonen. 2004. Beyond the individual: 
The impact of ethnic context and classroom behavioral norms on victims’ adjustment. 
­Developmental 
Psychology 40:1159–1172. 
Benjet, C., R. J. Thompson, and I. H. Gotlib. 2010. 5-HTTLPR moderates the effect of re-lational 
peer victimization on depressive symptoms in adolescent girls. Journal of Child 
Psychology and Psychiatry 51(2):173–179. 
Borum, R., D. Cornell, W. Modzeleski, and S. R. Jimerson. 2010. What can be done about 
school shootings? A review of the evidence. Educational Researcher 39:27–37. 
Bradshaw, C. P., W. M. Reinke, L. D. Brown, K. B. Bevans, and P. J. Leaf. 2008. Imple-mentation 
of school-wide positive behavioral interventions and supports (PBIS) in el-ementary 
schools: Observations from a randomized trial. Education and Treatment of 
121 
Missouri Law Review 77:781–804. 
American Psychologist 63:852–862. 
Children 31(1):1–26. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
122 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Buhs, E. S., G. W. Ladd, and S. L. Herald. 2006. Peer exclusion and victimization: Processes 
that mediate the relation between peer group rejection and children’s classroom engage-ment 
and achievement? Journal of Educational Psychology 98:1–13. 
Buhs, E. S., G. W. Ladd, and S. L. Herald-Brown. 2010. Victimization and exclusion: Links to 
peer rejection, classroom engagement, and achievement. In S. R. Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, 
and D. L. Espelage (Eds.), The handbook of school bullying: An international perspective 
(pp. 163–172). New York: Routledge. 
Caspi, A., K. Sugden, T. E. Moffitt, A. Taylor, I. W. Craig, H. Harrington, J. McClay, J. Mill, 
J. Martin, A. Braithwaite, and R. Poulton. 2003. Influence of life stress on depression: 
Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science 301(5631):386–389. 
CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention). 2012. Suicide: Facts at a glance. http:// 
www.cdc.gov/ViolencePrevention/pdf/Suicide_DataSheet-a.pdf (accessed May 21, 2014). 
CDC. 2014a. National Center for Health Statistics. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs (accessed May 
21, 2014). 
CDC. 2014b. School Associated Violent Death Surveillance Study. http://www.cdc.gov/violence 
prevention/youthviolence/schoolviolence/savd.html (accessed May 21, 2014). 
Chen, Z., K. D. Williams, J. Fitness, and N. C. Newton. 2008. When hurt will not heal: Explor-ing 
the capacity to relive social and physical pain. Psychological Science 19(8):789–795. 
Cohen, J. 2009. Transforming school climate: Educational and psychoanalytic perspectives. 
Schools: Studies in Education 6:99–103. 
Cohen, J., L. McCabe, N. M. Michelli, and T. Pickeral. 2009. School climate: Research, policy, 
practice, and teacher education. Teachers College Record 111:180–213. 
Cohen, M. A., and A. R. Piquero. 2009. New evidence on the monetary value of saving a high 
risk youth. Journal of Quantitative Criminology 25:25–49. 
Cohen, M. A., A. R. Piquero, and W. G. Jennings. 2010. Estimating the costs of bad out-comes 
for at-risk youth and the benefits of early childhood interventions to reduce them. 
­Criminal 
Justice Policy Review 21(4):391–434. 
Cook, C. R., K. R. Williams, N. G. Guerra, and T. E. Kim. 2010a. Variability in the prevalence 
of bullying and victimization: A cross-national and methodological analysis. In S. R. 
Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, and D. L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of bullying in schools: 
An international perspective (pp. 347–362). New York: Routledge. 
Cook, P. J., D. C. Gottfredson, and C. Na. 2010b. School crime control and prevention. Crime 
and Justice 39(1):313–440. 
Copeland, W. E., D. Wolke, A. Angold, and E. J. Costello. 2013. Adult psychiatric outcomes 
of bullying and being bullied by peers in childhood and adolescence. JAMA Psychiatry 
70:419–426. 
Cornell, D. 2006. School violence: Fears versus facts. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. 
Cornell, D., and J. Cole. 2011. Assessment of bullying. In S.R. Jimerson, A. B. Nickerson, 
M. J. Mayer, and M. J. Furlong (Eds.), The handbook of school violence and school 
safety: International research and practice, 2nd edition (pp. 289–303). Mahwah, NJ: 
Routledge. 
Crowley, M. J., J. Wu, C. A. Bailey, and L. C. Mayes. 2009. Bringing in the negative rein-forcements: 
The avoidance feedback-related negativity. Neuroreport 20(17):1513–1517. 
Dahlberg, L., and E. Krug. 2002. Violence: A global health problem. In E. Krug, L. Dahlberg, 
J. Mercy, A. Zwi, and R. Lozano (Eds.), World report on violence and health (pp. 3–21). 
Geneva: World Health Organization. 
DeAngelis, K. J., B. O. Brent, and D. Ianni. 2011. The hidden cost of school security. Journal 
of Education Finance 36:312–337. 
Dijkstra, J. K., S. Lindenberg, R. Veenstra, C. Steglich, J. Isaacs, N. A. Card, and E. V. Hodges. 
2010. Influence and selection processes in weapon carrying during adolescence: The roles 
of status, aggression, and vulnerability. Criminology 48(1):187–220. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
APPENDIX A 123 
Dishion, T. J., S. E. Nelson, and M. Yasui. 2005. Predicting early adolescent gang involvement 
from middle school adaptation. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology 
34:62–73. 
Dodge, K. A., and M. R. Sherrill. 2006. Deviant peer-group effects in youth mental health 
interventions. In K. A. Dodge, T. J. Dishion, and J. E. Lansford (Eds.), Deviant peer influ-ences 
in programs for youth: Problems and solutions (pp. 97–121). New York: Guilford. 
DoSomething.org. 2014. Bully text. https://www.dosomething.org/bullytext (accessed May 
23, 2014). 
Durlak, J. A., and E. P. Dupre. 2008. Implementation matters: A review of research on the 
influence of implementation on program outcomes and the factors affecting the imple-mentation. 
American Journal of Community Psychology 41:327–350. 
Eaton, D. K., L. Kann, S. Kinchen, S. Shanklin, J. Ross, J. Hawkins, W. A. Harris, R. Lowry, 
T. McManus, D. Chyen, C. Lim, L. Whittle, N. D. Brener, and H. Wechsler. 2009. Youth 
risk behavior surveillance—United States, 2009. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 
Surveillance Summaries 59(5):1–142. 
Eaton, D. K., L. Kann, S. Kinchen, S. Shanklin, K. H. Flint, J. Hawkins, W. A. Harris, R. 
Lowry, T. McManus, D. Chyen, L. Whittle, C. Lim, and H. Wechsler. 2012. Youth risk 
behavior surveillance—United States, 2011. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 
Surveillance Summaries 61(4):1–162. http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/ 
ss6104a1.htm (accessed May 19, 2014). 
Eliot, M., D. Cornell, A. Gregory, and X. Fan. 2010. Supportive school climate and student 
willingness to seek help for bullying and threats of violence. Journal of School Psychol-ogy 
48(6):533–553. 
Espelage, D. L., and S. M. Swearer. 2010. A social-ecological model for bullying prevention 
and intervention: Understanding the impact of adults in the social ecology of youngsters. 
In S. R. Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, and D. L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of bullying in 
schools: An international perspective (pp. 61–72). New York: Routledge. 
Espelage, D. L., K. Bosworth, and T. R. Simon. 2000. Examining the social context of bully-ing 
behaviors in early adolescence. Journal of Counseling  Development 78:326–333. 
Espelage, D. L., K. C. Basile, and M. E. Hamburger. 2012. Bullying perpetration and subse-quent 
sexual violence perpetration among middle school students. Journal of Adolescent 
Health 50:60–65. 
Espelage, D. L., S. Low, M. A. Rao, J. S. Hong, and T. Little. 2013. Family violence, bully-ing, 
fighting, and substance use among adolescents: A longitudinal transactional model. 
Journal of Research on Adolescence 24(2):337–349. doi: 10.1111/jora.12060. 
Espelage, D. L., S. K. Low, C. Anderson, and L. De La Rue. 2014. Bullying, sexual, and dat-ing 
violence trajectories from early to late adolescence. Report submitted to the National 
Institute of Justice Grant #2011-MU-FX-0022. 
Espelage, D. L., K. C. Basile, M. E. Hamburger, and L. De La Rue. In press. Longitudinal 
associations among bully, homophobic teasing and sexual violence perpetration among 
middle school students. Journal of Interpersonal Violence. 
Espinoza, G. Under Review. Daily Cyberbullying Experiences: Links with Emotional, Physical 
and School Adjustment. 
Fagan, A. A., K. Hanson, J. D. Hawkins, and M. Arthur. 2009. Translational research in ac-tion: 
Implementation of the Communities That Care Prevention System in 12 communi-ties. 
Journal of Community Psychology 37(7):809–829. 
Faris, R. 2012. Aggression, exclusivity, and status attainment in interpersonal networks. Social 
Forces 90:1207–1235. 
Faris, R., and S. Ennett. 2012. Adolescent aggression: The role of peer group status motives, 
peer aggression, and group characteristics. Social Networks 34(4):371–378. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
124 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Faris, R., and D. Felmlee. 2011. Status struggles network centrality and gender segregation in 
same- and cross-gender aggression. American Sociological Review 76(1):48–73. 
Faris, R., and D. Felmlee. 2014. Casualties of social combat: School networks of peer vic-timization 
and their consequences. American Sociological Review 79(2):228–257. doi: 
10.1177/0003122414524573. 
Farmer, T. W., J. V. Hamm, K. L. Lane, D. Lee, K. S. Sutherland, C. M. Hall, and R. A. 
Murray. 2013. Conceptual foundations and components of a contextual intervention to 
promote student engagement during early adolescence: The Supporting Early Adolescent 
Learning and Social Success (SEALS) model. Journal of Educational and Psychological 
Consultation 23:115–139. 
Farrington, D., and M. Ttofi. 2009. School based programs to reduce bullying and victimiza-tion: 
A systematic review. Campbell Systematic Reviews 5(6). 
Fekkes, M., F. I. Pijpers, and S. P. Verloove-Vanhorick. 2005. Bullying: Who does what, when 
and where? Involvement of children, teachers and parents in bullying behavior. Health 
Education Research 20(1):81–91. 
Finkelhor, D., H. Turner, R. Ormrod, and S. L. Hamby. 2009. Violence, abuse, and crime 
exposure in a national sample of children and youth. Pediatrics 124:1411–1423. 
Foshee, V. A., K. E. Bauman, S. T. Ennett, C. Suchindran, T. Benefield, and G. F. Linder. 2005. 
Assessing the effects of dating violence prevention program “Safe Dates” using random 
coefficient regression modeling. Prevention Science 6(3):245–257. 
Gini, G., and T. Pozzoli. 2013. Bullied children and psychosomatic problems: A meta-analysis. 
Pediatrics 132:720–729. 
Gladden, R. M., A. M. Vivolo-Kantor, M. E. Hamburger, and C. D. Lumpkin. 2014. Bullying 
surveillance among youth: Uniform definitions for public health and recommended data 
elements, version 1.0. Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and U.S. Department of Education. http:// 
www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/bullying-definitions-final-a.pdf (accessed May 19, 
2014). 
Glasgow, R. E., T. M. Vogt, and S. M. Boles. 1999. Evaluating the public health impact of 
health promotion interventions: The RE-AIM Framework. American Journal of Public 
Health 89:1322–1327. 
Glasgow, R. E., E. Lichtenstein, and A. C. Marcus. 2003. Why don’t we see more translation 
of health promotion research to practice? Rethinking the efficacy–effectiveness transition. 
American Journal of Public Health 93(8):1261–1267. 
Gottfredson, D. C. 1986. An empirical test of school-based environmental and individual 
interventions to reduce the risk of delinquent behavior. Criminology 24:705–731. 
Gottfredson, D. C. 1990. Changing school structures to benefit high risk youths. In P. E. 
Leone (Ed.), Understanding troubled and troubling youth: Multidisciplinary perspectives. 
Newbury Park, CA: Sage. 
Gottfredson, D. C., and S. M. DiPietro. 2011. School size, social capital, and student victim-ization. 
Sociology of Education 84:69–89. 
Gottfredson, G. D., and D. C. Gottfredson. 1985. Victimization in schools. New York: 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 
Plenum. 
Gottfredson, G. D., D. C. Gottfredson, A. A. Payne, and N. C. Gottfredson. 2005. School 
climate predictors of school disorder: Results from the national study of delinquency 
prevention in schools. Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency 42(4):412–444. 
Graham, S., A. Bellmore, A. Nishina, and J. Juvonen. 2009. “It must be me”: Ethnic context 
and attributions for peer victimization. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 38:487–499. 
Gregory, A., D. Cornell, X. Fan, P. Sheras, and T. Shih. 2010. Authoritative school discipline: 
High school practices associated with lower student bullying and victimization. Journal 
of Educational Psychology 102:483–496.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
APPENDIX A 125 
Gross, E. F. 2009. Logging on, bouncing back: An experimental investigation of online com-munication 
following social exclusion. Developmental Psychology 45:1787–1793. 
Hatzenbuehler, M. L., and K. M. Keyes. 2013. Inclusive anti-bullying policies and reduced 
risk of suicide attempts in lesbian and gay youth. Journal of Adolescent Health 53(1 
Suppl):21–26. 
Hatzenbuehler, M. L., K. M. Keyes, and D. S. Hasin. 2009. State-level policies and psychiatric 
morbidity in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations. American Journal of Public Health 
99(12):2275–2281. 
Hatzenbuehler, M. L., K. A. McLaughlin, K. M. Keyes, and D. S. Hasin. 2010. The impact of 
institutional discrimination on psychiatric disorders in lesbian, gay, and bisexual popula-tions: 
A prospective study. American Journal of Public Health 100(3):452–459. 
Hatzenbuehler, M. L., C. O’Cleirigh, C. Grasso, K. Mayer, S. Safren, and J. Bradford. 2012. 
Effect of same-sex marriage laws on health care use and expenditures in sexual minority 
men: A quasi-natural experiment. American Journal of Public Health 102(2):285–291. 
Hawkins, J. D., S. Oesterle, E. C. Brown, K. C. Monahan, R. D. Abbott, M. W. Arthur, and 
R. F. Catalano. 2012. Sustained decreases in risk exposure and youth problem behaviors 
after installation of the Communities That Care prevention system in a randomized trial. 
Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 166(2):141–148. 
Hawkins, J. D., S. Oesterle, E. C. Brown, R. D. Abbott, and R. F. Catalano. 2014. Youth prob-lem 
behaviors 8 years after implementing the communities that care prevention system: 
A community-randomized trial. JAMA Pediatrics 168(2):122–129. 
HBSC (Health Behavior in School-Aged Children). 2013. 2009–2010 Student survey. Analysis 
ran on 2014-03-11 using SDA 3.5: Tables. http://www.icpsr.umich.edu/icpsrweb/ICPSR/ 
studies/34792 (accessed March 11, 2014). 
Henry, D. 2013. Multisite Violence Prevention Project. The moderating role of developmental 
microsystems in selective preventive intervention effects on aggression and victimization 
of aggressive and socially influential students. Prevention Science 14(4):390–399. 
Hertz, M., I. Donato, and J. Wright. 2013. Bullying and suicide: A public health approach. 
Journal of Adolescent Health 53(1):S1–S3. 
Hogeveen, J., M. Inzlicht,, and S. S. Obhi. 2014. Power changes how the brain responds to 
others. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 143(2):755. 
Holt, M. K., G. Kaufman Kantor, and D. Finkelhor. 2008. Parent/child concordance about 
bullying involvement and family characteristics related to bullying and peer victimization. 
Journal of School Violence 8(1):42–63. doi: 10.1080/15388220802067813. http://dx.doi. 
org/10.1080/15388220802067813 (accessed May 20, 2014). 
Houndoumadi, A., and L. Pateraki. 2001. Bullying and bullies in Greek elementary schools: 
Pupils’ attitudes and teachers’/parents’ awareness. Educational Review 53(1):19–26. 
doi:10.1080/00131910120033619. 
Iannotti, R. J. 2014. Health behavior in school-aged children (HBSC), 2009–2010. 
ICPSR34792-v1. Ann Arbor, MI: Inter-University Consortium for Political and Social Re-search 
[distributor], 2013-11-20. doi:10.3886/ICPSR34792.v1. http://www.icpsr.umich. 
edu/icpsrweb/ICPSR/studies/34792 (accessed May 19, 2014). 
IOM (Institute of Medicine) and NRC (National Research Council). 2003. Deadly lessons: 
Understanding lethal school violence. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. 
Juvonen, J., A. Nishina, and S. Graham. 2006. Ethnic diversity and perceptions of safety in 
urban middle schools. Psychological Science 17:393–400. 
Karch, D. L., J. Logan, D. D. McDaniel, C. F. Floyd, and K. J. Vagi. 2013. Precipitating cir-cumstances 
of suicide among youth aged 10–17 years by sex: Data from the National 
Violent Death Reporting System, 16 states, 2005–2008. Journal of Adolescent Health 
53:51–53. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
126 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Kellam, S. G. 2012. Developing and maintaining partnerships as the foundation of implemen-tation 
and implementation science: Reflections over a half century. Administration and 
Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research 39(4):317–320. 
Kellam, S. G., A. C. L. Mackenzie, C. H. Brown, J. M. Poduska, W. Wang, H. Petras, and 
H. C. Wilcox. 2011. The good behavior game and the future of prevention and treat-ment. 
Addiction Science and Clinical Practice 6:73–84. 
Kerner, J. F., and K. L. Hall. 2009. Research dissemination and diffusion: Translation within 
science and society. Research on Social Work Practice 19(5):519–530. 
Kerr, D. C. R., L. D. Leve, and P. Chamberlain. 2009. Pregnancy rates among juvenile justice 
girls in two RCTs of multidimensional treatment foster care. Journal of Consulting and 
Clinical Psychology 77(3):588–593. doi: 10.1037/a0015289. 
Klomek, A. B., M. Kleinman, E. Altschuler, F. Marrocco, L. Amakawa, and M. S. Gould. 
2013. Suicidal adolescents’ experiences with bullying perpetration and victimization dur-ing 
high school as risk factors for later depression and suicidality. Journal of Adolescent 
Health 53(1 Suppl):S37–S42. 
Leff, S. S., D. E. Thomas, N. A. Vaughn, N. A. Thomas, J. Paquette MacEvoy, M. A. 
Freedman, S. Abdul-Kabir, J. Woodlock, T. Guerra, A. S. Bradshaw, E. M. Woodburn, 
R. K. Myers, and J. A. Fein. 2010. Using community-based participatory research to 
develop the PARTNERS youth violence prevention program. Progress in Community 
Health Partnerships 4(3):207–216. doi: 10.1353/cpr.2010.0005. 
Limber, S. P., and M. A. Small. 2003. State laws and policies to address bullying in schools. 
School Psychology Review 32(3):445–455. 
Limber, S. P., D. Olweus, and H. Luxenberg. 2013. Bullying in U.S. schools: 2012 status 
report. Center City, MN: Hazelden Foundation. http://www.violencepreventionworks. 
org/public/index.page (accessed May 19, 2014). 
Lipsey, M. 2006. The effects of community-based group treatment for delinquency: A meta-analytic 
search for cross-study generalizations. In K. A. Dodge, T. J. Dishion, and J. E. 
Lansford (Eds.), Deviant peer influences in programs for youth: Problems and solutions 
(pp. 162–184). New York: Guilford. 
Lochman, J., T. Dishion, C. Boxmeyer, and N. Powell. 2013. Preliminary findings from 
NIDA-funded Study of Group versus Individual Intervention Format for the Coping 
Power Child Component. Presented at the American Psychological Association meeting, 
Honolulu, Hawaii. July 31–August 4, 2013. 
Lovegrove, P. J., A. D. Bellmore, J. Greif Green, K. Jens, and J. M. Ostrove. 2013. My voice is 
not going to be silent: What can parents do about children’s bullying? Journal of School 
Violence 12(3):253–267. doi:10.1080/15388220.2013.792270. 
Masten, C. L., N. I. Eisenberger, L. A. Borofsky, J. H. Pfeifer, K. McNealy, J. C. Mazziotta, 
and M. Dapretto. 2009. Neural correlates of social exclusion during adolescence: Un-derstanding 
the distress of peer rejection. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience 
4(2):143–157. 
Merrell, K., B. Gueldner, S. W. Ross, and D. Isava. 2008. How effective are school bullying 
intervention programs?: A meta-analysis of intervention research. School Psychology 
Quarterly 23(1):26–42. 
Miller, S., J. Williams, S. Cutbush, D. Gibbs, M. Clinton-Sherrod, and S. Jones. 2013. Dating 
violence, bullying, and sexual harassment: Longitudinal profiles and transitions over 
time. Journal of Youth Adolescence 42(4):607–618. 
Mitchell, K. J., M. L. Ybarra, and J. D. Korchmaros. 2013. Sexual harassment among ado-lescents 
of different sexual orientations and gender identities. Child Abuse and Neglect 
38(2):280–295. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
APPENDIX A 127 
Modzeleski, W., T. Feucht, M. Rand, J. E. Hall, T. R. Simon, L. Butler, A. Taylor, M. Hunter, 
M. A. Anderson, L. Barrios, and M. Hertz. 2008. School-associated student homicides— 
United States, 1992–2006. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 57(2):33–36. http:// 
www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm5702a1.htm (accessed May 21, 2014). 
Molcho, M., W. Craig, P. Due, W. Pickett, Y. Harel-Fisch, M. Overpeck, and the HBSC 
Bullying Writing Group. 2009. Cross-national time trends in bullying behaviour 1994– 
2006: Findings from Europe and North America. International Journal of Public Health 
54:S225–S234. 
Multisite Violence Prevention Project. 2009. The ecological effects of universal and selective 
violence prevention programs for middle school students: A randomized trial. Journal of 
Consulting and Clinical Psychology 77(3):526–542. 
Musher-Eizenman, D. R., P. Boxer, S. Danner, E. F. Dubow, S. E. Goldstein, and D. M. I. 
Heretick. 2004. Social-cognitive mediators of the relation of environmental and emotion 
regulation factors to children’s aggression. Aggressive Behavior 30:389–408. 
NRC (National Research Council) and IOM (Institute of Medicine). 2009. Preventing mental, 
emotional, and behavioral disorders among young people: Progress and possibilities. 
Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. 
O’Connell, P., D. Pepler, and W. Craig. 1999. Peer involvement in bullying: Insights and chal-lenges 
for intervention. Journal of Adolescence 22:437–452. 
Odgers, C. L., T. E. Moffitt, L. M. Tach, R. J. Sampson, A. Taylor, C. L. Matthews, and A. 
Caspi. 2009. The protective effects of neighborhood collective efficacy on British chil-dren 
growing up in deprivation: A developmental analysis. Developmental Psychology 
45(4):942–957. doi:10.1037/a0016162. 
Olweus, D. 1991. Bully/victim problems among schoolchildren: Basic facts and effects of a 
school based intervention program. In D. J. Pepler and H. Rubin (Eds.), The development 
and treatment of childhood aggression (pp. 411–448). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 
Olweus, D. 1993. Bullying at school: What we know and what we can do. Malden, MA: 
Blackwell Publishing Ltd. 
Olweus, D. 1997. Bully/victim problems in school: Facts and intervention. European Journal 
of Psychology of Education 12:495–510. 
Olweus, D. 2012. School bullying: Development and some important challenges. Annual 
Review of Clinical Psychology 9:751–780. 
Olweus, D., S. P. Limber, V. Flerx, N. Mullin, J. Riese, and M. Snyder. 2007. Olweus Bullying 
Prevention Program: Schoolwide guide. Center City, MN: Hazelden. 
Ouellet-Morin, I., A. Danese, L. Bowes, S. Shakoor, A. Ambler, C. M. Pariante, A. S. 
Papadopoulos, A. Caspi, T. E. Moffitt, and L. Arseneault. 2011. A discordant monozy-gotic 
twin design shows blunted cortisol reactivity among bullied children. Journal of 
American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 50(6):574–582. 
Payne, A. A., D. C. Gottfredson, and G. D. Gottfredson. 2003. Schools as communities: The 
relationships among communal school organization, student bonding, and school disor-der. 
Criminology 41:749–777. 
Polanin, J. R., D. L. Espelage, and T. D. Pigott. 2012. A meta-analysis of school-based bully-ing 
prevention programs’ effects on bystander intervention behavior. School Psychology 
Review 41:47–65. 
Rao, M. A., D. L. Espelage, and T. D. Little. In press. Links between family conflict and 
substance-use in early adolescence: The mediating role of peer victimization. Develop-mental 
Psychology. 
Reijntjes, A., J. H. Kamphuis, P. Prinzie, and M. Telch. 2010. Peer victimization and inter-nalizing 
problems in children: A meta-analysis of longitudinal studies. Child Abuse  
Neglect 34:244–252. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
128 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Rigby, K., and P. T. Slee. 1993. Dimensions of interpersonal relation among Australian 
children and implications for psychological well-being. British Journal of Educational 
Psychology 133:33–42. 
Ringwalt, C. L., A. A. Vincus, S. T. Ennett, S. Hanley, J. M. Bowling, and L. A. Rohrbach. 
2009. The prevalence of evidence-based substance use prevention curricula in U.S. middle 
schools in 2005. Prevention Science 10:33–40. 
Rivers, I., and N. Noret. 2013. Potential suicide ideation and its association with observing 
bullying at school. Journal of Adolescent Health 53:S32–S36. 
Robers, S., J. Zhang, J. Truman, and T. D. Snyder. 2010. Indicators of school crime and safety: 
2010. (NCES 1001-002/NCJ 230812.) Washington, DC: National Center for Education 
Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice 
Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. 
Robers, S., J. Zhang, J. Truman, and T. D. Snyder. 2012. Indicators of school crime and safety: 
2011. (NCES 2012-002/NCJ 236021). Washington, DC: National Center for Education 
Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice 
Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. 
Robers, S., J. Kemp, J. Truman, and T. D. Snyder. 2013. Indicators of school crime and safety: 
2012. (NCES 2013-036/NCJ 241446). Washington, DC: National Center for Education 
Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice 
Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. 
Rohrbach, L. A., and S. Dyal. In press. Scaling up prevention programs in schools. In 
K. ­Bosworth 
(Ed.), Prevention science in school settings: Complex relationships and 
processes. New York: Springer Publishers. 
Rohrbach, L. A., J. W. Graham, and W. B. Hansen. 1993. Diffusion of a school-based sub-stance 
abuse prevention program: Predictors of program implementation. Preventive 
Medicine 22(2):237–260. 
Rohrbach, L. A., R. Grana, T. W. Valente, and S. Sussman. 2006. Type II translation: Trans-porting 
prevention interventions from research to real-world settings. Evaluation and the 
Health Professions 29(3):302–333. 
Salmivalli, C., A. Kärnä, and E. Poskiparta. 2011. Counteracting bullying in Finland: The 
KiVa program and its effects on different forms of being bullied. International Journal 
of Behavioral Development 35(5):405–411. 
Saul, J., A. Wandersman, P. Flaspohler, J. Duffy, K. Lubell, and R. Noonan. 2008. Research 
and action for bridging the gap between prevention research and practice. American 
Journal of Community Psychology 41:3–4. 
Schacter H. L., S. J. White, V. Y. Chang, and J. Juvonen. 2014. “Why me?”: Characterologi-cal 
self-blame and continued victimization in the first year of middle school. Journal of 
Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology 43(3):1–10. 
Shalev, I., T. E. Moffitt, K. Sugden, B. Williams, R. M. Houts, A. Danese, J. Mill, L. Arseneault, 
and A. Caspi. 2013. Exposure to violence during childhood is associated with telo-mere 
erosion from 5 to 10 years of age: A longitudinal study. Molecular Psychiatry 
18(5):576–581. 
Smith, E. P., D. Gorman-Smith, W. H. Quinn, D. L. Rabiner, P. H. Tolan, and D. M. Winn. 
2004. Community-based multiple family groups to prevent and reduce violent and 
aggressive behavior: The GREAT Families Program. American Journal of Preventive 
Medicine 26(1):39–47. 
Smokowski, P. R., and K. H. Kopasz. 2005. Bullying in school: An overview of types, effects, 
family characteristics, and intervention strategies. Children  Schools 27(2):101–110. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
APPENDIX A 129 
Snyder, H. N., and M. Sickmund. 2006. Juvenile offenders and victims: 2006 national re-port. 
Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office 
of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. http://www.ojjdp.gov/ojstatbb/nr2006/ 
downloads/NR2006.pdf (accessed May 22, 2014). 
Sourander, A., J. A. Rönning, H. Eloheimo, S. Nimelä, H. Helenius, K. Kumpulainen, J. Piha, 
T. Tamminen, I. Moilanen, and F. Almqvist. 2007. Childhood bullies and victims and 
their risk of criminality in late adolescence: The Finnish from a Boy to a Man Study. 
Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine 161(6):546–552. 
Spoth, R., L. A. Rohrbach, M. Greenberg, P. Leaf, C. Brown, A. Fagan, R. Catalano, M. Pentz, 
Z. Sloboda, and J. Hawkins. 2013. Addressing core challenges for the next generation of 
Type 2 translation research and systems: The Translation Science to Population Impact 
(TSci Impact) framework. Prevention Science 14(4):319–351. 
Srabstein, J. C., B. E. Berkman, and E. Pyntikova. 2008. Antibullying legislation: A public 
health perspective. Journal of Adolescent Health 42:11–20. 
Swearer, S. M., J. Peugh, D. L. Espelage, A. B. Siebecker, W. L. Kingsbury, and K. S. Bevins. 
2006. A socioecological model for bullying prevention and intervention in early adoles-cence: 
An exploratory examination. In S. R. Jimerson and M. Furlong (Eds.), Handbook 
of school violence and school safety: From research to practice (pp. 257–273). Mahwah, 
NJ: Erlbaum. 
Tierney, J. P., J. B. Grossman, and N. L. Resch. 1995. Making a difference: An impact study 
of Big Brothers Big Sisters. Philadelphia, PA: Public/Private Ventures. 
Tolan, P. H., D. Gorman-Smith, D. B. Henry, and M. Schoeny. 2010. The effects of a booster 
prevention program on child behavior and family functioning: The SAFE Children pro-gram. 
Prevention Science 10:287–297. 
Ttofi, M. M., and D. P. Farrington. 2011. Effectiveness of school-based programs to reduce 
bullying: A systematic and meta-analytic review. Journal of Experimental Criminology 
7(1):27–56. 
Ttofi, M. M., D. P. Farrington, F. Lösel, and R. Loeber. 2011a. Do the victims of school bullies 
tend to become depressed later in life? A systematic review and meta-analysis of longitu-dinal 
studies. Journal of Aggression, Conflict and Peace Research 3:63–73. 
Ttofi, M. M., D. P. Farrington, F. Lösel, and R. Loeber. 2011b. The predictive efficiency of 
school bullying versus later offending: A systematic/meta-analytic review of longitudinal 
studies. Criminal Behavior and Mental Health 21(2):80–89. 
Unnever, J. D., and D. G. Cornell. 2003. The culture of bullying in middle school. Journal of 
School Violence 2:5–27. 
U.S. Department of Education. 2010. Dear colleague letter. http://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/ 
list/ocr/letters/colleague-201010.html (accessed May 19, 2014). 
U.S. Department of Education. 2011. Analysis of state bullying laws and policies. Washington, 
DC: U.S. Department of Education, Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Develop-ment, 
Policy and Program Studies Service. 
U. S. Department of Education. 2013. Dear Colleague Letter. http://www.ed.gov/blog/2013/08/ 
keeping-students-with-disabilities-safe-from-bullying (accessed June 19, 2014). 
U.S. Secret Service and U.S. Department of Education. 2002. The final report and findings of 
the Safe School Initiative: Implications for the prevention of school attacks in the United 
States. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education. 
Vaillancourt, T., E. Duku, S. Becker, L. A. Schmidt, J. Nicol, C. Muir, and H. Macmillan. 
2011. Peer victimization, depressive symptoms, and high salivary cortisol predict poorer 
memory in children. Brain and Cognition 77(2):191–199. 
Voisin, D. R., and J. S. Hong. 2012. A conceptual formulation examining the relationship 
between witnessing domestic violence and bullying behaviors and victimization among 
youth. Educational Psychology Review 24(4):479–498. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
130 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
Waasdorp, T. E., C. P. Bradshaw, and P. J. Leaf. 2012. The impact of School-Wide Positive 
Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS) on bullying and peer rejection: A ran-domized 
controlled effectiveness trial. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 
116(2):149–156. 
Woolf, S. H. 2008. The meaning of translational research and why it matters. JAMA 299(2): 
211–213. 
Wright, J., R. Sege, and the American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Injury Violence 
and Poison Prevention. 2009. Role of the pediatrician in youth violence prevention. 
Pediatrics 124(1):393–402, doi: 10.1542/peds.2009-0943. 
Ybarra, M. L., A. T. Bağci Bosi, J. Korchmaros, and S. Emri. 2012. A text messaging-based 
smoking cessation program for adult smokers: randomized controlled trial. Journal of 
Medical Internet Research 14(6):e172. 
Ybarra, M. L., S. S. Bull, T. L. Prescott, J. D. Korchmaros, D. R. Bangsberg, and J. P. 
Kiwanuka. 2013a. Adolescent abstinence and unprotected sex in CyberSenga, an Inter-net- 
based HIV prevention program: Randomized clinical trial of efficacy. PLoS ONE 
8(8):e70083. 
Ybarra, M. L., J. S. Holtrop, T. L. Prescott, M. H. Rahbar, and D. Strong. 2013b. Pilot RCT 
results of stop my smoking USA: A text messaging–based smoking cessation program for 
young adults. Nicotine and Tobacco Research 15(8):1388–1399. 
Yeager, D. S., C. J. Fong, H. Y. Lee, and D. L. Espelage. In press. Declines in efficacy of anti-bullying 
programs among older adolescents: A developmental theory and a three-level 
meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology. 
Zimmerman, F. J., G. M. Glew, D. A. Christakis, and W. Katon. 2005. Early cognitive 
stimulation, emotional support, and television watching as predictors of subsequent 
bullying among grade-school children. Archive of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 
159(4):384–388. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
B 
Workshop Agenda 
BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING AND ITS IMPACT 
ON YOUTH ACROSS THE LIFECOURSE: A WORKSHOP 
April 9–10, 2014 
National Academy of Sciences Building 
2101 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC 
Lecture Room 
AGENDA 
Workshop Goals and Objectives 
The overall objective of the workshop is to highlight current research 
on bullying prevention. More specifically, workshop presentations and 
discussions will address the following questions: 
• What is the underlying knowledge base and conceptual models that 
guide the design, delivery, and evaluation of bullying prevention 
and intervention efforts? 
• Are there specific interventions that are effective in decreasing bul-lying 
and the antecedents to bullying? 
• What programs designed to address other negative adolescent 
behaviors (e.g., substance abuse, delinquency, etc.) are also effec-tive 
at preventing or reducing bullying? 
• Are there specific models and interventions that increase protective 
factors and mitigate the negative health impact of bullying? 
• What are the key sectors involved in bullying prevention and 
intervention? How does involvement or lack of involvement by 
key sectors influence opportunities and barriers to implementing a 
131 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
132 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
blueprint for bullying prevention and intervention? What are some 
appropriate roles for each of the key sectors in preventing bullying? 
DAY 1: April 9, 2014 
8:30–8:45 a.m. Welcome and Overview of Agenda 
Frederick P. Rivara (Planning Committee Chair), 
University of Washington School of Medicine 
8:45–9:00 a.m. Perspectives from the Sponsor 
Michael C. Lu, Health Resources and Services 
Administration 
9:00–9:30 a.m. Introduction and Role of Youth Panelists 
Moderator: Megan Moreno, University of 
Washington 
Alexa Cafasso, Student at Sacred Heart Academy 
Glenn Cantave, Student at Wesleyan University 
Whitney Dockrey, Student at Georgetown 
University 
Asher Farkas, Student at New York University 
Rebecca Shaw, Student at Horace Mann School 
9:30–9:50 a.m. Introduction and Role of School Personnel Panelists 
Moderator: Catherine Bradshaw, University of 
Virginia and Planning Committee 
Virginia L. Dolan, Anne Arundel County Public 
Schools 
Mike Donlin, State of Washington Office of 
Superintendent of Public Instruction 
William Myers, South River High School 
9:50–10:20 a.m. Overview of Bullying and Victimization 
Session Objectives: 
• Provide an overview of key issues relevant to 
bullying and victimization (including Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention definition, 
frequency, and consequences [immediate, long-term 
effects on health, school, quality of life]). 
Discuss types of bullying (physical, verbal, rela-tional, 
damage to property, and cyber). 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
APPENDIX B 133 
• Discuss roles in bullying (bully, victim, bully–­victim, 
bystander). 
Susan Limber, Clemson University 
10:20–11:20 a.m. Session 1: Targets of Bullying and Bullying 
Behavior 
Session Objective: 
• Highlight current research on risk factors, pro-tective 
factors, and resiliency associated with 
targets of bullying and bullying behavior at the 
individual, family, school, and community levels. 
Moderator: Catherine Bradshaw, University of 
Virginia 
Jaana Juvonen, University of California, 
Los Angeles 
Tracy Vaillancourt, University of Ottawa 
Dorothy Espelage, University of Illinois, 
Urbana-Champaign 
Robert Faris, University of California, Davis 
11:20–11:50 a.m. Discussion and Audience Q  A 
Discussant: Catherine Bradshaw 
11:50 a.m.– Lunch 
12:50 p.m. 
12:50–1:35 p.m. Session 2: School-Based Interventions 
Session Objective: 
• Highlight current research on school-based 
interventions including school policies, school 
climate, and preventive interventions. 
Moderator: Nina Fredland, Texas Woman’s 
University College of Nursing 
Denise Gottfredson, University of Maryland 
Catherine Bradshaw, University of Virginia 
Dewey Cornell, University of Virginia 
1:35–2:05 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q  A 
Discussant: Nina Fredland 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
134 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
2:05–2:50 p.m. Session 3: Family-Focused Interventions 
Session Objective: 
• Highlight current research on family-level inter-ventions 
including parenting, responses to bul-lying 
behavior, and parental awareness of kids’ 
online presence. 
Moderator: Jonathan Todres, Georgia State 
University College of Law 
Melissa Holt, Boston University 
Deborah Gorman-Smith, University of Chicago 
2:50–3:20 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q  A 
Discussant: Jonathan Todres 
3:20–3:35 p.m. Break 
3:35–4:05 p.m. Session 4: Technology-Based Interventions 
Session Objective: 
• Highlight current research on technology-based 
interventions, including social media–based 
campaigns and using technology to disseminate 
interventions. 
Moderator: Megan Moreno, University of 
Washington 
Michele Ybarra, Center for Innovative Public 
Health Research 
Faye Mishna, University of Toronto 
4:05–4:35 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q  A 
Discussant: Megan Moreno 
4:35 p.m. Adjourn Day 1 
DAY 2: April 10, 2014 
8:30–8:40 a.m. Welcome and Overview of Agenda 
Frederick P. Rivara, Planning Committee Chair 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
APPENDIX B 135 
8:40–9:10 a.m. Session 5: Community-Based Interventions 
Session Objective: 
• Highlight current research on community-based 
interventions including the role of health care 
providers. 
Moderator: Angela Diaz, Mount Sinai Hospital and 
Chair, Board on Children, Youth, and Families 
Asha Goldweber, SRI International 
Joseph L. Wright, George Washington University 
Schools of Medicine and Public Health 
9:10–9:40 a.m. Discussion and Audience Q  A 
Discussant: Angela Diaz 
9:40–10:10 a.m. Session 6: Peer-Led and Peer-Focused Programs 
Session Objective: 
• Highlight current research on peer-led programs 
related to bullying prevention and related areas 
of research. 
Moderator: Jonathan Todres, Georgia State 
University College of Law 
Tom Dishion, Arizona State University 
Kenneth A. Dodge, Duke University 
10:10–10:40 a.m. Discussion and Audience Q  A 
Discussant: Jonathan Todres 
10:40–11:00 a.m. Break 
11:00–11:30 a.m. Session 7: Laws and Public Policies 
Session Objectives: 
• Provide an overview of anti-bullying laws and 
policies. 
• Discuss opportunities provided by legal frame-work, 
constraints, and challenges. 
Moderator: Jonathan Todres, Georgia State 
University College of Law 
Mark Hatzenbuehler, Columbia University 
Douglas E. Abrams, University of Missouri School 
of Law 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
136 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
11:30 a.m.– Discussion and Audience Q  A 
12:00 p.m. Discussant: Jonathan Todres 
12:00–1:00 p.m. Lunch 
1:00–1:45 p.m. Session 8: Translating Bullying Research into Policy 
and Practice 
Session Objective: 
• Highlight the current research on the science of 
implementation, increasing capacity, and sustain-ability, 
including implementing community-wide 
systems interventions. 
Moderator: Denise Gottfredson, University of 
Maryland 
Abigail Fagan, University of Florida 
Luanne Rohrbach, University of Southern 
California 
C. Hendricks Brown, Northwestern University 
1:45–2:15 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q  A 
Discussant: Denise Gottfredson 
2:15–2:45 p.m. School Personnel Reaction Panel 
Session Objectives: Comment on the workshop 
presentations and discussions, including 
• What seemed particularly important and/or 
useful? 
• What important issues were missing from the 
workshop discussion? 
Moderator: Catherine Bradshaw, University of 
Virginia 
Virginia L. Dolan, Mike Donlin, and 
William Myers 
2:45–3:30 p.m. Youth Reaction Panel 
Session Objectives: Comment on the workshop 
presentations and discussions, including 
• What seemed particularly important and/or 
useful? 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
APPENDIX B 137 
• What important issues were missing from the 
workshop discussion? 
Moderator: Megan Moreno, University of 
Washington 
Alexa Cafasso, Glenn Cavante, Whitney Dockrey, 
Asher Farkas, and Rebecca Shaw 
3:30–4:30 p.m. Future Directions and Next Steps 
Session Objectives: 
• Synthesize and discuss key highlights from the 
workshop presentations and discussions. 
• Identify key promising areas for future research 
and policy, key challenges, key opportunities. 
Moderator: Frederick P. Rivara, Planning 
Committee Chair 
Catherine Bradshaw, Nina Fredland, 
Denise Gottfredson, Megan Moreno, and 
Jonathan Todres 
4:30 p.m. Adjourn 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
C 
Workshop Statement of Task 
An ad hoc planning committee will plan and conduct a 2-day public 
workshop that highlights relevant information and knowledge that can 
inform a multi-disciplinary road map on next steps for the field of bully-ing 
prevention. Content areas that will be explored include the identifica-tion 
of conceptual models and interventions that have proven effective 
in decreasing bullying and the antecedents to bullying, while increasing 
protective factors that mitigate the negative health impact of bullying. Key 
sectors that are involved in bullying prevention will be identified in order to 
understand the opportunities and barriers to implementing a blueprint for 
bullying prevention. An individually authored workshop summary will be 
prepared based on the information gathered and the discussions held during 
the workshop session. The workshop will feature invited presentations and 
discussions that address the following questions: 
• What is the underlying knowledge base and conceptual models that 
guide the design, delivery, and evaluation of bullying prevention 
and intervention efforts? 
• Are there specific interventions that are effective in decreasing bul-lying 
and the antecedents to bullying? 
• What programs designed to address other negative adolescent 
behaviors (e.g., substance abuse, delinquency, etc.) are also effec-tive 
at preventing or reducing bullying? 
• Are there specific models and interventions that increase protective 
factors and mitigate negative health impact of bullying? 
139 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 
140 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 
• What are the key sectors involved in bullying prevention and 
intervention? How does involvement or lack of involvement by 
key sectors influence opportunities and barriers to implementing a 
blueprint for bullying prevention and intervention? What are some 
appropriate roles for each of the key sectors in preventing bullying? 
This activity constitutes Phase 1 of a three-part effort directed toward 
examining, analyzing, and synthesizing information and knowledge about 
policy, education, and behavioral strategies aimed at decreasing bullying 
behavior. 
Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.

More Related Content

PDF
Iom building capacity to reduce bullying
PDF
Promising and best practices in total worker health
PDF
Industrialization of Biology: A roadmap to accelerate the advanced manufactur...
PDF
National Academies Press Communications and Tech for Violence Prevention Work...
PDF
Review of doe's vision 21 research and development program nrc
PPTX
Univ of Miami CTSI: Citizen science seminar; Oct 2014
PDF
2012.02.18 Reducing Human Error in Healthcare - Getting Doctors to Swallow th...
Iom building capacity to reduce bullying
Promising and best practices in total worker health
Industrialization of Biology: A roadmap to accelerate the advanced manufactur...
National Academies Press Communications and Tech for Violence Prevention Work...
Review of doe's vision 21 research and development program nrc
Univ of Miami CTSI: Citizen science seminar; Oct 2014
2012.02.18 Reducing Human Error in Healthcare - Getting Doctors to Swallow th...

Viewers also liked (16)

PDF
Connected learning
PDF
HHS Priority Areas For Improvement Of Quality In Public Health 2010
PDF
Financing population health improvement IOM
PDF
Cadca Capacity Primer
PDF
Einstein's unfinished symphony listening to the sounds of space time
PDF
Child Neglect Risk & Protective Factors Guide
PDF
World Report On Violence & Health
PDF
Core Competencies Injury Prevention
PPTX
Prevention; Wellness Practices In A 21st Century
PPT
Risk & Protective Factors
DOCX
Technology Integration Action Plan
PDF
CADCA Sustainability Primer
PDF
Environmental Strategies CADCA
PPT
Office Of Substance Abuse Prevention2
PPT
Healthy People Presentation
PPT
Effects of Drugs on the Brain
Connected learning
HHS Priority Areas For Improvement Of Quality In Public Health 2010
Financing population health improvement IOM
Cadca Capacity Primer
Einstein's unfinished symphony listening to the sounds of space time
Child Neglect Risk & Protective Factors Guide
World Report On Violence & Health
Core Competencies Injury Prevention
Prevention; Wellness Practices In A 21st Century
Risk & Protective Factors
Technology Integration Action Plan
CADCA Sustainability Primer
Environmental Strategies CADCA
Office Of Substance Abuse Prevention2
Healthy People Presentation
Effects of Drugs on the Brain
Ad

Similar to Building capacity to reduce bullying (2014); NAP-IOM (20)

PDF
IOM BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING
PDF
Business engagement in building healthy communities
PDF
Measuring Respirator Use in the Workplace 1st Edition National Research Council
PDF
Inter-professional Education for Collaboration: Learning How to
PDF
Hiv And Disability Updating The Social Security Listings 1st Edition Committe...
PDF
Experimentation and Rapid Prototyping in Support of Counterterrorism 1st Edit...
PDF
Integrity in Scientific Research National Research Council
PDF
Improving the Measurement of Late Life Disability in Population Surveys Natio...
PDF
The Case for International Sharing of Scientific Data A Focus on Developing C...
PDF
Implementing Colorectal Cancer Screening Workshop Summary 1st Edition Margie ...
PDF
The Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research 1st Edition Instit...
PDF
Responsible Research A Systems Approach To Protecting Research Participants 1...
PDF
Experimentation and Rapid Prototyping in Support of Counterterrorism 1st Edit...
PDF
A Framework To Guide Selection Of Chemical Alternatives National Research Cou...
PDF
A Framework To Guide Selection Of Chemical Alternatives National Research Cou...
PDF
Experimentation and Rapid Prototyping in Support of Counterterrorism 1st Edit...
PDF
Interventions for mental & substance use
PDF
Care Without Coverage Insuring Health 1st Edition Institute Of Medicine
PDF
Toward An Integrated Science Of Research On Families Workshop Report Steve Olson
PDF
Persistent Forecasting of Disruptive Technologies Report 2 Committee On Forec...
IOM BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING
Business engagement in building healthy communities
Measuring Respirator Use in the Workplace 1st Edition National Research Council
Inter-professional Education for Collaboration: Learning How to
Hiv And Disability Updating The Social Security Listings 1st Edition Committe...
Experimentation and Rapid Prototyping in Support of Counterterrorism 1st Edit...
Integrity in Scientific Research National Research Council
Improving the Measurement of Late Life Disability in Population Surveys Natio...
The Case for International Sharing of Scientific Data A Focus on Developing C...
Implementing Colorectal Cancer Screening Workshop Summary 1st Edition Margie ...
The Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research 1st Edition Instit...
Responsible Research A Systems Approach To Protecting Research Participants 1...
Experimentation and Rapid Prototyping in Support of Counterterrorism 1st Edit...
A Framework To Guide Selection Of Chemical Alternatives National Research Cou...
A Framework To Guide Selection Of Chemical Alternatives National Research Cou...
Experimentation and Rapid Prototyping in Support of Counterterrorism 1st Edit...
Interventions for mental & substance use
Care Without Coverage Insuring Health 1st Edition Institute Of Medicine
Toward An Integrated Science Of Research On Families Workshop Report Steve Olson
Persistent Forecasting of Disruptive Technologies Report 2 Committee On Forec...
Ad

More from University of New Mexico (20)

PDF
BE ABOVE THE INFLUENCE NEWS MARCH 2017
PDF
2017 Evidence-based prevention national standards
DOCX
2015 YRRS SYNOPSIS 31 NM COUNTIES
PDF
PDF
BEST PRACTICES Comprehensive Resources Compendium (1)
PDF
YOUTH BEHAVIORAL HEALTH 2015
PPTX
SUNPORT ATI FY16 BANNER
PDF
Forum on investing in young children globally
PPTX
ATI FY16 BUS AD2
PDF
Alcohol Prices Study nihms441745
PDF
Next generation science standards for states by states
PDF
WHO CDC Preventing Suicide: A Global Imperative
PPTX
COMMUNITY PLANNING SAMHSA
PDF
Data based planning for effective prevention
PDF
SAMHSA GUIDE: COMMUNITY CONVERSATIONS ABOUT MENTAL HEALTH
PDF
Community readiness model
PDF
The use of Web based interventions in improving well being
PPT
Prevention; Federal Initiatives 2010
PPT
BC PC December 13 2012
PDF
Prevention Practices In The 21st Century FM
BE ABOVE THE INFLUENCE NEWS MARCH 2017
2017 Evidence-based prevention national standards
2015 YRRS SYNOPSIS 31 NM COUNTIES
BEST PRACTICES Comprehensive Resources Compendium (1)
YOUTH BEHAVIORAL HEALTH 2015
SUNPORT ATI FY16 BANNER
Forum on investing in young children globally
ATI FY16 BUS AD2
Alcohol Prices Study nihms441745
Next generation science standards for states by states
WHO CDC Preventing Suicide: A Global Imperative
COMMUNITY PLANNING SAMHSA
Data based planning for effective prevention
SAMHSA GUIDE: COMMUNITY CONVERSATIONS ABOUT MENTAL HEALTH
Community readiness model
The use of Web based interventions in improving well being
Prevention; Federal Initiatives 2010
BC PC December 13 2012
Prevention Practices In The 21st Century FM

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
Parliamentary procedure in meeting that can be use
PDF
PPT Item # 4 - 328 Albany St compt. review
PPTX
Quiz - Saturday.pptxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
PPTX
dawasoncitcommunityroolingadsAug 11_25.pptx
PDF
Item # 3 - 934 Patterson Final Review.pdf
PDF
Item # 2 - 934 Patterson Specific Use Permit (SUP)
PPTX
SOMANJAN PRAMANIK_3500032 2042.pptx
PPTX
Neurons.pptx and the family in London are you chatgpt
PDF
The Detrimental Impacts of Hydraulic Fracturing for Oil and Gas_ A Researched...
PPTX
SUKANYA SAMRIDDHI YOJANA RESEARCH REPORT AIMS OBJECTIVES ITS PROVISION AND IM...
DOC
LU毕业证学历认证,赫尔大学毕业证硕士的学历和学位
PDF
CXPA Finland Webinar - Modern Components of Service Quality - Alec Dalton - ...
PDF
Population Estimates 2025 Regional Snapshot 08.11.25
PPTX
Chapter 1: Philippines constitution laws
PPTX
DFARS Part 253 - Forms - Defense Contracting Regulations
PDF
ESG Alignment in Action - The Abhay Bhutada Foundation
PDF
Abhay Bhutada Foundation’s ESG Compliant Initiatives
PDF
Building Bridges (of Hope) over Our Troubled Waters_PART 1
PDF
4_Key Concepts Structure and Governance plus UN.pdf okay
PDF
Creating Memorable Moments_ Personalized Plant Gifts.pdf
Parliamentary procedure in meeting that can be use
PPT Item # 4 - 328 Albany St compt. review
Quiz - Saturday.pptxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
dawasoncitcommunityroolingadsAug 11_25.pptx
Item # 3 - 934 Patterson Final Review.pdf
Item # 2 - 934 Patterson Specific Use Permit (SUP)
SOMANJAN PRAMANIK_3500032 2042.pptx
Neurons.pptx and the family in London are you chatgpt
The Detrimental Impacts of Hydraulic Fracturing for Oil and Gas_ A Researched...
SUKANYA SAMRIDDHI YOJANA RESEARCH REPORT AIMS OBJECTIVES ITS PROVISION AND IM...
LU毕业证学历认证,赫尔大学毕业证硕士的学历和学位
CXPA Finland Webinar - Modern Components of Service Quality - Alec Dalton - ...
Population Estimates 2025 Regional Snapshot 08.11.25
Chapter 1: Philippines constitution laws
DFARS Part 253 - Forms - Defense Contracting Regulations
ESG Alignment in Action - The Abhay Bhutada Foundation
Abhay Bhutada Foundation’s ESG Compliant Initiatives
Building Bridges (of Hope) over Our Troubled Waters_PART 1
4_Key Concepts Structure and Governance plus UN.pdf okay
Creating Memorable Moments_ Personalized Plant Gifts.pdf

Building capacity to reduce bullying (2014); NAP-IOM

  • 1. This PDF is available from The National Academies Press at http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=18762 ISBN 978-0-309-30398-9 150 pages 6 x 9 PAPERBACK (2014) Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Patti Simon and Steve Olson, Rapporteurs; Board on Children, Youth, and Families; Committee on Law and Justice; Institute of Medicine; National Research Council Visit the National Academies Press online and register for... Instant access to free PDF downloads of titles from the NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES NATIONAL ACADEMY OF ENGINEERING INSTITUTE OF MEDICINE NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 10% off print titles Custom notification of new releases in your field of interest Special offers and discounts Distribution, posting, or copying of this PDF is strictly prohibited without written permission of the National Academies Press. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials in this PDF are copyrighted by the National Academy of Sciences. Request reprint permission for this book Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 2. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Patti Simon and Steve Olson, Rapporteurs Board on Children, Youth, and Families Committee on Law and Justice Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 3. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary THE NATIONAL ACADEMIES PRESS 500 Fifth Street, NW Washington, DC 20001 NOTICE: The workshop that is the subject of this workshop summary was approved by the Governing Board of the National Research Council, whose members are drawn from the councils of the National Academy of Sciences, the National Academy of Engineering, and the Institute of Medicine. This activity was supported by Contract No. HHSH250200976014I/HHS25034018T between the National Academy of Sciences and the Health Resources and Services Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The views presented in this publication do not necessarily reflect the views of the organizations or agencies that provided support for the activity. International Standard Book Number-13: 978-0-309-30398-9 International Standard Book Number-10: 0-309-30398-2 Additional copies of this workshop summary are available for sale from the National Academies Press, 500 Fifth Street, NW, Keck 360, Washington, DC 20001; (800) 624-6242 or (202) 334-3313; http://www.nap.edu. For more information about the Institute of Medicine, visit the IOM home page at: www.iom.edu. Copyright 2014 by the National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America Suggested citation: IOM (Institute of Medicine) and NRC (National Research Council). 2014. Building capacity to reduce bullying: Workshop summary. Wash-ington, DC: The National Academies Press. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 4. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary The National Academy of Sciences is a private, nonprofit, self-perpetuating society of distinguished scholars engaged in scientific and engineering research, dedicated to the furtherance of science and technology and to their use for the general welfare. Upon the authority of the charter granted to it by the Congress in 1863, the Acad-emy has a mandate that requires it to advise the federal government on scientific and technical matters. Dr. Ralph J. Cicerone is president of the National Academy of Sciences. The National Academy of Engineering was established in 1964, under the charter of the National Academy of Sciences, as a parallel organization of outstanding engineers. It is autonomous in its administration and in the selection of its members, sharing with the National Academy of Sciences the responsibility for advising the federal government. The National Academy of Engineering also sponsors engineer-ing programs aimed at meeting national needs, encourages education and research, and recognizes the superior achievements of engineers. Dr. C. D. Mote, Jr., is presi-dent of the National Academy of Engineering. The Institute of Medicine was established in 1970 by the National Academy of Sciences to secure the services of eminent members of appropriate professions in the examination of policy matters pertaining to the health of the public. The Insti-tute acts under the responsibility given to the National Academy of Sciences by its congressional charter to be an adviser to the federal government and, upon its own initiative, to identify issues of medical care, research, and education. Dr. Victor J. Dzau is president of the Institute of Medicine. The National Research Council was organized by the National Academy of Sci-ences in 1916 to associate the broad community of science and technology with the Academy’s purposes of furthering knowledge and advising the federal government. Functioning in accordance with general policies determined by the Academy, the Council has become the principal operating agency of both the National Academy of Sciences and the National Academy of Engineering in providing services to the government, the public, and the scientific and engineering communities. The Coun-cil is administered jointly by both Academies and the Institute of Medicine. Dr. Ralph J. Cicerone and Dr. C. D. Mote, Jr., are chair and vice chair, respectively, of the National Research Council. www.national-academies.org Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 5. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 6. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary PLANNING COMMITTEE ON INCREASING CAPACITY FOR REDUCING BULLYING AND ITS IMPACT ON THE LIFECOURSE OF YOUTH INVOLVED1 FREDERICK P. RIVARA (Chair), Seattle Children’s Guild Endowed Chair in Pediatrics, Professor of Pediatrics, University of Washington School of Medicine CATHERINE BRADSHAW, Professor, Associate Dean for Research and Faculty Development, Curry School of Education, University of Virginia NINA FREDLAND, Associate Professor, Texas Woman’s University DENISE GOTTFREDSON, Professor at the University of Maryland Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology NANCY GUERRA, Professor of Psychology, Associate Provost for International Programs and Director, Institute for Global Studies, University of Delaware MEGAN A. MORENO, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, University of JONATHAN TODRES, Professor of Law, Georgia State University College v College of Nursing Washington Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. of Law Project Staff PATTI SIMON, Project Director TARA MAINERO, Research Associate STACEY SMIT, Senior Program Assistant Board on Children, Youth, and Families Staff KIMBER BOGARD, Director FAYE HILLMAN, Financial Associate Committee on Law and Justice Staff ARLENE LEE, Director 1 Institute of Medicine planning committees are solely responsible for organizing the work-shop, identifying topics, and choosing speakers. The responsibility for the published workshop summary rests with the workshop rapporteurs and the institution.
  • 7. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 8. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Reviewers This workshop summary has been reviewed in draft form by individu-als chosen for their diverse perspectives and technical expertise, in accor-dance with procedures approved by the National Research Council’s Report Review Committee. The purpose of this independent review is to provide candid and critical comments that will assist the institution in making its published workshop summary as sound as possible and to ensure that the workshop summary meets institutional standards for objectivity, evidence, and responsiveness to the study charge. The review comments and draft manuscript remain confidential to protect the integrity of the process. We wish to thank the following individuals for their review of this workshop summary: David V. B. Britt, Retired CEO, Sesame Workshop Deborah Gross, Johns Hopkins University School of Nursing and Mark L. Hatzenbuehler, Columbia University Tracy Vaillancourt, University of Ottawa Although the reviewers listed above have provided many constructive comments and suggestions, they did not see the final draft of the workshop summary before its release. The review of this workshop summary was overseen by Hugh H. Tilson, University of North Carolina Gillings School of Global Public Health. Appointed by the National Research Council and vii Medicine Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 9. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary viii REVIEWERS the Institute of Medicine, he was responsible for making certain that an independent examination of this workshop summary was carried out in accordance with institutional procedures and that all review comments were carefully considered. Responsibility for the final content of this work-shop summary rests entirely with the rapporteurs and the institution. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 10. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Contents 1 Introduction and Overview 1 PART I UNDERSTANDING BULLYING 2 Overview of Bullying and Victimization 9 3 Targets of Bullying and Bullying Behavior 19 PART II CONTEXTS FOR PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION 4 School-Based Interventions 35 5 Family-Focused Interventions 49 6 Technology-Based Interventions 57 7 Community-Based Interventions 65 8 Peer-Led and Peer-Focused Programs 73 9 Laws and Public Policies 81 PART III FUTURE DIRECTIONS AND OVERALL THEMES 10 Translating Bullying Research into Policy and Practice 91 11 Reflections of School Personnel and Student Perspectives 103 12 Final Thoughts 113 ix Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 11. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary x CONTENTS APPENDIXES A References 121 B Workshop Agenda 131 C Workshop Statement of Task 139 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 12. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 1 Introduction and Overview1 Bullying—long tolerated as just a part of growing up—finally has been recognized as a substantial and preventable health problem. Bullying is associated with anxiety, depression, poor school performance, and future delinquent behavior among its targets, and reports regularly surface of youth who have committed suicide at least in part because of intolerable bullying. Bullying can also have harmful effects on children who bully, on bystanders, on school climates, and on society at large. Bullying can occur at all ages, from before elementary school to after high school. It can take the form of physical violence, verbal attacks, social isolation, spreading rumors, or cyberbullying. Increased concern about bullying has led 49 states and the District of Columbia to enact anti-bullying legislation since 1999. In addition, research on the causes, consequences, and prevention of bullying has expanded greatly in recent decades. However, major gaps still exist in the understand-ing of bullying and of interventions that can prevent or mitigate the effects 1 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. of bullying. On April 9–10, 2014, the Board on Children, Youth, and Families of the Institute of Medicine (IOM) and the National Research Council (NRC) 1 The planning committee’s role was limited to planning the workshop, and the workshop summary has been prepared by the workshop rapporteurs as a factual summary of what occurred at the workshop. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those of individual presenters and participants, and are not necessarily endorsed or verified by the Institute of Medicine or the National Research Council, and they should not be construed as reflecting any group consensus.
  • 13. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 2 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING held a 2-day workshop titled “Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying and Its Impact on Youth Across the Lifecourse.” The purpose of this workshop was to bring together representatives of key sectors involved in bullying preven-tion to identify the conceptual models and interventions that have proven effective in decreasing bullying, to examine models that could increase pro-tective factors and mitigate the negative effects of bullying, and to explore the appropriate roles of different groups in preventing bullying. At the workshop more than 20 presenters reviewed research on bul-lying prevention and intervention efforts as well as efforts in related areas of research and practice, implemented in a range of contexts and settings, including • Schools • Peers • Families • Communities • Laws and Public Policies • Technology Following the research presentations, two panels of discussants—one consisting of youth and one of school personnel—provided additional perspectives to the workshop. Box 1-1 lists the workshop’s objectives. An additional 200 people registered for the webcast of the workshop and con-tributed questions to the discussion sessions. The planning committee for the workshop consisted of Frederick P. Rivara (chair), Seattle Children’s Guild Endowed Chair in Pediatrics and professor of pediatrics at the University of Washington School of Medicine; Catherine Bradshaw, professor and associate dean for research and faculty development at the University of Virginia Curry School of Education; Nina Fredland, associate professor at the Texas Woman’s University College of Nursing; Denise Gottfredson, professor in the Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology at the University of Maryland; Nancy Guerra, professor of psychology, associate provost for international programs, and director of the Institute for Global Studies at the University of Delaware; Megan Moreno, associate professor of pediatrics at the University of Wash-ington; and Jonathan Todres, professor of law at the Georgia State Univer-sity College of Law. The workshop was funded by the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The website for the workshop is http://www.iom.edu/activities/ children/reducingbullying/2014-apr-01.aspx. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 14. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW 3 BOX 1-1 Workshop Objectivesa The overall objective of the workshop was to highlight current research on bullying prevention. More specifically, workshop presentations and discussions addressed the following questions: • What are the underlying knowledge base and conceptual models that guide the design, delivery, and evaluation of bullying prevention and intervention efforts? • Are there specific interventions that are effective in decreasing bullying and the antecedents to bullying? • What programs designed to address other negative adolescent behaviors (e.g., substance abuse or delinquency) are also effective at preventing or reducing bullying? • Are there specific models and interventions that increase protective fac-tors and mitigate the negative health impacts of bullying? • What are the key sectors involved in bullying prevention and intervention? How does involvement or lack of involvement by key sectors influence op-portunities and barriers to implementing a blueprint for bullying prevention and intervention? What are some appropriate roles for each of the key sectors in preventing bullying? a The workshop statement of task is included in Appendix C. COMMENTS FROM THE SPONSOR “When it comes to bullying prevention, we know we can still do a lot better,” said Michael Lu, associate administrator for maternal and child health at HRSA, during his opening remarks at the workshop. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s 2011 Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, 20 percent of high school students in the United States experience bullying (Finkelhor et al., 2009), Lu said. The 2008 and 2009 School Crime Supplement, based on statistics from the National Center for Education and the Bureau of Justice, indicates that, nationwide, 28 percent of students in grades 6 through 12 experience bullying (Eaton et al., 2012). Many millions of children are bullied each year, Lu said. In 2004 HRSA launched the first federal anti-bullying campaign, including the first federal website to prevent bullying. Today, these efforts have evolved into a collaborative interagency initiative hosted at http://www.stopbullying.gov, which is a one-stop shop for all federal bully­ing prevention resources. “We have made great strides in raising Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 15. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 4 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING public awareness about bullying and its negative impact on youth,” Lu said. But “there are still way too many children and youth in this country who are being bullied every day.” A major obstacle to improvement is the amount that remains unknown, Lu observed. That knowledge gap was the motivation behind HRSA’s inter-est in sponsoring an IOM/NRC workshop to highlight current research on bullying prevention. The workshop was designed to consider what does and does not work and to derive lessons learned. “Five years from now, or 10 years from now, as a nation, we will know a lot better about how to prevent bullying and reduce its impact on millions of children, youth, and families across the lifecourse,” Lu said. “This is an extraordinary gathering,” he concluded. “We have policy makers, researchers, educators, practitioners, and the public with us today in the room or online. We all come from different parts of the country. We come from different backgrounds, different walks of life. . . . [But] we have all gathered here today for one common purpose, united by one common cause—to reduce bullying and its impact on youth.” ORGANIZATION OF THE WORKSHOP SUMMARY The organization of the workshop summary follows the organization of the workshop panels and presentations. As noted earlier, this organiza-tion highlights the contexts in which bullying prevention interventions occur and the sectors that are engaged in these efforts. The contents of this summary reflect the research presented at the workshop and the dis-cussions that followed but should not be perceived as a comprehensive review of bullying prevention research. Specific topics (e.g., cyberbully-ing) and populations (e.g., lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender [LGBT] youth, racial/ethnic minority youth) are considered within the broader contexts framework. This was a deliberate decision on the part of the plan-ning committee, explained Bradshaw. For example, in putting together the workshop agenda, the planning committee considered having a separate panel that focused on issues of diversity (e.g., ethnic or cultural diversity, individuals with disabilities, LGBT populations) and bullying prevention, she said. Given the heterogeneity of these groups and their experiences, the planning committee decided instead to include issues and research related to diversity “as a thread” throughout the workshop, said Bradshaw. This decision should not be perceived as omission or lack of emphasis on issues of diversity, and discussions of these topics can be found in this summary in presentations by Susan Limber, the Dan Olweus Distinguished Professor at the Institute on Family and Neighborhood Life at Clemson University (see Chapter 2); Jaana Juvonen, professor in the Developmental Psychology Pro-gram at the University of California, Los Angeles, and Dorothy Espelage, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 16. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW 5 Edward William Gutgsell and Jane Marr ­Gutgsell Endowed Professor in the Department of Educational Psychology at the University of Illinois, Urbana- Champaign (see Chapter 3); and Mark Hatzenbuehler, assistant professor of sociomedical sciences at Columbia University’s Mailman School of Public Health (see Chapter 9). Similarly, while the workshop includes two reaction panels—one of school personnel and one of students—to offer their perspectives on the workshop presentations, these should not be viewed as the only stakeholder perspectives that would enhance an overall discussion of bullying preven-tion. The planning committee’s decision not to include additional stake-holder reaction panels—of parents and caregivers, for example—should not be viewed as an omission, but rather as a function of what was considered to be feasible within the format of a 2-day workshop. Discussions of addi-tional stakeholder groups can be found in this summary in presentations by Melissa Holt, an assistant professor at the Boston University School of Edu-cation (see Chapter 5); Deborah Gorman-Smith, professor in the School of Social Service Administration at the University of Chicago (see Chapter 5); Asha Goldweber, a behavioral health researcher in SRI International’s Cen-ter for Education and Human Services (see Chapter 7); and Joseph Wright, professor and vice chair in the Department of Pediatrics and professor of emergency medicine and health policy at The George Washington Univer-sity Schools of Medicine and Public Health (see Chapter 7). The summary is organized into 3 parts and 12 chapters. Part I, which includes Chapters 2 and 3, describes a basis for understanding bullying. Part II, which includes Chapters 4 through 9, examines the contexts for pre-vention and intervention. Part III, which includes Chapters 10 through 12, describes possible future directions and overall themes that were discussed at the workshop. Each of the chapters is described briefly below. Following this introduction, Chapter 2 provides an overview of bully-ing and victimization, including definitions, prevalence, and consequences. Chapter 3 reviews what is known about the targets of bullying and bully­ing behavior, including recent research on the neurobiological impact of bullying. Chapter 4 takes a closer look at school-based interventions, including characteristics of effective school interventions, the influence of school climate, and school policies to address bullying. Chapter 5 consid-ers family-focused interventions and the role of parents and caregivers in bullying prevention. Chapter 6 focuses on technology-based interventions and includes a discussion of cyberbullying. Chapter 7 considers community-based interventions, including the role of health care professionals in bully-ing prevention. Chapter 8 reviews the research on peer-led and peer-focused interventions, which includes a discussion of both positive and negative peer influence. Chapter 9 provides an overview of laws and policies related to bullying and what is known about their effectiveness. Chapter 10 con­siders Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 17. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 6 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING how to translate research on bullying prevention to policy and practice. Chapter 11 includes highlights from two reaction panels—one composed of school personnel and one of students—who offered their perspectives on the workshop presentations. Finally, Chapter 12 includes highlights from the workshop sessions and areas for future research as identified by individual members of the workshop planning committee. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 18. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Part I Understanding Bullying Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 19. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 20. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 2 Overview of Bullying and Victimization Key Points Made by the Speaker • A recently developed uniform definition of bullying will help researchers assess the scope and effects of bullying. (Limber) • Although prevalence rates vary with the timeframe examined, the measurement approach used, the informant, and the geo-graphic location of the study, 20 to 30 percent of children report having been bullied at least once in the past year, and more than 10 percent of children report having been bullied two to three or more times per month in the past 2 months. (Limber) • Bullying can have harmful effects not only on the targets of bullying but also on children who engage in bullying behaviors, on bystanders, on school climates, and on society at large. (Limber) • The continued collection of data on bullying will help to indi-cate whether prevention efforts are helping to change bullying Concerns about bullying have grown dramatically in recent years, noted Susan Limber, the Dan Olweus Distinguished Professor at the Institute on Family and Neighborhood Life at Clemson University, in her introductory 9 rates. (Limber) Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 21. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 10 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING overview of bullying and victimization, but what exactly is “bullying”? Without a consistent definition of bullying, it becomes more difficult to understand the scope and magnitude of the problem, to measure the impact of bullying on children, and to prevent bullying. After concerns about inconsistent definitions were raised at the first Federal Partners in Bullying Prevention Summit, which took place in 2010, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the U.S. Department of Education launched an initiative to develop a uniform definition of bully-ing. With input from a panel of researchers and practitioners, the following definition was established (Gladden et al., 2014, p. 7): Bullying is any unwanted aggressive behavior(s) by another youth or group of youths . . . that involves an observed or perceived power imbalance and is repeated multiple times or is highly likely to be repeated. Bullying may inflict harm or distress on the targeted youth including physical, psycho-logical, social, or educational harm. The first key element of this definition, Limber said, is that bully-ing involves unwanted aggressive behavior—the targeted youth wants the aggression to stop. Bullying does not include playful taunting or teasing, although it can be a challenge for adults and other youth to tell whether behaviors are unwanted or not. The definition also describes aggression as the intentional use of harmful behaviors that are threatened or actual. The focus, Limber explained, is on whether the aggressor intends to use harmful behaviors, not on whether the aggressor intends the target to experience an injury. The second key element in the definition, Limber said, is that bully-ing involves an imbalance of power. The aggressor is using observed or perceived personal or situational characteristics to exert control over the target or to limit his or her ability to respond or stop the aggression. Power differences can be characterized by many factors, including physical char-acteristics such as differences in size, age, or strength, but they can also include such factors as popularity or demographic characteristics, includ-ing whether or not a child is a member of a majority or a minority racial or ethnic group. Power differences can also include distinctions in social, academic, or other skills or abilities; access to resources; the ability to reach an entire student body with messages or images sent online; and the power of numbers, Limber said. A third key element of bullying, she said, is its repetitive quality. Chil-dren who are targets of bullying often experience multiple incidents or a pattern of aggressive behavior against them. According to the definition, a single incident can be considered bullying if there is a strong likelihood that it will be followed by more like it. However, even though bullying typically Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 22. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 11 is repeated over time, a one-time occurrence can be bullying, and adults should not wait for a pattern to emerge before responding, Limber said. The uniform definition also acknowledges that bullying often inflicts harm or distress on the targeted youth, although this is not a requirement for a behavior to qualify as bullying, Limber noted. Not all bullied youth may be able to immediately identify or express what harm or distress they may have experienced from bullying, she said. For example, a child with developmental delays or disabilities may not always recognize that he or she is being harmed by being taunted or teased, but may be bullied none-theless, Limber said. THE CHARACTERISTICS OF BULLYING The uniform definition document recognizes two distinct modes of bullying, Limber explained. The first is direct bullying, which occurs in the presence of a targeted youth. The second is indirect bullying, such as the spreading of a rumor or encouraging others to exclude a peer. The uniform definition also enumerates distinct types of bullying. For example, physical bullying includes such acts as hitting, kicking, punching, spitting, tripping, and pushing. Verbal bullying can include taunting, name-calling, sexual comments, or threatening words, notes, or gestures. Rela-tional bullying is designed to harm reputations and relationships through, for example, social isolation, spreading rumors, or posting embarrassing images. The terms “violence” and “bullying” are sometimes used interchange-ably, and bullying is clearly a form of aggressive behavior, Limber said. But while all bullying is aggression, not all aggression is bullying, she observed. For example, a fight or a nasty argument between two peers of equal power or strength certainly is aggressive behavior but probably would not be characterized as bullying. The World Health Organization has defined violence as “the inten-tional use of physical force or physical power, threatened or actual, against another person or against a group or community” (Dahlberg and Krug, 2002 p. 5). Thus, it overlaps with bullying but is not synonymous with bully­ing (see Figure 2-1). Some bullying may constitute discriminatory harassment under federal law. In a “Dear colleague” letter issued in 2010, the U.S. Department of Education’s Office for Civil Rights clarified the relationship between bullying and discriminatory harassment and reminded schools of their obligations under anti-discrimination statutes (U.S. Depart-ment of Education, 2010). The letter notes that bullying of an individual based on race, color, national origin, sex, or disability can be a civil rights violation if it is “sufficiently serious that it creates a hostile environment Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 23. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 12 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Aggression Violence Bullying Physical bullying FIGURE 2-1 Physical bullying is a subset of both aggression and the narrower category of violence. SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. and such harassment is encouraged, tolerated, not adequately addressed, or ignored by school employees.” THE PREVALENCE OF BULLYING In a review of more than 90 studies that had examined bullying preva-lence among children and youth, Cook et al. (2010a) found that the preva-lence rates vary according to the timeframe examined, the measurement approached used, the informant, and the geographic location of the study. Were children asked how much bullying they had experienced in the past year, the past 6 months, or the past week? Was bullying defined, and if so, how was it defined? Was the information derived from self-reports, peer reports, or teacher reports? Was bullying being examined in the United States or other countries? For data on prevalence, Limber cited four national surveys that focus on slightly different age groups. The School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) found that 28 percent of 12- to 18-year-olds said they had been bullied at school in 2011 (Robers et al., 2012). The Youth Risk Behavior Survey (YRBS), which focuses on high school students, reported that in 2011, 20 percent of students had been bullied on school property during the previous year (Eaton et al., 2012). Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 24. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 13 The Health Behavior in School-Aged Children (HBSC), which collects data from a nationally representative sample of children and youth in grades 5 through 10, reported that during the 2009–2010 school year, 28 percent of youth had been bullied at school at least once in the previous 2 months, while 11 percent of youth had been bullied two to three times per month or more during this timeframe (Iannotti, 2014). The National Survey of ­Children’s Exposure to Violence, which involved a national telephone sur-vey of caregivers and youth with an age focus from 2 to 17, found that 13 percent of children had been physically bullied and 20 percent had been teased or emotionally bullied during the previous year (Finkelhor et al., 2009). Researchers interested in examining the prevalence, nature, and effects of bullying often have analyzed the experiences of three distinct groups of children directly involved in bullying, Limber said. The first group consists of youth who bully others but are not themselves bullied. The literature refers to these youth as aggressors, perpetrators, or bullies. The second group consists of youth who are bullied but do not bully others. Sometimes they are referred to as targets or victims. The third group consists of youth who both are bullied themselves and also bully other youth. They often are referred to in the literature as bully–victims. Cook et al. (2010a) found that children who are bullied constitute the largest proportion of students involved in bullying, followed by youth who bully, and finally youth who are bullied and also bully others. One study of third through twelfth graders who were involved in bullying two to three times per month or more, found these three categories to account for 13 percent (children who are bullied), 4 percent (children who bully others), and 3 percent (children who are bullied and also bully others) of all stu-dents in these grades (Limber et al., 2013). According to data from the HBSC, students in grades 5 through 10 who are bullied two to three times per month or more at school most often experience verbal bullying and the spreading of lies (see Figure 2-2). Similarly, the NCVS found that verbal bullying and rumor spreading were the most common forms of bullying for sixth through twelfth graders (see Figure 2-3). According to Cook et al. (2010a), boys and girls experience relatively similar rates of being bullied. On the other hand, Limber said, this meta-analysis found that boys were almost twice as likely as girls to bully others and were about 2.5 times as likely to both bully others and be bullied. The prevalence of different types of bullying also differs between boys and girls. According to the NCVS, girls are more likely than boys to indicate that they have been bullied through name-calling, rumor spreading, social exclusion, and cyberbullying, while boys are more likely than girls to say that they have been physically bullied (Eaton et al., 2012). Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 25. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 14 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING FIGURE 2-2 Prevalence of different types of bullying. NOTE: The types of bullying that occurred most often are highlighted in green. SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. Data from HBSC, 2013. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. verbal 20% 18% 16% 14% 12% 10% 8% 6% 4% 2% 0% lies spread sexual jokes left out race physical computer cell phone rumors 20% 18% 16% 14% 12% 10% 8% 6% 4% 2% 0% verbal physical excluded threatened force property destroyed cyber FIGURE 2-3 Students ages 12 through 18 who are bullied during the school year most often experience rumors and verbal bullying. NOTE: The types of bullying that occurred most often are highlighted in green. SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. Data from Robers et al., 2013. Children’s experiences with bullying also vary according to their age, Limber said. The likelihood of being bullied is greatest in elementary and middle school and decreases throughout the high school grades (see Figure 2-4). Similarly, Limber et al. (2013), in a survey of more than 20,000 students in grades 3 through 12, found that rates of being bullied were highest among third graders and thereafter decreased steadily through elementary, middle, and high school both for boys and for girls.
  • 26. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 15 Although bullying victimization is particularly likely in middle child-hood, the specific forms of bullying that children are most likely to experi-ence vary by age, depending on the children’s verbal, cognitive, and social development and on circumstances, Limber said. For example, rates of cyberbullying rise from middle school to high school and peak in about the tenth grade (Robers et al., 2013). Somewhat different age patterns are observed for self-reports of bully-ing others and of being a bully–victim, Limber said. In a large-scale survey of students in grades 3 through 12, Limber et al. (2013) found that among boys, bullying others increased steadily from about grade 3 through around grade 12, but among girls, rates of bullying others peaked in eighth grade (see Figure 2-5). However, Cook et al. (2010a) found that rates of bullying others decreased from age 3 through age 18 while the likelihood of being a bully–victim peaked in the adolescent years before then decreasing. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% age 2–5 age 6–9 physical bullying teasing or emotional bullying age 10–13 age 14–17 FIGURE 2-4 The likelihood of being bullied is greatest in elementary grades and decreases through middle and high school. SOURCE: Limber presentation, 2014. Data from Finkelhor et al., 2009.
  • 27. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 16 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 7% 7% 10% 10% 9% 9% CHANGES OVER TIME 6% 4% Boys Girls Despite increased attention to bullying since the early 2000s, the extent to which the rates of bullying have changed over time remains unclear, Limber said. Time trends depend on the data source, the gender of the participants, and the frequency of involvement, she added. The percentage of students who said they were bullied occasionally— defined as once or more in the past couple of months—decreased between 2001/2002 and 2005/2006 by 16 percent for boys and 15 percent for girls, according to data from the HBSC (Molcho et al., 2009). Frequent victim-ization decreased by 5 percent for boys and 6 percent for girls during this time period. Data from the NCVS showed that the percentage of 12- to 18-year-olds who said they were bullied at school decreased by about 12 percent between 2007 and 2011, but the trend was much more pronounced for boys than girls (Robers et al., 2010, 2012, 2013). Data from the YRBS, which looks at high school students’ experiences in the previous year, showed no changes between 2009 and 2011, which are the only 2 years for which data are comparable, given changes in the wording of questions over time (Eaton et al., 2009, 2012). These data need to continue to be gathered and analyzed, Limber emphasized, because they will help to indicate whether bullying prevention efforts are changing the rates of bullying. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% 3rd 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 3% 6% 6% 6% 6% 11% 7% 4th 5th 6th 7th Grade level 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th FIGURE 2-5 The percentage of third through twelfth graders who have bullied other students two to three times per month or more rises until eighth grade for boys and girls and continues to rise after that for girls. SOURCE: Limber et al., 2013.
  • 28. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary OVERVIEW OF BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION 17 THE CONSEQUENCES OF BULLYING The consequences of bullying include not only the effects on the targets of bullying but also long-term outcomes for children who engage in bullying behavior, effects on bystanders, effects of bullying on the broader school climate, and the costs of bullying to society, Limber said. Limber added that a very large body of research points to an asso-ciation between being bullied and later internalizing problems and that a number of recent longitudinal studies have confirmed that being bullied is associated with the later development of a variety of issues: internalizing problems, including depression, anxiety, agoraphobia, panic disorder, and low self-esteem (Copeland et al., 2013; Faris and Felmlee, 2011; Ttofi et al., 2011a); psychosomatic problems, including headaches, stomach pain, sleeping problems, and poor appetite (Gini and Pozzoli, 2013); and school avoidance and lower academic achievement (Buhs et al., 2006, 2010). Some researchers have also found that peer victimization is associated with later externalizing behaviors, such as such as aggression, delinquency, and mis-conduct (Reijintjes et al., 2010). Although researchers have concluded that there is a relationship between bullying and suicide-related behaviors (Hertz et al., 2013), rela-tively few longitudinal studies have been conducted to explore the causal links between bullying and later suicidal ideation, attempts, or deaths by suicide. Researchers have found that being bullied in childhood predicted later suicide attempts and deaths by suicide for girls but not for boys, after controlling for prior depression and conduct problems (Klomek et al., 2013), and that boys identified as bully–victims were at increased risk of suicidal thoughts and attempts in young adulthood (Copeland et al., 2013). How-ever, this connection should not be overstated or misinterpreted, Limber said. The causes of suicide are complex, and many individual, relational, community, and societal factors can contribute to the risk of suicide (CDC, 2012). When researchers used data from the National Violent Death Report-ing System to look at the precipitating circumstances for youth ages 10 through 17 who had died by suicide, they found that school-related prob-lems were a precipitating circumstance in about one-quarter of the deaths (Karch et al., 2013). A small percentage of these—12 percent—appear to be related to bullying, Limber said. To put that number in context, she added, intimate-partner relationship problems were identified as a precipitating circumstance in about one-half of the deaths. Longitudinal research of children who engage in bullying behavior also points to reason for concern, Limber said. For example, research has found that boys who bullied peers in middle school were four times as likely as peers to have three or more criminal convictions as young adults (Olweus, 1993), and boys who frequently bullied others were at high risk for later Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 29. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 18 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING criminality when accompanied by a high level of psychiatric symptoms (Sourander et al., 2007). A meta-analysis of 18 studies found that bullying others was related to a greater likelihood of being involved in later criminal behavior and antisocial behavior (Ttofi et al., 2011b). In addition, Espelage et al. (2012) found that bullying others was associated with later sexual harassment of others among middle school students. By one estimate, more than 80 percent of bullying is witnessed by oth-ers (O’Connell et al., 1999), and research suggests that bullying can have significant effects on bystanders (Polanin et al., 2012). Bystanders report feeling anxiety and insecurity (Rigby and Slee, 1993). These feelings stem, in part, from fears of retaliation (Musher-Eizenman et al., 2004), which often prevent bystanders from seeking help (Unnever and Cornell, 2003). Compared with their peers who have not observed bullying, individuals who have report more symptoms of interpersonal sensitivity, helplessness, and potential suicidal ideation (Rivers and Noret, 2013). Limber reported that many have argued that prevalent bullying or bullying that is not adequately addressed within a school environment can contribute to a negative school climate (Espelage and Swearer, 2010; Olweus, 1993; Olweus et al., 2007), where school climate is defined as the quality and character of school life, including collective beliefs, values, and attitudes (Cohen, 2009; Cohen et al., 2009). Cohen et al. (2009) found that safety, including attitudes about bullying and violence, is one of four essential dimensions of school climate. Students who perceive staff mem-bers to be supportive are more likely to indicate they would seek help for bullying and threats of violence (Eliot et al., 2010). In addition, bully­ing prevention at schools has been associated not only with reductions in bully-ing but also with improvements in the social climate of the school (Olweus, 1991, 1997). Finally, Limber said, bullying may result in substantial costs to society. Those who have been involved in bullying are “overconsumers” of society’s health and social services (Olweus, 2012; Sourander et al., 2007), she said. For example, efforts to quantify the costs for troubled youth estimate that the cost of saving a single high-risk youth from a career in crime ranges from $2.6 million to $5.3 million (Cohen and Piquero, 2009; Cohen et al., 2010). Future research will help to quantify the costs of bullying. But there is no doubt, Limber concluded, that “the individual human price tag is far too costly.” Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 30. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 3 Targets of Bullying and Bullying Behavior Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • Ethnic minority middle-school students generally feel safer and less bullied in more diverse contexts, perhaps because they perceive peer mistreatment as a sign of prejudice and do not blame themselves in the same way that majority students do. (Juvonen) • Having one friend lowers the risk of being bullied, and even a neutral social interaction can help re-establish a sense of con-nection after being bullied. (Juvonen) • Bullying has been associated with direct and indirect exposure to family violence and with sexual harassment and teen dating violence during adolescence. (Espelage) • Many of the students who engage in bullying are found to be near the center of dense social networks, and aggression tends to stay within social categories. (Faris) • Genetics research, neuroimaging, studies of the stress hormone cortisol, and investigations of chromosomal changes all have revealed harmful biological changes associated with bullying. (Vaillancourt) 19 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 31. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 20 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Bullying can be analyzed at different levels, from the sociological to the genetic. In the initial panel of the workshop, four presenters summarized research on students who bully others and on the targets of bullying from four different perspectives and then, in the discussion period, explored pos-sible ways in which these perspectives could be integrated. CONTEXTUAL EFFECTS ON THE TARGETS OF BULLYING “Why are we concerned about bullying?” asked Jaana Juvonen, profes-sor in the developmental psychology program at the University of Califor-nia, Los Angeles. Is it because of its prevalence or because of the negative effects on the targets of bullying? The answer, in all likelihood, is both, she said. But when the effectiveness of interventions is examined, the focus is on prevalence and related factors, such as improvements in school climate. These outcomes are undoubtedly important, but Juvonen said that she was unable to find, in preparing for the workshop, even one study that exam-ined whether anti-bullying efforts help alleviate the emotional pain and the health consequences for the most vulnerable—those who experience bullying repeatedly. To create environments that protect the chronically bullied, it is neces-sary to understand how bullying-related distress varies across contexts and situations, Juvonen said. First, the emotional distress of the targeted varies across individuals. This variation is usually attributed to individual differ-ences among the targets of bullying. For example, those who show more distress may be seen as lacking emotion-regulation abilities, being more sensitive to rejection, or not having good coping strategies, Juvonen said. Much less is known, Juvonen said, about the role of social context. For example, how does group composition or the relationships in a particular context make the pain of bullying either greater or less? To address this void in the research, Juvonen and her colleague Sandra Graham have been investigating features of the social environments of school-based bullying to try to understand the links between bullying experiences and emotional distress. Specifically, they have compared the plight of targets of bullying across schools that vary in ethnic composition, with a focus on environ-ments in which students feel safe as opposed to unsafe. Comparing schools in California with varied ethnic compositions, they found that African-American and Latino middle-school students gener-ally felt safer and less bullied in the more diverse contexts (Juvonen et al., 2006). However, Juvonen asked, although diversity may be protective for at least some groups or individuals, is there safety in numbers of similar others when bullied? Peer groups become increasingly ethnically segregated across grades, suggesting that same-ethnic peers are an important reference Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 32. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 21 group. The question, then, she said, is whether the plight of a target may vary depending on the size of his or her ethnic group. In this case, Juvonen and her colleagues examined social anxiety and found a stronger association between victimization and social anxiety when the victims of bullying had a greater number of same-ethnic peers (Bellmore et al., 2004). Similar findings were obtained for loneliness, she said. Thus, being bullied was more strongly associated with both social anxiety and loneliness when students were in settings with greater (as opposed to fewer) same-ethnic peers. This finding raises the question of how targets construe their plight. When youth are bullied, Juvonen observed, they are likely to ask, “Why me?” Answers to this question—that is, the attributions they make—are likely to affect the level or type of distress they experience. Using the construct of characterological self-blame—the idea that tar-gets come to blame themselves and believe that there is nothing they can do about it—Juvonen and her colleagues looked at why students who belong to majority groups in their school would feel worse. They found a stron-ger association between getting bullied and self-blame when the students belonged to the numerical majority (Graham et al., 2009). In contrast, no association was found between bullying and self-blame when the students belonged to the numerical minority in their schools. Recent evidence sug-gests that those who are in the numerical minority perceive this kind of peer mistreatment as reflecting prejudice on the part of their peers and do not blame themselves in the same way that those who belong to the numerical majority, Juvonen said. To further understand the role of characterological self-blame, Juvonen and her colleagues have more recently examined its potential role in pro-longing bullying. Focusing on the first year in middle school, they looked at which youths bullied in the fall continued to be targeted by the spring of sixth grade. The question was whether self-blame functions similarly to depression—as both a consequence and a risk factor of victimization. They found support for indirect associations, in that children who had been targeted in the beginning of sixth grade were more likely to continue to be bullied throughout the school year if they self-blamed and become depressed (Schacter et al., 2014). These analyses suggest that contextual factors affect how children interpret their mistreatment and that self-blame is especially detrimental, Juvonen said. They also suggest that to alleviate distress and reduce the duration of bullying, interventions may need to change targets’ attributions of their plight. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 33. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 22 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING The Power of Friends Juvonen concluded her presentation with “something a little more positive.” A particularly potent protective factor against bullying, she said, is having friends. Although the type of friend matters, good evidence sug-gests that having even one friend lowers the risk of being bullied. Moreover, when a student is bullied, his or her distress can be alleviated by having that one friend, Juvonen said. Two recent dissertation studies from her laboratory provide further insights about these findings, suggesting that the effect may result not from individual differences in whether children have friends but from social replenishment after peer mistreatment. In the first study, Guadalupe Espi-noza showed that when an individual experienced cyberbullying, time spent with friends—not the quality of the friendship—alleviated the intensity of distress reported by high school students (Espinoza, under review). If, on the day a student was cyberbullied, that student spent some time with a friend, stress was significantly and substantially alleviated, Juvonen said. In the second study, Elisheva Gross varied the activities of youth who were excluded in an online experiment: They were randomly assigned either to instant message with an unknown peer or to play a solitary computer game. The goal was to document recovery from self-esteem loss related to the exclusion experience. What she found was that recovery was much quicker for those who had a chance to interact with an unknown peer as opposed to playing a solitary computer game (Gross, 2009). These findings suggest that recovery does not even “require” having a friend but just con-necting with a peer, Juvonen observed. This research has helped identify two possible antidotes to bullying that can vary across situations and contexts, Juvonen said. The first is to realize “It’s not just me” in thinking about bullying. The second is to recognize that even a neutral social interaction can help reestablish a sense of connection after being bullied. It is important to realize that environments make youth socially isolated, Juvonen said. Youth are not socially isolated unless other people ignore or exclude them, she said, which is why a school environment that fosters connectedness is critically important. ASSOCIATIONS AMONG BULLYING, SEXUAL HARASSMENT, AND DATING VIOLENCE Bullying is not an isolated behavior, observed Dorothy Espelage, Edward William Gutgsell and Jane Marr Gutgsell Endowed Professor in the Department of Educational Psychology at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. For example, several cross-sectional and a handful of longitudinal studies link direct and indirect exposure to family violence Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 34. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 23 with bullying behavior (Espelage et al., 2000, 2013; Voisin and Hong, 2012). Bullying is also predictive of sexual violence during adolescence, and the two share similar risk factors (Basile et al., 2009; Espelage et al., 2012). In addition, Miller et al. (2013) demonstrate how dating violence and bullying often co-occur, highlighting the need to recognize the inter-relatedness of these behaviors. However, few longitudinal studies have unpacked the mechanisms from the contextual variables of bully perpetration, Espelage said. Even fewer longitudinal studies have considered how bully perpetration is associated with the emergence of gender-based bullying, sexual harassment, or teen dating violence during early adolescence. Espelage and her colleagues (2014) have proposed a developmental model of bullying, sexual harassment, and dating violence. To test this model, they tracked 1,162 racially and economically diverse students from 2008 to 2013. The students were in three cohorts—fifth, sixth, and seventh graders in 2008—with seven waves of data collection occurring during the years of the study. One takeaway message from this research, Espelage said, is that homo-phobic name-calling and unwanted sexual commentary are prevalent in middle school. “It takes about 3 minutes when you go into a middle school to hear this kind of language,” she said. Youth who engage in bullying behavior resort to homophobic name-calling over the middle-school years (Espelage et al., 2012, in press). Boys and girls may try to demonstrate their heterosexuality by sexually harassing others. Bullying and homophobic name-calling may also promote unhealthy dating relationships, she said. This has been a powerful finding for teachers and administrators, who say that they often hear this language. Bullying prevention programs need to include a discussion of language that marginalizes gender non-conform-ing and lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender youth, Espelage said, despite the potential backlash from those who see such discussions as promoting an alternative sexual orientation. Espelage’s research also has demonstrated that bullying and homopho-bic name-calling is associated with later sexual harassment (Espelage et al., in press). As students transition to high school, a strong connection emerges between bullying and sexual harassment, she said. In addition, sexual harassment, unwanted sexual commentary, and unwanted touching pre-dicted teen dating violence, including verbal, physical, and sexual coercion. This research is predicated on a social–ecological model and a social– interactional learning model in which family violence serves as an important context for understanding the relations among bullying perpetration, sexual harassment perpetration, and teen dating violence, Espelage explained. The researchers have tested this model by evaluating the changing influence of key social agents across early to late adolescence. For example, in the Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 35. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 24 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING dataset discussed by Espelage at the workshop, 32 risk and protective fac-tors were considered. Girls were separated out because of the tremendous variability in the ways in which they report bullying perpetration and expo-sure to family conflict and sibling aggression. On this last point, Espelage noted that sibling aggression is emerging as a potent predictor of bullying involvement for both perpetration and victimization. For boys, family con-flict did not predict bullying perpetration, just sibling aggression. “Sibling aggression, which many of us feel is a proxy in some ways for violence in the home, was an important predictor here as well,” Espelage said. Possible Next Steps From this research, Espelage offered several suggestions. Future research will need to consider multiple contexts to identify longitudinal predictors, mediators, and moderators associated with outcomes for youth who engage in bullying behavior, she said. “We must begin to think much more creatively about incorporating discussions of gender-based name-calling, sexual violence, and gender expression.” In addition, Espelage said there is a need to examine and respond to various forms of interpersonal violence as a part of prevention of bullying and youth violence. In particular, Espelage pointed to exposure to family violence and teen-dating violence victimization and perpetration. Such research could evaluate the changing influence of key socializing agents across early to late adolescence and examine the antecedents, correlates, and sequelae of bullying, sexual harassment, and teen dating violence, she said. Finally, Espelage said that there is a need for comprehensive, social– ecological longitudinal studies to understand the complex developmental unfolding of different types of youth violence. The effect sizes for many bullying prevention programs have been low and have even been negative for some programs in high schools, partly because programs designed for elementary school children are being used inappropriately for older stu-dents (Yeager et al., in press). “We need to be developmentally sensitive to the types of experiences kids are reporting,” Espelage said. INSTRUMENTAL AGGRESSION The research literature on bullying suggests that individuals who engage in bullying behavior have two contradictory attributes, said Robert Faris, associate professor of sociology at the University of California, Davis. On the one hand, bully perpetrators would seem to have substantial forms of maladjustment, such as troubled home lives or challenging psychological dispositions, which would imply that they are on the fringes of social net- Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 36. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 25 works and do not have high status. On the other hand, he said, bullying would seem to be a way of building status by establishing one’s place in a social hierarchy. Faris’s own research suggests that both of these observations are accu-rate. “I find a lot of evidence to suggest a very traditional perspective of maladjusted kids who are picking on those who are weaker than them,” he said. “I also found a second pattern, . . . which is instrumental aggression.”1 When the social connections among students in a high school are dia-grammed, many of the students who engage in bullying are found to be near the center of dense social networks, Faris said. Connections between indi-viduals who engage in bullying behavior and their targets tend not to occur around the perimeter of social networks, as the early work on bullying would suggest (Faris, 2012). “What we see is a preponderance of ties origi-nating within the core of these networks among the more popular kids,” he said. “I think this is evidence of an instrumental pattern of aggression.” Working with Susan Ennett, Faris has also done research on the role of status motivation. They found that students who want to be more popular are more aggressive (Faris and Ennett, 2012). They also found that stu-dents, regardless of how much they care about popularity themselves, are more likely to be aggressive if they have friends who care about popularity. In addition, they found that the highest rates of aggression occur between pairs of students who are both high status, not between high-status and low-status students. “To me that is consistent with the idea of competition for status and the use of aggression to those ends,” Faris said. Social Distance Instrumental aggression also depends in part on social distance.2 Aggression tends to stay within social categories, Faris said. For example, the highest rates of aggression tend to be within race and not across race. His data indicate that bullying has a very low likelihood of crossing racial lines. The situation with gender is similar: The highest rates of aggression are between girls and between boys rather than across gender lines. Although boys and girls have roughly equal rates of aggression, both boys and girls target girls more often than they target boys, which results in girls being disproportionately targeted, Faris said. 1 Instrumental aggression refers to purposive aggression intended to achieve some goal, particularly higher social status. 2 Social distance can refer to fundamental demographic barriers (e.g., racial divides) and, in social network terms, to the number of friendship links separating two people in a social network (e.g., a friend of a friend is distance 2). Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 37. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 26 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Working with a different dataset, Faris and his colleagues found very high rates of aggression among adolescents who identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or questioning (LGBTQ) as well as the more tradi-tional pattern of heterosexual students bullying LGBTQ youth at a rela-tively high rate (see Figure 3-1). Again, he said, bullying often occurs within social demographics. Faris said that a similar conclusion also emerges from analyses of friendship networks. Rates of bullying drop dramatically as young people become farther apart socially. A lot of aggression occurs within friendship groups and even between friends, Faris said. This can lead to some com-plicated dynamics. For example, preliminary evidence suggests that when friends have an aggressive event, they cease to become friends. But when two students who are not friends are aggressive toward each other, they have a greater likelihood of becoming friends at some point in the future. “There is a cycle of conflict that is going on,” Faris said “Allegiances are being formed and broken up.” Cyberbullying appears to exhibit the same patterns, Faris said. Rela-tively high-status students are more likely to target each other. AAWhite AAAA WhiteWhite WhiteAA FemaleFemale FemaleMale HeteroHetero LGBTQLGBTQ LGBTQHetero HeteroLGBTQ MaleMale MaleFemale FIGURE 3-1 Aggression rates are higher within race, gender, and sexual orientation categories than across categories. NOTE: AA = African American; LGBTQ = lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or questioning. SOURCE: Faris presentation, 2014. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 5 4 3 2 1 0 1.9 1.7 0.6 0.4 1.8 4.6 1.9 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.7 Rates of Agression
  • 38. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 27 In a recent paper, Faris and his colleagues looked at five different out-comes of victimization: anger, anxiety, depression, attachment to school, and centrality in social networks, which they referred to as status (Faris and Felmlee, 2014). They found that the victims who were high status had a more adverse reaction to aggression. When high-status students are victim-ized, their anger, anxiety, and depression increase much more dramatically than is the case with lower-status students, and they drop in status much more than do low-status students—an effect that is also seen with students who are in the middle of social hierarchies. By the time students reach high school, a given act of bullying is not necessarily going to transform the sense of self of a low-status student, Faris said, but “a kid who may have struggled mightily to reach a lofty social position might experience a little more distress. They may feel that they have more to lose.” Is Bullying Instrumental? The final issue Faris discussed was whether bullying is effective if it is considered as instrumental. The data suggest that victims of bullying do lose status. In addition, using yearbook data to provide additional measures of social status, Faris and his colleagues found that aggressive behavior pre-dicted a significant increase in social status by the end of high school, but it depended partly on whom was targeted (Faris, 2012). “They had to go after kids who were socially close, kids who were themselves aggressive, or kids who were high status themselves,” he said. “They had to pick the right targets to receive a social boost. Again, I think this all fits a picture of aggression as at least potentially useful for climbing social ladders.” In general, these data point to a relatively poor quality of friendships among high school students and adolescents, Faris said. As an example of these poor-quality friendships, he noted that if students are asked to name their eight best friends, only 37 percent of those ties are reciprocated. Further­more, when Faris and his colleagues asked students to name their five closest friends every 2 weeks, they found high rates of turnover in those lists. “This is a symptom of a problem,” he said. “It is related to this process of competing for status. If we thought about ways of helping kids develop stronger, more robust friendships and perhaps fewer of them, I think that might help build resilience.” Many young people do not recognize what a good friend is and do not know how to be a good friend, Faris said. Parents and other adults can help teach these lessons, he said, and schools could be reorganized to offer activi-ties that can foster interest-based friendships, as opposed to their traditional organization of offering just a few prestigious activities, he suggested. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 39. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 28 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING THE BIOLOGICAL MECHANISMS ASSOCIATED WITH BULLYING Some youth fare poorly when they are bullied, and some do better. It is important to understand the moderators and mediators behind this vari-ability, said Tracy Vaillancourt, a professor and the Canada Research Chair in Children’s Mental Health and Violence Prevention at the University of Ottawa. For example, she said, some evidence suggests that girls are pro-foundly affected by being socially excluded, while boys are more affected by being physically abused by their peers. Social support also matters. For example, children who are targets of bullying at school and also experience bullying at home tend to have poorer outcomes. In addition, temperament is associated with how people cope with stress, in that some people are more agitated over time, Vaillancourt said. Less attention has been paid to the biological moderators and media-tors that are associated with bullying at a physiological level, Vaillancourt said. She summarized research in four areas of “how bullying gets under the skin to confer risk.” Genetic Evidence Genetic evidence suggests that biology may confer a risk for poorer outcomes. Caspi et al. (2003) found that a polymorphism of a serotonin transporter gene influenced the likelihood of a person being depressed at age 26 after having been severely maltreated, probably maltreated, or not maltreated in childhood. Those who had been severely maltreated and who had two short alleles for the gene had a depression rate of about 70 percent at age 26, while those who had been severely maltreated and who had two long alleles had no greater odds of being depressed at age 26 than children who had been treated well by their caregivers, Vaillancourt said. This study has been replicated within the context of peer abuse, Vaillancourt said. Looking at girls who have been relationally victimized by their peers, Benjet et al. (2010) found that having the short allele of the gene conferred a risk of depression that was three times greater than having the long allele. “I can’t think of something that confers such a strong risk,” Vaillancourt said. This “is a really powerful finding.” Neurophysiological Evidence People who have experienced bullying often use physical pain meta-phors to describe the social pain they feel. Such comments as, “It felt like somebody punched me in the stomach,” or “It broke my heart when they said that to me,” are common, Vaillancourt said. Neuroscience points to an overlap between social and physical pain, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 40. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 29 Vaillancourt said. For example, Chen et al. (2008) found that people can relive and re-experience social pain more easily than physical pain and that the emotions they feel are more intense and painful than the experience of physical pain. “Physical pain is short-lived, whereas social pain can last a lifetime,” Vaillancourt said. “Think about when you were in grade six and you were excluded or ostracized. Then think about the time when maybe you broke your ankle. When you think about breaking your ankle, you don’t get a visceral reaction to recalling the event. When you recall the event of being excluded by the peer group, it is as if you are living it today.” Neuroimaging studies show that parts of the cortical physical pain network are activated when a person is socially excluded (Masten et al., 2009). The same areas of the brain that are activated when a person stubs a toe are activated when that person is called stupid or is not invited to a party, Vaillancourt said. Similarly, children may be hypersensitive to rejection, Vaillancourt said. Crowley et al. (2009) found that 12-year-olds could recognize being rejected in less than 500 milliseconds. “We have this radar . . . to not being included,” she said, which might have its roots in some evolutionary advan-tages in mammalian species. Neuroendocrine Evidence A large amount of research has examined the hypothalamic/pituitary/ adrenal (HPA) axis, or the human body’s stress system, Vaillancourt said. One product of that stress system is cortisol, which has been used as a biomarker of dysregulation of the HPA axis—that is, of impairments in the normal functioning of the HPA system. When people are stressed, they produce more cortisol, which has been shown to have detrimental effects on the brain, Vaillancourt explained. However, she added, when people face extreme and prolonged stress, cor-tisol levels tend to be lower than normal, perhaps because receptor sites are damaged from cortisol overproduction. A variety of studies have demonstrated a link between peer victimiza-tion and dysregulation of the HPA axis, Vaillancourt said. Dysregulation of the HPA axis has also been shown to be related to disruptions in neuro-genesis, or the growth of new brain cells, resulting in poorer memory. For example, Vaillancourt et al. (2011) found that children who were victimized by their peers became depressed, and this depression led to changes in the HPA axis. The dysregulation of the HPA axis led in turn to memory deficits, particularly in areas that are sensitive to the effects of cortisol. “One of the things that we know about kids who are bullied is that they don’t do as well in school,” Vaillancourt said. “A lot of times we think that perhaps it has to do with the fact that they are distracted by being bullied, [but] perhaps Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 41. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 30 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING the effects of being bullied are affecting their memory, which then changes their academic profile and outcomes.” In a study of whether changes in the HPA axis are actually caused by having been bullied, Ouellet-Morin et al. (2011) looked at pairs of identical twins, one of whom experienced bullying and the other of whom did not. The researchers showed that these childhood experiences had a causal effect on the neuroendocrine response to stress. “It is not the case that kids get bullied because for some reason the peer group picks up on the fact that their HPA axis is different and that they are dysregulated. They become dysregulated as a function of being bullied,” Vaillancourt said. Telomere Erosion Finally, Vaillancourt described the erosion of telomeres, which are repetitive DNA sections at the ends of chromosomes that promote chromo-somal stability and help regulate the replicative lifespan of cells. The length of telomeres is linked to normal processes such as aging and is associated with such health behaviors as smoking and obesity. “Your telomere gets shorter and shorter the longer you live and the more bad things you do,” Vaillancourt explained. Shalev et al. (2013) recently found that exposure to violence during childhood, including bullying, was associated with telomere erosion from 5 to 10 years of age. These changes could alter a person’s develop­mental or health trajectory through epigenetic mechanisms and explain, for exam-ple, why one sister develops breast cancer while her twin sister does not, ­Vaillancourt said. Changing Health Trajectories Understanding the biological underpinnings of how peer relations affect emotional and physical health can help legitimize the plight of peer-abused children and youth, Vaillancourt concluded. It can also cause policy mak-ers and practitioners to prioritize the reduction of school bullying. These kinds of findings “urge us to really get going,” she said, because bullying and bullying prevention can change children’s health trajectories. INTEGRATING PERSPECTIVES During the discussion period, several questions centered on the issue of integrating the different perspectives offered by the four presenters in this session. In response to a question on this subject, Vaillancourt said that one of her motivations in studying bullying is to prevent the targets of bullying from being re-victimized by educators who think that they are at fault and Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 42. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TARGETS OF BULLYING AND BULLYING BEHAVIOR 31 just need to be tougher. If some students are shown to be biologically more susceptible to the negative effects of bullying, then principals, parents, and other adults may be less likely to blame the targets of bullying and more likely to protest strongly when students are bullied. Vaillancourt also described recent epigenetics research that points to changes in the expression of genes as a consequence of environmental influ-ences, including early adversity. “We have failed to recognize that the stress of being bullied by our peers, which interferes with our fundamental need to belong, would be equivalent to living in a house where you are abused by your caregiver,” she said. “It would be equivalent to living in extreme poverty.” The study of epigenetic effects caused by such experiences may be a way to understand mental and physical health trajectories. “We all need to come together and intersect our knowledge bases so that we can be better informed in preventing this,” she said. Espelage said that her longitudinal study found that not only was bully­ing perpetration predicted by family violence but also bully perpetration and victimization were associated with the later onset of alcohol and drug use in the victims (Espelage et al., 2013; Rao et al., in press). Faris observed that the victims of bullying are more likely to turn to substance use as a way of coping. The moderator of the panel, Catherine Bradshaw of the University of Virginia, speculated that aggressors may be picking up on the emotional vulnerability of some individuals and targeting them and that students who are less affected by bullying may be less attractive targets. Perhaps individu-als engaging in bullying behavior use social cues and the reactivity of other students to choose targets, Bradshaw suggested. Vaillancourt pointed to recent research on how the presence or absence of power affects the brain (Hogeveen et al., 2014). When a subject is afforded power, he or she pays less attention to and is less aroused by ­others. At the neurological level, those who hold power are less sensitive to the plight of others. Those who do not hold power are much more aware of the environment and the distress signals of others, Vaillancourt said. One of the youth panelists, Glenn Cantave, a junior at Wesley Univer-sity, noted that when he was younger he was more sensitive to the attacks of bullies, but he has since developed a “thicker skin.” Does that, he asked, imply some sort of tolerance to stress that perhaps would be related to cortisol levels? Vaillancourt responded that the offspring of Holocaust survivors have lower cortisol levels, even though they did not experience the trauma of the Holocaust themselves. Perhaps such lower cortisol levels are a protective adaptation that acts to reduce the risks associated with chronically high cortisol levels, but the actual mechanisms behind the lowered cortisol levels are still not well understood. For example, Vaillancourt said, almost every Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 43. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 32 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING study of children who have been bullied finds that they have low cortisol, whereas their longitudinal studies showed first high levels and then low lev-els, suggesting that the dysregulation of cortisol is a more important factor to look for than absolute levels. Longitudinal studies of the HPA axis over time across different stressors could reveal some of the mechanisms behind these complex patterns, she suggested. Vaillancourt also referred back to the relationship between depression and being bullied. The depression often comes first, suggesting that the lack of engagement among depressed young people may make them more vulnerable to victimization. Again, she said, longitudinal studies would help explain the observed heterogeneity in trajectories and outcomes. Basing interventions on the social organization of schools may be a way to integrate knowledge in practice. For example, Espelage pointed out that a better approach than universal programs for sexual violence and rape prevention might be to identify students who have the greatest social capital and train them to be attitude changers, drawing on what is known from industrial and organizational psychology. Bystander intervention pro-grams have been shown to produce large effect sizes in promoting positive bystander behaviors (Polanin et al., 2012), she said. Another promising approach is to work with teachers to understand the networks and hierar-chies in their classrooms. Juvonen agreed that focusing on bystanders is an especially promis-ing way of changing the high status of individuals who engage in bullying behavior. “Bullies love the audience,” she said. “They want not only a reac-tion from their victim, but they also live for the fact that everybody else is in awe and joins the bully rather than the victim. It is those dynamics that need to be changed.” One way to turn this around, Juvonen suggested, may be to emphasize to students the rights that they have, one of which is the right to come to school and not be afraid. Juvonen also pointed out that teachers and administrators know who the lowest-ranking individuals are—and thus have a good idea of those who are at highest risk for victimization—yet not many schools offer proactive remedies for these students. Instead, a wise librarian or well-liked teacher might keep a door open after lunch. A better option, Juvonen said, would be a lunchroom that brings people together with specific interests. “We have a lot of smart teachers and educators out there who are doing little things that can make a huge difference.” Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 44. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Part II Contexts for Prevention and Intervention Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 45. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 46. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 4 School-Based Interventions Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • Research has identified some effective elements of anti-­bullying initiatives, including high levels of playground supervision, rules related to bullying, the training of teachers, and the involvement of parents. (Bradshaw) • Research has also identified approaches that are not recom-mended, including zero-tolerance policies, grouping aggressive youth together, and brief awareness campaigns. (Bradshaw) • School climate factors that can affect problem behaviors among students include student-to-teacher ratios and the number of different students taught by the typical teacher, a sense of com-munity or belonging in a school, and consistent discipline man-agement that supports positive school norms. (Gottfredson) • Recent school violence has led to a spate of new school safety measures, but these steps can cost millions of dollars and can deprive schools of resources that could be allocated to anti-bullying programs and counseling services. (Cornell) Schools are one important setting in which bullying among youth occurs. They are also where many of the interventions designed to pre-vent or ameliorate the effects of bullying are implemented. In the first of 35 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 47. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 36 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING six panels on anti-bullying initiatives in specific contexts, three presenters examined the aspects of schools that can facilitate or prevent bullying and the key elements of effective school-based programs. SCHOOL-BASED PREVENTIVE INTERVENTIONS As indicated in the previous chapter, bullying is a particular form of aggressive behavior, but it also is part of a broader set of problem behaviors seen within schools. Programs designed to prevent both bullying and these other problem behaviors have been studied, and the results can be applied either narrowly to bullying or else more broadly, observed Catherine Bradshaw, a professor and the associate dean for research and faculty development at the University of Virginia Curry School of Education. Ttofi and Farrington (2011) carried out a meta-analysis of 53 rigorous evaluations and randomized trials of programs aimed at preventing bully-ing, two-thirds of which were conducted outside of the United States and Canada. They found overall a 23 percent decrease in the perpetration of bullying and a 20 percent decrease in victimization. The most effective ele-ments of programs that they identified were: • use of parent training activities, meetings, and information • high levels of playground supervision • use of consistent disciplinary methods • classroom management strategies • classroom and school-wide rules related to bullying • training of teachers (including aspects of that training and the amount of time and intensity of training) • multicomponent prevention approaches Some caveats should be noted concerning this meta-analysis, Bradshaw said. First, the effects generally were stronger in the nonrandomized con-trolled trial designs. Impacts were also larger among older children, and the programs generally were more effective in European than in North American sites. Some observers, such as Merrell et al. (2008), have argued that there are relatively few effective universal bullying prevention programs. To examine this issue, Bradshaw and her colleagues have been looking more broadly at violence prevention efforts. School-wide efforts that involve all school staff and are implemented across all school settings show the most promise in reducing bullying and rejection, she said. For example, a model called KiVa developed in Finland shares some elements of school-wide approaches (Salmivalli et al., 2011). It uses a videogame that students can Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 48. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 37 use to practice different strategies in resolving bullying situations. That model is now being studied to determine whether cultural and contextual changes need to be made to it in order for it to be imported successfully into the United States, Bradshaw said. Universal school-wide prevention models that are broadly focused on violence and disruptive behaviors may also affect bullying, she said. For example, frameworks based on social–emotional learning have demon-strated effectiveness in some cases, although not in others. One example of a successful program is Second Step, which was originally developed for elementary school but more recently has been extended to middle school; it has had some promising effects on precursors to bullying behavior. Similarly, the PATHS (Promoting Alternative Thinking Strategies) program has been shown to affect a wide range of behavioral and mental health outcomes, Bradshaw said. Programs that focus on classroom management may also be effective in reducing problem behaviors, including bullying, Bradshaw said. For example, studies in Baltimore by Sheppard Kellam and Nick Ialongo have shown that just 1 year of implementation of a classroom management strategy called the Good Behavior Game can produce long-term effects across a range of outcomes, including substance use, violent and aggressive behaviors, and bullying (Kellam et al., 2011). This research has also found effects on academic performance, high school completion, and the number of students who need special education services. “That is one model of classroom management that we could think about more broadly as it relates to impacting bullying and other outcomes,” Bradshaw said. A public health approach to prevention is one way to build a multi-tiered system of support, Bradshaw said. This approach combines universal prevention for all students with indicated or intensive intervention for a few students and selective or targeted interventions for some additional stu-dents. Research has demonstrated that these approaches can have significant impacts on the school environment, Bradshaw said, including significant improvements in school climate and systems changes that are sustainable over multiple years. For example, data from randomized, controlled tri-als of a model known as the Positive Behavior Support Framework found significant reductions of suspensions as well as bullying behavior, she said. Bradshaw concluded by recommending that bullying prevention pro-grams contain the following core elements: • Teacher training • Activities for students • Parent activities • Multi-component programs Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 49. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 38 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING • School-wide scope • Continuum of positive supports • Data-driven process Bradshaw also touched on several approaches that are not recom-mended. One example is a zero-tolerance policy in which students are automatically suspended for bullying. Another is to group students who bully together, because that can make their aggression worse rather than better, she said. Brief assemblies or 1-day awareness campaigns have little effect in terms of sustained outcomes for youth. Conflict resolution and peer mediation can be effective for other forms of aggressive behavior but raise concerns in the context of bullying. Finally, focusing excessively on issues of mental health and suicide can contribute to contagion processes rather than addressing the problem directly, Bradshaw said. In multi-component programs, it is important to provide training to classroom teachers concerning classroom management and what to do in bullying situations. “It sounds like a no-brainer,” she said, “but there are programs that don’t actually provide any training to teachers.” Simi-larly, while parent engagement is a clear challenge for nearly all schools, school–home communication about bullying is particularly important in order to let parents and caregivers know about the strategies and lessons being taught in school, she said. Multi-component programs are character-ized by a continuum of responses, so that suspending a student is not the only option, but rather an array of positively oriented activities exists from which to choose, Bradshaw said. In response to a question about the use of conflict-resolution centers to provide free confidential mediations to people in the community who need it, including students and teachers, Bradshaw responded that schools need to have many tools in their toolkits. The same tools used to deal with conflicts or fights may not be useful in a bullying situation. Many youths who are victimized by their peers do not want to sit across the table and talk with their aggressors, even in a well-structured environment. But many other strategies exist, such as restorative practices where youth can make up for past transgressions. Systematic research is needed to determine which of these interventions work best in different circumstances, she said. In response to a later question about playground supervision and whether the lack of unstructured play may be inhibiting the development of conflict-resolution skills, Bradshaw pointed to the importance of youths learning how to resolve small day-to-day conflicts as practice for larger conflicts. “That way when it does get big, you have some kind of skill set to draw upon.” Similarly, social–emotional curricula seek to give students strategies and skills for learning how to label and regulate their own emo-tions, she said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 50. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 39 SCHOOL CLIMATE AND BULLYING Schools are more than the sum of the individuals inhabiting those schools, said Denise Gottfredson, professor in the Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology at the University of Maryland. Each school has its own personality, and that personality influences student outcomes, includ-ing the amount and nature of bullying in a school. Gottfredson pointed to research dating back to the 1970s that demon-strated the importance of three aspects of the school climate in predicting a variety of problem behaviors among students: • Student-to-teacher ratio • School norms • Consistent discipline (Cook et al., 2010b) Regarding student-to-teacher ratios, in the 1970s the Safe School Study, which looked at a national sample of 642 secondary schools, identified several school climate predictors of victimization, one of which was large schools (Gottfredson and Gottfredson, 1985). More recently, Gottfredson and DiPietro (2011) used data from the National Study of Delinquency Pre-vention in Schools to try to replicate that finding and also to explore other measures related to school size. They found that higher student-to-teacher ratios and a higher number of different students taught by typical teach-ers increased student victimization, replicating the findings from the Safe School Study. However, they found that higher overall student enrollment was related to lower victimization rates, Gottfredson said, suggesting that it is not the total number of students in a school that matters but the ratio of students to teachers and the ways that students are organized for instruc-tion. Similarly, a recent study of 95 elementary schools found that students in schools with higher student-to-teacher ratios reported greater frequencies of bully victimization and reduced perceptions of safety (Bradshaw et al., 2009). The second factor involves a sense of community or of belonging in a school, part of which involves a shared belief about acceptable behaviors. In their study of schools, Gottfredson and DiPietro (2011) found that one reason why students in schools with higher ratios of students to teachers experience more victimization is that these schools have less consensus regarding norms for behavior. Gottfredson’s colleague Allison Payne, using the National Study Data, further demonstrated the importance of a commu-nal social organization, in which students and adults know, care about, and support one another, have common goals and a sense of shared purpose, and actively contribute and feel personally committed to the school. Payne found that a communal social organization reduces student delinquency Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 51. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 40 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING and that the effects of this factor on delinquency are mediated by student bonding (Payne et al., 2003). Students in schools with communal social organizations are more attached to school, and that attachment serves to inhibit their offending behavior. Similarly, a recent study of nearly 300 schools found that students in schools with high levels of perceived teacher and school staff support are more willing to seek help for bullying and aggressive behavior (Eliot et al., 2010). The third factor Gottfredson highlighted is consistent discipline man-agement that supports school norms. A study done in the 1990s by the U.S. Department of Education and the National Institute of Justice found that consistent discipline management was related to lower levels of student victimization and delinquency (Gottfredson et al., 2005). That study also found that a more positive social climate—as measured by organizational focus, teacher morale, and strong administrator leadership—was related to lower levels of teacher victimization. A more recent analysis similarly demonstrated that teacher support and firm and consistent discipline man-agement are related to lower levels of both bullying and other forms of victimization (Gregory et al., 2010). To her discussion of these three factors, Gottfredson added a brief description of a study undertaken to understand what factors might have led to the spate of school shootings experienced in the 1990s. This study sent teams of ethnographers into six different communities that had expe-rienced lethal school shootings to interview people and to collect records relevant to the incidents. The study is relevant to bullying because many of the shooters reported feeling bullied at school, Gottfredson said. The most relevant finding from this study for purposes of understanding bullying was that there was a large gulf between youth and adults in these communities (IOM and NRC, 2003). The study found that the adults had a very poor understanding of the children’s experiences. The study also found that shooters reported that they felt they had nowhere to turn, that they were intensely concerned about their status and protecting themselves, and that specific warnings had been given and missed. All of this research demon-strates the importance of meaningful relationships between students and the adults in a school, Gottfredson said. Gottfredson summarized the research on the several interventions to improve the aspects of school climate that she had discussed earlier. Although the quality of the research on these interventions is generally low by current standards (e.g., most of the studies were not randomized con-trolled trials [ERCTs]), these trials nevertheless provide promising results for reasonable interventions that could be tested more rigorously today, she said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 52. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 41 Changing School Climates In the 1980s the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention funded tests of 16 different ideas on how to intervene in schools to prevent delinquency, with two of these programs focusing on changing aspects of a school’s climate related to bullying, Gottfredson said. Although the studies do not meet the standards of rigor used today, they provide promising ideas that could be revisited and tested more rigorously, she said. The first program, Project STATUS, reorganized schools using a school within a school approach (Gottfredson, 1990). The schools used block scheduling to create a 2-hour block of time that was team-taught by pro-gram teachers who were especially trained to use more engaging teaching methods. For at least this portion of the day, students stayed with the same teachers and with the same group of students in a small environment that was designed to promote a sense of belonging and cooperation. An evalu-ation of the program indicated that it was successful in reducing various forms of problem behavior, including crime, antisocial behavior, and sub-stance use, Gottfredson said. The second program, Project PATHE, focused on reorganizing schools to improve students’ attitudes about school. Schools were reorganized into teams of staff, students, and community members who worked together to revise school policies and practices in five different areas (Gottfredson, 1986, 1990). Two of these areas were the discipline policy and school cli-mate. A discipline policy team focused on developing a referral system for discipline; developing handbooks that were distributed to students, parents, and staff; and focusing on consistent enforcement of that discipline policy, Gottfredson said. The school climate team worked on developing and implementing a variety of different activities throughout the school year that engaged students in fun and constructive activities, such as school pride campaigns and a variety of extracurricular activities. The program placed a great deal of emphasis on discipline management and a sense of belonging in the school. In a study involving nine schools over 2 years, evaluations showed that the program was successful at reducing a number of problem behaviors, she reported. In addition to these older programs, several recent efforts, while not focused exclusively on bullying, have focused on aspects of school climate that are related to bullying, Gottfredson said. The first is Safe Dates, which is a dating violence prevention program for middle- and high-school stu-dents. It includes a 10-session curriculum as well as a theater production that is put on by the students about how an adolescent victim of dating vio-lence can seek help, she explained. The program also includes a school-wide poster contest in which students develop posters about dating violence. The posters are displayed throughout the school, students vote on the best Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 53. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 42 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING poster, and the three best posters win a cash prize. An RCT of the program in 14 schools found that it was effective for reducing psychological perpe-tration, sexual violence, and violence perpetrated against a current dating partner (Foshee et al., 2005). Finally, Gottfredson said, the Positive Behavior Interventions and Sup-ports (PBIS) program focuses on improving the school discipline system by creating a team of school community members who work together to improve the school over time. The team establishes expectations for positive behaviors, sets up positive reinforcement systems, and improves the clarity and consistency of discipline in the school. An RCT studying the school-wide components of PBIS in 37 schools found improved organizational health, reduced aggressive behavior, and reduced peer rejection (Bradshaw et al., 2008). Research Gaps Taking into account the research that has been done to date, Gottfredson pointed to three areas of research that should be considered in the future. The first, she said, is to combine ideas from earlier and more recent school climate research in order to design more effective programs. The second is to rigorously test those programs. And the third is to examine how school climate influences the effectiveness of individually targeted interventions. BULLYING AND SCHOOL SAFETY School policies on bullying are not carried out in a vacuum, observed Dewey Cornell, a forensic clinical psychologist and the Linda Bunker Pro-fessor of Education at the University of Virginia Curry School of Education. The policies are implemented in the context of broader school safety con-cerns that can be quite pressing and that can impede efforts to implement bullying prevention programs. Since the 1990s broad school safety policies have been shaped exten-sively by fears of school violence, Cornell said. Today, school administra-tors have to consider building security, school shooting drills, zero-tolerance practices, and the pressure for high-stakes testing, all of which they see as competing priorities. Recent school shootings have brought bullying to national attention because of a perceived link between bullying and these shootings, which has provided an important context for bullying prevention programs, Cornell said. A study of school shootings by the U.S. Secret Service and the U.S. Department of Education (2002) found that the majority of attackers felt bullied or persecuted. School shootings have seemingly transformed school safety and discipline, primarily through the expansion of zero-tolerance Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 54. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 43 policies to not only firearms but also all sorts of toys and otherwise innocu-ous behaviors (Cornell, 2006). Today, schools are suspending students for much less serious behaviors than in the past, raising concerns about pos-sible discriminatory practices, Cornell said. In general, events such as the Sandy Hook shootings have exposed people throughout society to terrible images, thoughts, and fears, which have strongly influenced school prac-tices, he said. Since those shootings, some schools have rushed to institute security measures such as bulletproof building entrances, metal detectors, x-ray screening, cameras, and increased school security personnel, Cornell said. Other responses that have been discussed include giving teachers fire-arms training or putting additional locks on doors to keep out intruders with a gun, Cornell said. These steps can cost millions of dollars, which can deprive schools of resources that could be allocated to anti-bullying programs and counseling services (DeAngelis et al., 2011). “It is a terrible dilemma to have to choose between security and anti-bullying,” Cornell said. These security measures also have an impact on school climate, he said. It is unclear how these drills affect children’s sense of security and their impact on school climate. Increases in School Safety The new concern with school safety may be an overreaction, Cornell said. Homicides in which school-age youths are the victims rarely occur at school (see Figure 4-1). Instead, he said, most homicides occur in residences and at other locations, and school violence has actually declined over time. According to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 98 to 99 percent of homicides of school-age children occur outside of school (CDC, 2014a,b; Modzeleski et al., 2008). But school shootings are so traumatic that they skew perceptions of school safety and convince the public and policy makers that there are urgent needs for security measures, Cornell said. Overall, school-associated violent deaths—not only among students, but also staff members and adults as well—have been declining, Cornell said. One recent study estimated that the average school in the United States can expect a student homicide about once every 6,000 years (Borum et al., 2010). School violence has also declined, with aggravated assault, robbery, and forcible rape dropping substantially since the 1990s, Cornell added. School policies on bullying need to be disentangled from concerns about school shootings and school safety, Cornell said. “Those policies need to be based on the recognized harms associated with bullying, not on the fear of school shootings,” he said. Instead of thinking about security as the first line of defense against a school shooting or other serious act Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 55. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 44 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING All Homicides FIGURE 4-1 Homicides at school are a tiny fraction of all homicides of youth ages 5 through 18. SOURCE: Cornell presentation, 2014. Data from CDC, 2014a,b. of violence, he said, the focus should be on prevention and mental health services in schools, threat assessment, and bullying prevention programs. Almost all of the states have passed legislation related to bullying (see Chapter 9), but the legislation varies greatly from state to state, Cornell said. Usually, legislatures direct schools to come up with their own policies about bullying, sometimes with guidance to address things like defining and prohibiting bullying and mandating staff reporting for bullying, Cornell said. Policy recommendations for schools also exist. For example, he sug-gested the following guidelines: • Clarify the definition of bullying for the school community (stu-dents, staff, parents). • Detect and intervene to stop bullying, but do not use zero tolerance.1 • Use valid measures to assess bullying. 1 Zero tolerance refers to “a philosophy or policy that mandates the application of predeter-mined consequences, most often severe and punitive in nature, that are intended to be applied regardless of the gravity of behavior, mitigating circumstances, or situational context” (APA Zero Tolerance Task Force, 2008, p. 852). Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 2000 1500 1000 500 0 1613 1600 1614 1605 1640 1745 1964 1885 1785 1633 14 16 18 23 22 21 32 21 17 17 400 300 200 100 0 2000–01 2001–02 2002–03 2003–04 2004–05 2005–06 2006–07 2007–08 2008–09 2009–10 All Homicides Homicides at School At School
  • 56. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 45 • Use evidence-based strategies to reduce bullying and intervene with victims, perpetrators, and bystanders. • Recognize when bullying is criminal or discriminatory. School policies also face an array of challenges, Cornell said. First, state definitions of bullying tend to be very inclusive. They include almost any form of intentional peer aggression and rarely mention the power imbal-ances that are featured in most research definitions of bullying. As a result, he said, the more narrow definitions of bullying used in evidence-based pro-grams tend not to line up with the definitions of bullying used in schools. Second, students are often unwilling to report bullying, Cornell said. A more supportive school climate and change in peer culture could help with this code of silence, but schools also need more systematic and effec-tive ways to identify victims, he said, including tip lines, peer nomination surveys, and active staff monitoring and inquiry. Third, Cornell said, schools tend to rely on anonymous self-report surveys, but anonymous surveys cannot be validated against independent criteria. Furthermore, self-reports depend on student knowledge and under-standing of the complex concept of bullying (Cornell and Cole, 2011). Fourth, many bullying prevention programs have little or no scientific support, Cornell said, so policies need to encourage greater use of evidence-based programs. Unfortunately, he said, some legislators mistrust the idea of relying on scientific research rather than on deeply held values, and the programs most often used in schools often feature motivational speakers and 1-day programs that are of unknown effectiveness rather than pro-grams that have been studied by researchers and have empirical support for their use. Fifth, bullying and harassment are often confused and used inter-changeably. Harassment has legal significance, whereas bullying does not, Cornell noted, and harassment does not require a power imbalance. The U.S. Department of Education (2013) has made what Cornell called “excellent recommendations” to address the bullying of students with disabilities, which can become severe enough to deny such students a free and appropriate public education. In fact, Cornell suggested that these recommendations could apply equally well for all students. These recom-mendations are to: • Use a comprehensive multi-tiered behavioral framework • Implement clear policies on bullying • Collect data on bullying, such as frequency, types, and location of bullying behavior, and adult and peer responses • Notify parents or guardians of both the student who was the target of the bullying behavior and the student who engaged Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 57. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 46 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING in the bullying behavior of any report of bullying that directly relates to their child when bullying occurs • Address ongoing concerns about a student’s behavior that is not safe, responsible, or consistent with established school expectations through specific feedback on behavior, increased adult engagement, or more focused skills instruction • Sustain prevention efforts These recommendations were created partly in response to concerns about harassment and legal action, but they also reflect lawsuits in which parents in the community have successfully sued schools for victimization of their children, Cornell said. In concluding, Cornell noted that federal protections from bullying are largely limited and piecemeal. They are concerned with bullying when it targets someone based on sex, race, color, national origin, or disability status, he said, but “all students are entitled to protection from unlawful discrimination and harassment.” The overarching concern should be the protection of all children and youth from bullying, he concluded. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER COUNTRIES During the discussion period, an interesting exchange centered on why some bullying prevention programs are less effective in the United States than in other countries, as Bradshaw had mentioned in her presentation. U.S. schools emphasize testing and high-stakes accountability, Bradshaw observed, which puts tight constraints on how the schools can spend their time. She also pointed to cultural differences between societies in the levels of violence and exposure to violence in the media. Such differences also exist among U.S. schools, she said. For example, many bullying prevention programs have been studied in suburban communities rather than in urban settings, which may influence the effect sizes of the interventions. Students in urban communities tend not to even use the word “bullying,” and they may have strong cultural norms against reporting on others, Bradshaw said. Given this variability, adapting interventions to the particular culture is critical, Bradshaw said. “We need to work with our community partners to figure out adaptation that is strategic and appropriate,” she said. “We have to make sure that we are thinking culturally and contextually about tak-ing models not only from Europe but even within the United States. What might work in a suburban community may not work very well in inner-city Chicago or DC or Baltimore.” Gottfredson added that another possible explanation for the lesser effectiveness of bullying prevention programs in the United States is the Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 58. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS 47 quality of the implementation of the programs. When she and her col-leagues collected information about the number of different programs that schools are implementing, she said, “we were astounded to see that the average school is implementing 17 different programs at the same time. When we looked at the quality indicators, they were very extremely low. . . . I think that is one possible reason why we see differences in the U.S.” Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 59. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 60. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 5 Family-Focused Interventions Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • Relatively little research has examined the role of parents and families on issues related to bullying. (Holt) • Parents tend to report lower rates of bullying than do children, partly because children may not tell parents about bullying experiences. (Holt) • Youth who are involved in bullying report more mental health difficulties than their parents think they are experiencing. (Holt) • Research is investigating how factors such as family violence, poor parenting practices, hostility within families, and fam-ily dynamics that are overprotective or conflict avoidant may increase the risk of bullying involvement. (Gorman-Smith) • Although most bullying prevention efforts are school-based, parent training and involvement are key to the prevention of bullying and victimization. (Gorman-Smith) • Some family-based interventions that have focused on reduc-ing violence and aggression also may decrease bullying. 49 (Gorman-Smith) Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 61. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 50 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Families and parents—including legal guardians and other caregivers— are critical influences on the health of children and adolescents, includ-ing influencing their involvement in bullying. Parent perceptions, their responses to bullying behaviors, and family-level interventions relevant to bullying are therefore major considerations in bullying prevention. PARENT ATTITUDES ABOUT AND RESPONSES TO BULLYING Less is understood about parents’ role in bullying issues than about the various other bullying-related factors discussed at the workshop, said Melissa Holt, an assistant professor at the Boston University School of Edu-cation. Multiple studies have found that parents tend to report lower rates of bullying than do students, she said. The discrepancies in reporting vary somewhat based on the type of bullying being assessed and on the gender of the child, she said, but youth often do not tell their parents about bullying experiences, even though parents usually think they would. How do parents respond to bullying problems? It varies, depending on whether a child is the perpetrator or victim, Holt said. One study found that only 24 percent of children who bully said that their parents talked to them about their perpetrating behaviors, while, in sharp contrast, 62 percent of youth who were being bullied said their parents discussed those victimization experiences with them (Houndoumadi and Pateraki, 2001). A Dutch study found that among elementary school children who said their parents knew that bullying was happening, 24 percent reported that the parents did nothing to try to stop it (Fekkes et al., 2005). Another 37 percent of the students said their parents tried to intervene, with varying levels of effectiveness; only 17 percent of the children reported that their victimization decreased as a result. However, Holt said, “when parents do become involved and provide appropriate support, often the negative effects of bullying can be diminished,” including thoughts of suicide among victimized children. Holt described two of her own studies in this area, with the caveat that they are basic research and require follow-up work. In the first project, which focused on 205 fifth graders at 22 schools and their parents, she and colleagues collected matched datasets to examine bullying perpetration and victimization; parents’ attitudes, awareness, and responses to bully-ing; and student versus parent concordance (Holt et al., 2008). Family characteristics and functioning, including areas such as conflict, support, and monitoring, were also examined. Consistent with previous research, youth in this study reported more bullying involvement than parents thought was occurring, Holt said. For instance, among the 16 percent of students who reported that they were being teased, only about two-thirds of the parents correctly believed their Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 62. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS 51 child was being teased, while the other one-third of the parents did not think their child was being victimized. That is, in 5.5 percent of the cases a child was being teased and the parent was unaware. Discrepancy rates were even higher for scenarios where children reported they were bullying other youth: “In 11 percent of the cases the child said that they perpetrate bully-ing behaviors, and the parent said ‘No, my child doesn’t,’” Holt explained. Conversely, parents sometimes reported a problem when the child did not. For example, in one-third of the cases where students said they were not being teased, their parents thought they actually were being teased. When such mismatches in reporting occur, who should one believe? What is the reality? Holt is not sure. But as she and Gorman-Smith empha-sized later in the discussion period, what matters more is the child’s view of the situation, because research indicates that children’s mental health outcomes are ultimately influenced by their perceptions. Holt’s study also found that about 37 percent of parents thought that schools should deal with bullying without parental interference. In addi-tion, child maltreatment and violence in the home environments were linked to bullying involvement for both victims and perpetrators, Holt said, although only according to the self-report data from the children. A second study by Holt and colleagues compared the views of 480 students in grades 3 to 8 and 159 of the students’ parents on bullying involvement while also investigating the link to mental health (Holt et al., 2008). The study design was limited in that it did not collect matched data sets, Holt said. Again, children reported more bullying than their parents did across a range of behaviors, from teasing and spreading rumors to cyberbullying (see Figure 5-1). There was a striking discrepancy in parents’ awareness of cyberbullying, perhaps because “parents are less aware of what is going on with the children online,” Holt said. Furthermore, many parents of bullied children were unaware their children had missed school because of fears of being harassed. Children were more likely to talk to friends about bullying than to an adult at home, but, importantly, the youth who reached out to parents or guardians found them helpful in negotiating effective solutions, Holt said. To assess mental health, the researchers asked the students to rate them-selves on emotional function, conduct, hyperactivity, social behavior, and other areas. Across all these domains, youth who were involved in bullying “are reporting more associated mental health difficulties than parents feel their children are experiencing,” Holt said (see Figure 5-2). One unfor-tunate implication is that parents often are “minimizing their children’s experiences, which probably leads to fewer interventions and less support,” she said. The broader research literature on child psychopathology makes it clear that these sorts of mismatches in reporting occur when children have behavioral and emotional problems—and that when greater discrepancies Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 63. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 52 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING FIGURE 5-1 Children report higher rates of bullying than do their parents. SOURCE: Holt et al., 2008. FIGURE 5-2 Children report higher rates of mental health difficulties associated with bullying than do their parents. SOURCE: Holt et al., 2008. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. Teasing Rumors Ignored Hit Threatened Stealing Sexual Cyber Total Student Parent 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Emotional Conduct Hyperactiviy Peer Prosocial Total Student report Parent report 25 20 15 10 5 0 Rates of Mental Health Difficulties
  • 64. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS 53 exist, children can have worse mental health outcomes. The same might apply with bullying, Holt said. “When parents don’t understand what is going on for the kids, the children’s mental health might be compromised.” In conclusion, Holt emphasized that experts need to encourage parents to get involved with bullying problems because their engagement is the key to prevention. She wrapped up by listing six points of advice for parents concerned about bullying, which she took from an article by Lovegrove et al. (2013): • Maintain open communication with children • Identify warning signs • Coach children on responses to bullying • Model kindness and leadership • Work with the school • Promote children’s strengths FAMILIES AS SOURCES OF RISK AND PROTECTION Deborah Gorman-Smith, professor in the School of Social Service Administration at the University of Chicago, who studies aggression and violence in children, pointed out that there currently are no family-focused intervention programs that are specifically aimed at preventing bullying. The burden of dealing with bullying has fallen upon schools, she said. Given that the developmental research literature suggests “family is one of the most important developmental influences on our behavior,” she argued for an increased focus on families. Families play three different types of roles that are relevant to bullying, Gorman-Smith said: They affect bullying risks directly (What is happening within the family that increases risk for children to perpetrate or become victims of bullying?), they influence bullying risks arising from environ-ments outside the family (How do families help manage the contextual risks of schools or neighborhoods?), and they can act to protect children from bullying and encourage them to engage in healthy behaviors. The relatively little research conducted so far on risks for bullying that arise from within families has looked at family violence, parenting practices, and family relationship characteristics—all factors that relate to the risks for aggression and violence more generally, Gorman-Smith said. Some research indicates that youth who live in families where there is intimate partner violence or child abuse and neglect are at significantly increased risk for engaging in bullying behavior (Smokowski and Kopasz, 2005). Other studies have examined such questionable parenting practices as harsh discipline and poor monitoring of how children spend their time and who their friends are as well as such family relationship characteristics Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 65. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 54 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING as hostility and conflict, Gorman-Smith said. Even when families monitor and discipline their children, she added, a lack of emotional warmth and personal connection within a family “seems to be particularly important around perpetrating aggression and violence.” Much less is known about how family characteristics increase the risk of victimization. Two broad areas that seem relevant for being bullied, Gorman-Smith said, are families that are overprotective and families that tend to avoid conflict, “so that children don’t have the opportunity to learn to manage conflict.” However, it is difficult to disentangle cause from effect: Is a parent overprotective because the child has been victimized, or was the child more vulnerable to being victimized as a result of that par-ent’s overprotection? (Yet another possible factor, sibling aggression, was talked about briefly during the discussion period. Both Gorman-Smith and Holt said that there is enough research to suggest that aggression between siblings may be a risk factor for bullying and victimization in the school context.) The overwhelming majority of bullying prevention programs are school-based, and they sometimes also include parent training, which often focuses on children as victims or bystanders while, surprisingly, giving less information on the perpetration of bullying, Gorman-Smith said. In a systematic meta-analysis of school-based programs, Farrington and Ttofi (2009) found that parent training was one of the components associated with the greatest decrease in bullying and victimization. Yet training efforts for parents were often minimal, Gorman-Smith said: “They mostly con-sisted of informational handouts or two or three meetings where a speaker provided information about bullying. A greater focus on parenting and family might be something that could help us move the dial a bit more.” What do families need to do? Based on the larger body of research on family-focused interventions for general aggression and violence, Gorman- Smith listed a number of protective measures and goals that have been identified for working with families: nurturing parenting skills; building stable family relationships with emotional connections, clear communica-tion, and support; encouraging the supervision and monitoring of children; increasing parental involvement in schools; and connecting families within neighborhoods with one another and to greater social support. Many of these elements form the basis for two family-focused pro-grams aimed at decreasing the risk for aggression and violence with which Gorman-Smith has been involved in over the past 15 to 20 years (Multisite Violence Prevention Project, 2009, 2013; Tolan et al., 2010). “We have some evidence that these probably have an impact on bullying behaviors as well,” she said. One program, Schools and Families Educating (SAFE) Children, focuses on kindergarten and first-grade students. In tracking how first graders in SAFE fared when they got to high school, Gorman-Smith Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 66. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS 55 found a 50 percent decrease in school reports of serious misconduct includ-ing bullying, a 33 percent reduction in reports of violence, and a 20 percent increase in being “on track” for high school graduation. The other program, GREAT Schools and Families, focuses on high-risk students in the transition from sixth grade to middle school, including students who were rated as “socially influential” (Smith et al., 2004). The researchers have observed lower reported rates of violence not only at the level of individual students participating in GREAT but also across entire schools. Other kinds of evidence-based, family-focused interventions have targeted parenting behavior, the parent–child relationship, and parental involvement in school, Gorman-Smith said. Future research questions for exploration include the relationships between aspects of family risk and different types of bullying and victim-ization; ethnic, racial, and contextual differences in family risk for bullying involvement; and the developmental timing of interventions for affecting bullying behavior, Gorman-Smith said. Another question is whether exist-ing evidence-based, family-focused interventions have had an impact on bullying; most of the well-known studies of such interventions are 20 to 30 years old and did not originally include measures of bullying behaviors, she said. GETTING FAMILIES INVOLVED One topic raised during the discussion period was how to get families more engaged in bullying prevention. Even if experts had effective parent-ing interventions available and even if policy makers decided to implement them widely, Gorman-Smith said, “parental involvement in school has been surprisingly difficult to negotiate.” One problem, she said, is that in schools in inner-city Chicago and many other places, “parents don’t feel particularly welcome.” Furthermore, she added, parent participation rates are typically very low for family-focused interventions. For the SAFE Children study, Gorman-Smith and her colleagues had to expend a great deal of effort into regularly going into neighborhoods and knocking on doors. In a follow-up trial to confirm the effectiveness of their intervention, they partnered with a local community mental health agency. “Our biggest challenge was participation,” she said. Most social workers at schools and staffers at community mental health agencies are trained to work with people who come in seeking services and assistance. Yet many people in the communities viewed the prevention outreach as unethical and intrusive because they were not necessarily asking for help, Gorman- Smith said. Such outreach work “really does take a personal connection with people,” she added. “You can’t send a flier home and expect people to come.” One way that researchers have dealt with this challenge, she said, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 67. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 56 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING is to enlist the help of families who have benefited from the intervention project to help recruit others into the program. One sensitive issue about research into the importance of familial factors in bullying is how the information is presented to parents, said workshop participant Deborah Temkin of the Robert F. Kennedy Center for Justice and Human Rights. “This blame element comes in,” she said. Gorman-Smith responded that it is important to clarify that familial factors may increase risks in only some cases of bullying involvement, not the majority of cases. “We are not saying this is true across the board or that parents are the sole contributors to what is going on,” she said. Holt suggested framing the broader conversation around “supporting healthy and positive development” of families rather than preventing bullying or violence. The idea is that parenting is hard and that parents need more sup-port, she said, so it is okay for them to seek ideas, information, and help from other families in managing some of these situations. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 68. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 6 Technology-Based Interventions Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • Youths use technologies for many purposes, including explor-ing problems; developing their identities; accessing information, resources, and support; developing networks and communities; and communicating with peers. (Mishna) • Cyber interventions may be a safe way for youth to access anti-bullying resources and help and to disclose incidents. (Mishna) • Effective interventions in non-bullying fields provide reasons for optimism that technology-based bullying prevention pro-grams are feasible and acceptable. (Ybarra) • Technology-based programs require self-motivation and inter-est and can be costly. (Ybarra) Bullying is an age-old behavior, noted Fred Rivara of the University of Washington School of Medicine in his opening remarks at the workshop. But the rise of social media and the increasing prevalence of technologies in children’s lives may present new opportunities to ameliorate bullying. 57 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 69. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 58 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING CYBERBULLYING AND CYBER INTERVENTIONS In many ways cyberbullying is similar to bullying, but there are also ways in which it is not, said Faye Mishna, dean, professor, and the Margaret and Wallace McCain Family Chair in Child and Family at the University of Toronto. The cyberworld has created a new social environment for youth, she explained. Texting, e-mail, social media, chatting, social media, YouTube, apps, webcams, blogs, and other means of electronic communi-cation are always advancing. Today’s youth are increasingly immersed in technology. Ninety-nine percent have cyber access outside school, and U.S. youth spend more than 7 hours per day with digital information and com-munications technologies, Mishna said. Yet when stories about youth and the cyberworld appear in the media, they are often negative. These stories then tend to generate punitive laws and policies, such as zero-tolerance approaches, she said. The important thing to recognize is that these information and commu-nication technologies are here to stay, Mishna said. Technology may pose risks, she said, but it also can have tremendous benefits. Young people, many of whom have never lived in a world without these technologies, use them for many purposes, Mishna said. They explore prob-lems; develop identity; access information, resources, and support; develop networks and communities; and communicate with peers. These technolo-gies can be especially helpful to youth lacking offline support, such as lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender (LGBT) youth or young people who are isolated or stigmatized, she said. “They might not be able to tell peers. They might not be able to tell school teachers. They may not be able to tell parents. [But] they may have an online world that is very supportive.” Adults may perceive youth as more technically proficient and may therefore struggle to intervene or mediate their use of information and communications technologies, Mishna said, but many youth lack the criti-cal thinking and decision-making skills necessary for always using these technologies safely and appropriately. Often, young people make right decisions, but they sometimes slip up—and some of them slip up more than others, including those youth whom research has shown to be more vulner-able. “They need adults’ input and guidance,” Mishna said. Survey Results Reaching young people, Mishna said, requires understanding what platforms are being used, how they are being used, and how technologies and platforms are changing. Mishna has been doing research on cyber­bullying with students in grades 4, 7, and 10. Although the research is still Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 70. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 59 under way, she discussed several preliminary observations and findings at the workshop. First, the definitions and meanings associated with cyber behavior may differ considerably between adults and youth. When young people are asked whether they have been cyberbullied, they often say no, but then they describe incidents they have experienced that most adults would indeed consider cyberbullying; instead of “bullying” or “cyberbullying,” the vic-tims tend to describe these experiences by other names, such as “drama” or “trash talk.” Even the idea of an aggressor and a victim in cyberbully-ing is often not clear, Mishna said, because the exchanges are often back and forth. Also, over time, young people have become desensitized to the kinds of things they may be pressured to do, such as sending photographs of themselves electronically to others, she said. Furthermore, young people often do not disclose cyberbullying to adults, Mishna said. Often the only times that adults hear about cyber-bullying are when something bad happens. But it is happening even when adults are unaware of it, she said. Disclosure can be very difficult, and opportunities for disclosure may be limited, Mishna said. As part of the research ethics protocol that Mishna and her colleagues developed, they had to have a way of identifying young people who were in distress. They found that about one-quarter of the students in grades 4, 7, and 10 were in “quite serious distress,” she said, which is in line with the results of surveys of mental health issues in schools and colleges. “What became very clear is that we were often the first adults they had told about it,” Mishna said. Many students said they did not want to make a big deal out of their problems. They may think that telling parents and teachers will not help or else will worsen the situation. Yet by the time that young people do tell adults, the situation may indeed have become worse, Mishna observed. Opportunities for Intervention Mishna provided several ideas for improving opportunities for disclo-sure. One is to make the disclosure mechanism highly accessible and easy for youth. Giving youth control over the process may also be important, especially in referring young people for professional help. Cyber interventions may represent an accessible way to disclose inci-dents without making it a “big deal,” Mishna said. However, to date, almost no research has been done on such cyber interventions, she said, and available initiatives may not be helpful, may not be comprehensive enough, or may miss the target population. As an example, Mishna cited the It Gets Better project, which emphasizes that life gets better as bullied youth grow older. But, Mishna said, this message is not necessarily helpful. First, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 71. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 60 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING many young people cannot wait to deal with an issue until they are adults. Furthermore, she observed, life does not get better for everyone. And, more important, some young people interpreted this message to mean that they could tell someone about a problem when such disclosures were in fact not safe. “It actually put them at risk,” Mishna said. “So we have to make sure that we have online campaigns that provide tangible resources to support struggling youth at the time.” Cyber interventions may provide a safe way for youth to access resources and help, Mishna said. Because one-third of youth access health information online, it is particularly important that this information be accurate, she said. Sites designed to help youth with certain issues, such as depression, have been found to be moderately effective, with interac-tive sites appearing to be the most promising approach, Mishna said. In addition, research has shown that evidence-informed, school-based inter-ventions using technology as a learning tool may be somewhat efficacious in increasing student knowledge. However, she added, these interventions tended not to change students’ attitudes about cyberbullying, which is why this strategy needs to be combined with others. Mishna closed with several recommendations for cyber interventions based on her own research. Such interventions should be continuous and not be a single event, she said, and they need to be implemented in con-junction with other strategies, including traditional therapeutic supports. Furthermore, cyber interventions need to be tailored to youth with different needs, she said, and they need to be continually adapted to youth’s changing patterns of cyber use. Finally, interventions need to be made as accessible as possible in order to reduce barriers to their use. Research on the efficacy of existing interventions and how they can be improved to prevent harmful outcomes could help achieve all of these objectives, she concluded. INTERVENTIONS IN OTHER AREAS Few online interventions for bullying prevention are now available, said Michele Ybarra, president and research director of the Center for Innova-tive Public Health Research. One of those few is Bully Text, an interven-tion based on text messaging that invites users to “Stand up to bullying” (DoSomething.org, 2014). Users sign up to receive messages, which walk them through a bullying scenario with the intention of creating empathy and perspective, Ybarra explained. Another campaign at the same site pro-vides young people with examples of how to reach out to those who are being bullied in their high schools and to be a useful bystander, Ybarra said. Ybarra also said that she was working with Dorothy Espelage (whose presentation was summarized in Chapter 3) to develop a text messaging– based bullying prevention program. Although in its infancy at the time of Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 72. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 61 the workshop, it was conceived as a 6-week program, focused mostly on middle-school students, and based on a social–emotional learning frame-work. Students would receive three to eight messages a day for 5 weeks dealing with such topics as empathy, communication, and attitudes, with a follow-up set of booster messages. “The idea would be to have this lie on top [of what schools are doing] and make sure that young people are getting the minimum information that they need,” Ybarra explained. Ybarra spent most of her presentation talking about examples of work done with technology in non-bullying fields that have the potential to inform the development of technology-based bullying prevention programs. One such application is CyberSenga, an Internet-based HIV-prevention program for adolescents in Uganda. CyberSenga provides information, motivation, and behavioral skills related to preventing HIV infection. As Ybarra said, “Knowing that condoms are effective is one thing, but if you don’t have motivation to actually use a condom, it is not that useful.” The intervention was studied through a randomized controlled trial of about 360 young people, half of whom were provided with the intervention (Ybarra et al., 2013a). At 6 months post-intervention, 80 percent of those who received the intervention plus a booster intervention had not had sex in the past 3 months, compared to 57 percent of those who received just the intervention and 55 percent of those who were in the control group. Among sexually active youth, those who had sex in the past 3 months and who received the intervention plus booster were much less likely to report unprotected sex than youth in the control and intervention-only groups. These data, Ybarra said, “show that we can move the needle not just in terms of attitudes, but also in terms of self-reported behavior.” Another example was a text-messaging smoking cessation program called StopMySmoking, which was tested in Ankara, Turkey, and in the United States. It was a 6-week program based on cognitive behavioral therapy, Ybarra said. During a 2-week pre-quit period, participants received four to seven messages a day to help them reflect on why they were smok-ing, when they smoked, and what they could do instead of smoking. The day that they quit they received 10 messages, she said. “That whole first week is trying to be there with you in the moment.” The number of mes-sages then begins to drop, until toward the end of the period people are more independent and ready to be on their own. If people report that they did not have a cigarette, they get a reinforcing message, Ybarra said, while if they say that they slipped, they get a message about getting back on track. In Turkey, a randomized controlled trial found that 11 percent of the people in the intervention group quit smoking, compared with only 5 percent of those in the control group, who had just received a brochure about quitting (Ybarra et al., 2012). Among light smokers, 17 percent in the intervention quit versus none in the control group, and among women, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 73. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 62 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 14 percent in the intervention group quit versus none in the control group. This suggests, Ybarra said, that “no one intervention is going to be univer-sal.” In Turkey, she noted, this program seems to be well suited for women and light smokers. In the United States, Ybarra’s group looked at 150 young people between the ages of 18 and 24 who were randomly assigned either to the intervention group or to an attention-matched control group whose members received text messages at the same rate as the intervention group, but the messages were about fitness and sleep rather than about quitting smoking. Three months after the designated quit day, 40 percent of the intervention group had quit, versus 30 percent of the control group (Ybarra et al., 2013b), and the results were even better for young people who were not in college, Ybarra said. Online Health Information As mentioned by Mishna, many young people look for health infor-mation online. In a national survey of more than 5,000 youth, adolescents who were bullied had significantly higher rates of seeking information online about such topics as medications, depression and suicide, drugs and alcohol, and violence and abuse (Mitchell et al., 2013). Yet the highest rates were still just 22 percent. Online information is important, she concluded, but it should be just one tool in an overall approach to bullying prevention. Technology-based programs require self-motivation and interest, and they can be costly. Thus, Ybarra said, figuring out how to engage youth and keep them coming back may be critical. PREVALENCE AND RESPONSES Two interesting subjects that arose during the discussion sessions were the prevalence of cyberbullying and the ways in which people respond to cyberbullying. Both Ybarra and Mishna observed that cyberbullying appears to be less prevalent than is commonly assumed. Among adolescents 14 to 18 years old, cyberbullying occurs at only about one-half the rate of in-person bully­ing, Ybarra said, with the rates depending somewhat on the definitions and perceptions of cyberbullying. These statistics, Mishna said, “speak to the need to identify the facts and the myths that come up.” In response to a question about responses from bystanders to bullying, Mishna observed that because the cyberworld is more impersonal, bystand-ers have less motivation to intervene. “That is part of the education they Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 74. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 63 need,” she said. “While they are being witnesses, it actually can make a big difference for somebody.” Ybarra pointed out that cyberbullying can seem anonymous, but usually the identity of a perpetrator is known. Still, the experience is different from standing in front of a target and a group of people. Mishna emphasized the need for responses to be short, direct, and interactive. For example, developing an engaging way to deliver the mes-sage that bullying is hurtful could have a substantial impact, she said. Ybarra pointed to the importance of having enough exposure to change behavior. As noted in many of the presentations, one-shot interventions do not provide enough exposure. Therefore, Ybarra said, it will be neces-sary to find ways to motivate young people to return to a website or other technology platform repeatedly. As Ybarra noted, building an intervention does not mean that anyone will use it. Young people need to be motivated to use a technology or communications platform, she said. Schools have a captive audience, but that is not the case online. She added that it helps if an intervention is available where youth are online, even if they are in multiple places that change over time. In response to a question about the advisability of tracking and moni-toring software to prevent cyberbullying, Mishna said that a better option would be for school districts and parents to find ways to have an interaction so that children and youth can respond to professionals online. The prob-lem with tracking and monitoring software is that young people will find other ways to do what they want to do, Mishna said. “We want to open up the conversation and not close it.” That also means providing information to adults so that they neither overreact nor minimize the problem. In Canada, Mishna said, universities are forming taskforces with stu-dents and professors to identify the issues involving in bullying. “We have to begin that conversation, but students need to be involved,” she said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 75. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 76. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 7 Community-Based Interventions Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • Most community-based programs are not evidence-based, and evidence about programs that do work tends not be effectively communicated to practitioners. (Goldweber) • Effective community-based programs in areas other than bully-ing demonstrate the potential for bullying prevention programs to exert an influence on the lives of youth. (Goldweber) • Pediatricians and other health care professionals who work with children can advocate for bullying awareness by teachers, educational administrators, parents, and children and make the case for new laws and policies that affect bullying. (Wright) • Pediatricians can also make valuable contributions of data to existing surveillance systems and can participate in practice-based research networks that are studying bullying and other problem behaviors. (Wright) Because youths function as members of communities, community-based interventions can be a particularly effective means of reducing bullying. Yet community settings can be extremely diverse. Two presenters looked at sev-eral examples of community-based interventions, including those grounded 65 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 77. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 66 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING in health care, as examples of the potential for such programs to change the norms that exist and to influence youths’ experience of their communities. EFFECTIVE COMMUNITY-BASED PROGRAMS Youth have a four times greater chance of being the victim of violent crime during after-school hours to when they are in school, and juve-nile crime triples outside of the school setting and hours (Snyder and Sickmund, 2006). Because the after-school hours are so relatively danger-ous, it is particularly important that interventions targeted at this period— i.e., community-based interventions—be effective and evidence-based, but most are not (Glasgow et al., 2003; Ringwalt et al., 2009; Saul et al., 2008; Woolf, 2008), observed Asha Goldweber, a behavioral health researcher in SRI International’s Center for Education and Human Services. And, she added, information about programs that do work tend to not be effectively communicated to practitioners (Kerner and Hall, 2009; Saul et al., 2008). A notable exception to this observation is the work of Swearer et al. (2006) on the importance of neighborhood- or community-level collective efficacy, which Goldweber defined as a neighborhood’s connectedness and willingness to intervene with regard to youth problem behaviors (Odgers et al., 2009). Essentially, she said, this makes the entire community a bystander to bullying. An informal application of this principle, ­Goldweber said, is a program in Baltimore called Safe Passages, in which garbage collectors act as informal monitors as students make their way through neighborhoods. Another example is a program in California called Home-boy Industries, which was developed by a pastor for severely at-risk youth caught in a cycle of recidivism. The idea, captured in the slogan “Jobs, not jails,” is to provide young adults with skills and training so that they can break the cycle of crime and delinquency, she explained. Goldweber described a number of community-based interventions that are being evaluated using criteria evaluation developed by Blueprints for Healthy Youth Development, which is one of several sets of criteria for the evaluation of interventions. According to these criteria, for a program to be deemed “promising” it must meet a minimum standard for the speci-ficity, quality, impact, and readiness for dissemination of an intervention. “Model programs” must meet a set of higher standards, including having been validated by a minimum of two high-quality randomized controlled trials or one high-quality randomized controlled trial and one high-quality quasi-experimental evaluation. In addition, the impact of a model program must be sustained for a minimum of 1 year after the intervention ends, Goldweber said. Because no community-based programs that focus specifically on bully-ing prevention are in the evaluation phase, Goldweber discussed three other Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 78. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 67 programs for which evaluations are available and which may be applicable to the development of bullying prevention programs: the Big Brothers and Big Sisters of America, the Communities That Care, and the Multidimen-sional Treatment Foster Care programs. The Big Brothers and Big Sisters of America program matches adult volunteer mentors with at-risk children with the expectation that a caring and supportive relationship will develop, Goldweber explained. Multiple evaluations of the Big Brothers and Big Sisters of America program have been conducted at various locations and among a variety of demographic groups, she said, although most of these studies have been small and have lacked methodological rigor. The best study, Goldweber said, which still does meet quality standards, was conducted by Public/Private Ven-tures beginning in 1991 (Tierney et al., 1995). Outcomes that have been examined include a wide range of effects, including delaying initiation of substance use, academic performance, relationships with family and peers, self-concept, and social and cultural enrichment. The program has been shown to cut illicit drug initiation by 46 percent and to reduce alcohol initiation by 27 percent, although that decrease is only marginally signifi-cant. Also notable, youth reported that they were less likely to hit someone at the 1-year follow-up. There were significant reductions in truancy and cutting class and significant effects on risk and protective factors, includ-ing improvements in the quality of relationships with parents, marginally significant improvements for peer emotional support, and positive effects on schoolwork competency, Goldweber said. Communities That Care (also described in Chapter 10) is a preven-tion system that gives communities the tools to address adolescent health and behavior problems through a focus on empirically identified risk and protective factors. It encompasses the five steps of getting started, getting organized, developing a community profile, creating a plan, and implement-ing and evaluating that plan, Goldweber said. An evaluation of the program found reductions in self-reported vio-lent behaviors at the 1-year follow-up (Hawkins et al., 2012), Goldweber reported. Compared with youth in the comparison group, youth under the Communities That Care program were 25 percent less likely to have initi-ated delinquent behavior and 32 and 33 percent less likely to have initiated alcohol and cigarette use, respectively. Finally, the Multidimensional Treatment Foster Care program finds out-of-home placements for youth from the juvenile justice, foster care, and mental health systems, Goldweber said. According to Kerr et al. (2009), 12 months after baseline, boys in the program were incarcerated for 60 per-cent fewer days, had fewer subsequent arrests, and exhibited less drug use. At the same point, girls in the program had fewer days in locked settings, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 79. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 68 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING fewer criminal referrals, lower caregiver-reported delinquency, and more time spent on homework, Goldweber said. Community-Based Research Goldweber also described community-based participatory research, which brings community members to the table shoulder-to-shoulder with interventionists and researchers. Among the many factors that affect this research, she said, are buy-in through relationship building, engaging gate-keepers, trust, communication, return on investment, capacity, sustainabil-ity, and cultural response. An excellent example of such research, Goldweber said, is the PARTNERS youth violence prevention program (Leff et al., 2010). In this program, Leff and his colleagues meet community members in the com-munity instead of in an academic setting, thereby reducing the perception of a power imbalance. They have informal meetings over a meal so that they can talk about what both parties’ perceptions are for the goals to be achieved, and they agree to remain at the table even when disagreements arise, Goldweber said. Another example, she said, is the Holistic Life Foundation, which is a nonprofit organization based in Baltimore, Maryland, that provides mindfulness-based interventions in an after-school setting. It trains young adults in the community to become the interventionists. “The kids who are receiving the intervention are seeing someone who looks like them and that they may already know from their community,” she said. “This is changing the cultural or the community climate. It is also invoking that construct of neighborhood collective efficacy.” Goldweber said that the most important step is to get all of the stake-holders together at the table. She also emphasized the importance of meet-ing people where they are. Instead of having meetings at a university, practitioners and researchers can have meetings in the community or pro-vide bus fare and meals for meeting participants. Community-based participatory research needs to meet certain stan-dards of effectiveness, such as the Blueprint guidelines, Goldweber said, but such programs can also balance the demands for systematic imple-mentation of community-based interventions with being responsive to the immediate needs of the community. In addition, issues of generalizability can arise across contexts, because programs developed in one country or region may not generalize to other countries or regions. Strict monitoring of the integrity of the intervention’s implementation is necessary to arrive at a scientifically successful and generalizable program, Goldweber said. Measures of success can vary across communities. For example, Leff and his colleagues met with community stakeholders and either worked to Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 80. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 69 adapt existing measures or to develop new measures that would more accu-rately represent the community’s experience, Goldweber said. “Researchers can work with the community to develop new measures that still meet scientific standards but that are culturally responsive,” she said. Finally, Goldweber briefly described her work in California on teacher credentialing initiatives and voluntary accreditation processes for ­community- based organizations that are intended to ensure understanding of student mental health issues. “It is not that the teachers become student mental health providers,” she said, “but that they are aware of the signs and then can appropriately refer students to the necessary stakeholders.” The idea of voluntary accreditation processes for community-based organiza-tions might start a conversation about the importance of community-based research that is also evidence based, she suggested. ROLES OF HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONALS For health care professionals, the issue of bullying has largely been sub-sumed into the broader issue of violence, said Joseph Wright, a professor and vice chair in the Department of Pediatrics and a professor of emergency medicine and health policy at the George Washington University Schools of Medicine and Public Health. Injury due to violence is a substantial problem facing pediatricians, pediatricians feel they have an important role to play in prevention, and parents believe that pediatricians have a central role to play in prevention, according to surveys conducted by the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP). This interest in violence prevention led the AAP in 2009 to issue a policy statement on the role of the pediatrician in youth violence prevention (Wright et al., 2009). According to Wright, this statement was focused largely on bullying as an emerging topic and one that pediatricians need to be prepared to address no matter in which set-ting they practice. The question, Wright said, is, “What is a pediatrician to do?” In his answer, he focused on two kinds of approaches for pediatricians: awareness and advocacy at the community level, and anticipatory guidance at the level of clinical practice. In the community, Wright said, pediatricians need to advocate for bullying awareness by teachers, educational administrators, parents, and children as well as for the role of health care professionals as appropri-ate public health messengers through print, electronic, or online media. Pediatricians see children and families repeatedly over time, so they have repeated opportunities to provide information and increase awareness. Furthermore, Wright said, pediatricians and others who see the effects of bullying behavior have many opportunities to make the case for new laws and policies. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 81. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 70 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING The majority of states still do not require anti-bullying education as part of the professional development for educators, Wright said. However, the AAP policy statement recommends that pediatricians have a working familiarity with Connected Kids, which is the AAP’s primary care violence prevention protocol. Connected Kids includes provisions for screening, counseling, appropriate and timely treatment, and referral for violence-related problems, including bullying (AAP, 2014). When parents take their children to a pediatrician, they should expect the children to receive anticipatory guidance from the doctor, Wright said. The kinds of questions a pediatrician might ask of a child are: • Have you been in any pushing or shoving fights? • What happens when you and your friends argue or disagree? • What do you do for fun? • What do you like best about school? • If you see someone being bullied, what do you do? Such questions are child centered and parent centered, are connected to the community in which a family lives, and have a primary focus on the physi-cal safety of children, Wright said. The questions are designed to be open ended rather than leading to a close-ended response. The emphasis is not on risk, he explained, but rather on helping the children become strong, resilient, and healthy and socially oriented. Research has demonstrated the value of anticipatory guidance, Wright said. For example, an analysis conducted at the Harborview Injury Pre-vention Center at the University of Washington with preschool children found that parental cognitive stimulation and emotional support, which are provided by reading with children or having meals together, are inde-pendently and significantly protective against bullying (Zimmerman et al., 2005). This study also found that each additional hour of daily television viewing is significantly associated with the development of subsequent bul-lying behavior. These results are “a promising outcome for the anticipatory guidance approach,” Wright said. For middle childhood, brochures are available to both pediatricians and parents—as part of the Connected Kids curriculum—on independence, drug abuse, friends, anger, and bullying, Wright said. These brochures provide pediatricians with a way to address the issue of bullying in the most com-mon health care setting that children will encounter, which is the office-based setting, he said. Finally, Wright pointed out another valuable contribution that pediatri-cians can make to anti-bullying efforts: They can contribute data to existing surveillance systems. They can also participate in practice-based research networks that are studying bullying and other problem behaviors. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 82. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS 71 Wright also noted, in response to a question about opportunities pre-sented by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, that the health care profession, in the context of Medicaid expansion, is working on a uniform tool for behavioral health screening in the clinical setting. Such a tool could produce broader compliance with recommendations for early and periodic screening, diagnosis, and treatment, he said. In response to another question, Wright observed that the universal definition of bullying enables the collection of information that could be kept in an electronic health record. More uniform reporting and responses to bullying could help school systems, health care practitioners, and other groups that interact with children, such as parks and recreation depart-ments, speak the same language and be on the same page, he said. THE FOCUS OF PREVENTION One issue that arose during the discussion session was whether pre-vention should be issue-specific or general. The moderator of the session, Angela Diaz of the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, said, “The way that we do prevention tends to be very distinct and issue specific— pregnancy prevention, sexually transmitted disease prevention, HIV pre-vention, bullying prevention, and the funding tends to be like that also, very separate and categorical.” We should consider the benefits of a more integrated prevention approach, Diaz said, because often the same youth may get involved in multiple of these behaviors or be at risk for multiple of these outcomes. In addition, having a more integrated prevention approach is likely to be more cost effective, she said. Wright said that a universal approach to prevention has many posi-tive aspects. For example, the project at the University of Washington, which encouraged parental cognitive stimulation and emotional support of children to deal with various potential issues, stressed primary prevention, not secondary prevention after an issue is present. Goldweber agreed that early and universal prevention approaches, such as focusing on kindness or compassion, are needed, along with funding that cuts across outcomes. Wright agreed with a questioner that pediatricians have limited time with children and parents. But if anti-bullying interventions were incorpo-rated as part of a longitudinal approach to prevention, he said, the time pressures would be less difficult. This approach needs to begin when chil-dren are young, he said, and then continue as they age. Diaz also emphasized the “sacred space” of the clinic. “Young people are willing, if you ask them directly, to share their entire life with you, but it does not have to be the physician doing this questioning,” she said. “We have many different members of the team—the nurses, the health educa-tors, the social workers, and others. . . . We will know the life of the kids, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 83. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 72 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING their strengths and assets as well as what they struggle with, what is really in their soul. They are willing to put it out there in that type of environ-ment. I have not necessarily seen such willingness to share in other types of environments.” Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 84. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 8 Peer-Led and Peer-Focused Programs Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • Bullying is not necessarily an emotional reaction but rather an attack on another youth, and it can be induced by coercion or contagion of aggressive actions by peers. (Dishion) • Interventions that support adult involvement, positive rela-tionships, group management skills, and nonaggressive norms in schools can have positive effects on problem behaviors. (Dishion) • Individual interventions are more likely to be effective and cost beneficial than group interventions that bring together aggres-sive Much of what happens among adolescents happens away from adults, said Jonathan Todres of the Georgia State University College of Law, who moderated the session on peer-led and peer-focused programs. “They are experts, in many respects, on their lives and the lives of their peers,” he said. Two speakers explored the potential of bullying prevention programs to tap into that expertise. 73 youth. (Dodge) Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 85. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 74 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING PEER IMPACT ON CHILD DEVELOPMENT Youth who exhibit behavior problems as adolescents often have trav-eled along a developmental trajectory in which parenting contributions and amplifying mechanisms have led to a cascading series of problems, includ-ing reactive and proactive antisocial behavior (see Figure 8-1), explained Thomas Dishion, the director of the Prevention Research Center and a professor of psychology at Arizona State University. Bullying tends to be a proactive behavior, he observed. It is not necessarily an emotional reaction, but rather a planned attack on another youth. Two microsocial dynamic processes can amplify these problem behav-iors: coercion and contagion, Dishion explained. Coercion is negative rein-forcement— or escape conditioning—for peer aggression. “If I escalate and the person backs down, I am more likely to escalate and be aggressive in the future,” he said. Contagion is mutual positive reinforcement for antisocial talk and behavior among peers, which also has been called deviancy train-ing. For example, Dishion explained, in deviancy training a child might talk about something deviant, a peer laughs, the child escalates the story, and the peer further encourages the behavior. After just 30 minutes of videotaped Early Childhood Defiance, Poor Self-Regulation Academic Deficits, Peer Rejection, and Early Peer Clustering Childhood Reactive and Proactive Antisocial Behavior School Failure and Deviant Peer Clustering and Contagion Family Management, Support, Structuring, and Monitoring Peer Environments Adolescence Drug Use, Sexual Promiscuity, Serious Problem Behaviors FIGURE 8-1 Parenting contributions and amplifying mechanisms can lead to a developmental cascade of problem behaviors. SOURCE: Dishion presentation, 2014. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 86. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS 75 observation of such conversations, children are much more likely to per-form deviant acts, Dishion said. These are normal rather than pathological behaviors, he emphasized, and developmentally they can happen as early as kindergarten. “Kids will aggregate on the playground, and they will start to reward each other for these types of aggressive positions,” he said. “That clustering will lead to more and more aggressive acts.” Gang Formation Recently, Dishion has also been looking at what he called coercive join-ing, where aggressive youth achieve status by forming a gang. Since at least the beginning of the 19th century, Dishion noted, gangs have existed in the United States, and they remain prevalent in many impoverished neighbor-hoods and cities. Several factors predict gang involvement (Dishion et al., 2005). For females, these factors include a history of antisocial behavior, a history of rejection by peers and teachers, and poor grades. For males, the same factors are involved as well as peer acceptance. “Some of the kids who we think are potentially problematic are higher social status in the peer group,” Dishion said. “That might be part of the dynamic that maintains bullying and aggressive behavior.” Gang involvement is important in the progression from youths being aggressive on the playground to being dangerous in the community, Dishion said. When 16-year-olds are videotaped interacting in the laboratory, they can be seen talking about victimizing other people, whether members of the other gender or some other outgroup, he said. They escalate their aggressive behavior and can exhibit a struggle for dominance in the room. That dynamic predicts young adult dangerousness, Dishion said, including assaults, robberies, and violence. Yet the fact that it is occurring at age 16 suggests that at least some of these dynamics are malleable, he said. In some neighborhoods, aggressors achieve more status by becoming more dangerous. For example, Djikstra et al. (2010) have shown that in some neighborhoods in New York, carrying a weapon gives youth greater status. “This is part of the issue that we need to understand,” Dishion said. Moderating the Influence of Peers A number of factors moderate peer influence, Dishion said. Youth with higher levels of self-regulation and lower impulsivity are less influenced, for instance, while youth with a history of peer rejection tend to be more influenced by peer norms. Some young people embrace a false consensus by perceiving that peers endorse the deviant norms. And adults who skill-fully monitor or structure peer environments can reduce contagion, Dishion added. “I like to think of it as adult leadership,” he said. “Having adults Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 87. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 76 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING be in a leadership role, taking a stand, and dealing with these minor events when they are occurring and not letting them escalate is certainly a key to moderating peer influence.” Dishion also pointed to several conclusions and promising directions that emerge from this work. Interventions that support adult involvement, positive relationships, and group management skills are likely to have posi-tive effects on problem behavior and also to reduce peer coercion and con-tagion, he said. Examples include the Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports program, the Good Behavior Game, and the Olweus program. Mobilizing parents in a way that puts them in a leadership role is also part of the solution, he said. Instilling nonaggressive norms in the context of schools is likely to have positive effects, Dishion said. Norms are important, as is leadership about the kinds of norms that are guiding interactions in a school or neighbor-hood, he added. Finally, more attention needs to be paid to preventing the self-organization of youth into groups that promote aggression and victimiza-tion, Dishion said, and these interventions need to start in childhood. “The development of identity around a gang is very difficult to reduce or treat once it has happened,” he said. “But prevention is certainly possible, and there is some evidence to suggest that even family-based interventions can reduce the involvement of gangs in early adolescence.” PEER INTERVENTION PROGRAMS Kenneth Dodge, the William McDougall Professor of Public Policy and director of the Center for Child and Family Policy at Duke University, discussed two approaches to the prevention of bullying. The first is to build social competencies within the aggressor. This can be done one-on-one with an adult trainer and the individual child, it can be done in groups in which the bullying child is interacting with non-aggressive peers, or it can be done in groups of other aggressors, Dodge said. The techniques to help a child build social skills that will help that child refrain from bullying and aggression have improved dramatically in recent decades (Dodge and Sherrill, 2006). Interventions that have proven effective include cognitive behavioral therapies, cognitive behavioral skills building, social skills building, and social problem-solving training, Dodge said. However, most policies are not directed toward individual skill build-ing, Dodge said. Instead, the most common way to deal with an aggressive or deviant child is to place that child with other deviant peers in systematic interventions. For example, group therapies or milieu therapies are common in mental health and account for more than one-half of the expenditures in the mental health arena for aggressive behavior, Dodge said. In the area of Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 88. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS 77 education, he noted, a variety of interventions—tracking, special education, in-school suspensions, and alternative schools—place children with similar issues together. And the juvenile justice system places delinquents in training schools and boot camps and incarcerates them, with group-based interven-tions accounting for more than 90 percent of juvenile justice expenditures, Dodge said. “It is our most common public policy for dealing with aggres-sion and bullying,” he said. Among the rationales for peer group interventions are that they are less costly, they afford role playing and practice, they enable manipulation of peer group reinforcement, and they help youth feel comfortable, Dodge said. However, Lipsey (2006) found that, on average, group interven-tions are one-third less effective than individual interventions. Furthermore, many group interventions yield net adverse effects. About 42 percent of the prevention programs that Lipsey studied yielded net adverse effects, as did 22 percent of the probation programs in that study. As a result, Lipsey concluded that individual interventions are more effective and cost benefi-cial, Dodge said. This conclusion, which was based on a comparison of different inter-ventions, was supported by an experimental test using an intervention called Coping Power, which is a social-cognitive skill building interven-tion for 8- to 14-year-old aggressive children. The experiment compared the effectiveness of the intervention administered to individuals versus the intervention administered to groups, Dodge explained. In the study of 360 aggressive fourth-grade children in 20 different schools who were randomly assigned at the school level to receive Coping Power either individually or in deviant-only groups, the findings were somewhat mixed immediately after treatment (Lochman et al., 2013). There was some tendency for homogeni-zation, with the most aggressive children becoming less aggressive and the least aggressive children becoming more aggressive. However, at the 1-year follow-up, the children who received the individualized intervention had much greater reductions in externalizing and internalizing problems than did the children who received the group intervention. For situations where it is not possible to administer the intervention individually, Dodge said, strategies exist to mitigate the iatrogenic effects— that is, the negative effects on individuals caused by the treatment itself— from being part of deviant peer groups. Strong training for experienced adult group leaders, the use of behavioral reinforcement strategies, teaching strategies that emphasize clear instructions, and emphasizing a peer-culture norm of non-deviance can all reduce the negative influences of peers, Dodge said. Other approaches are to limit unstructured time with peers, to moni-tor hot spots where peers congregate, to limit the interaction opportunities of the peer group members by mixing children from different schools or communities, and using short-duration interventions, he said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 89. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 78 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Changing the Peer Culture The second approach Dodge discussed was working with the peer envi-ronment and culture to reduce the reinforcement of bullying. Two promis-ing approaches are the Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports (PBIS) program (Waasdorp et al., 2012) and the Supporting Early Adolescent Learning and Social Success (SEALS) model (Farmer et al., 2013). SEALS is a teacher-training and directed-consultation model that helps teachers with managing social dynamics, enhancing academic engagement, and improving classroom behavior management, Dodge explained. In a trial in 28 middle schools randomly assigned to receive either the SEALS teacher training intervention or a control, teachers trained in the SEALS intervention were more accurate at understanding peer affiliations and became better managers of the classroom (Farmer et al., 2013). Their students made greater academic achievement gains and reported valuing school more and feeling a greater sense of belonging in the school. Students also perceived a more supportive school and peer context and interacted more with more normative peers rather than just academic peers. The researchers have not yet reported whether the intervention reduced bullying or aggression, Dodge said. Research Conclusions Dodge provided four conclusions that he drew from his review of the research. First, programs, placements, and treatments that bring devi-ant peers together should be avoided whenever possible, he said. Such strategies include training schools, boot camps, Scared Straight, Guided Group Interaction, the Gang Resistance Education and Training Program, midnight basketball, hangouts, non-structured after-school programs, and long prison terms mandated by three strikes laws. Highly structured after-school programs may be effective, he said, depending on who is in those Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. groups. His second conclusion was that effective alternatives to deviant peer-group placement should be encouraged. Examples of such alternatives include individual therapies such as functional family therapy, multi-systemic therapy, and multidimensional treatment foster care; therapeutic courts; early prevention programs such as the High/Scope Perry Preschool, and Fast Track; programs that combine high-risk and low-risk youths such as 4-H, school-based extracurricular activities, boys and girls clubs, scouting, and church activities; and universal peer-culture interventions like PBIS and SEALS. For older youth, Job Corps, individual skills train-ing, and efforts to disperse rather than increase gang cohesiveness are good approaches, Dodge said.
  • 90. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS 79 When placement with peers is inevitable, specific measures should be implemented to minimize its impact, Dodge said. Highly susceptible youths, such as slightly delinquent early adolescents, should not be placed with deviant youths, and deviant youths with older, more deviant peers or peers with similar problems from the same community should not be combined. Experienced leaders are needed and should have training, Dodge said, and youths need to be placed in highly structured environments with little free time. It is possible to reduce problems by monitoring youths’ behavior closely and keeping their placements short, he said. Finally, practitioners, programs, and policy makers should document placements and evaluate the impacts of those placements, Dodge said. The record needs to include a description of the placement environment and of peers, he added. Structuring School Systems and Classrooms One interesting application of engineering a positive peer culture, which came up in the discussion session, involved the structure of middle schools. Sixth graders who go to an elementary school have less drug use, fewer school suspensions, less deviant behavior, and higher academic test scores than sixth graders who spend their time with seventh and eighth graders, Dodge said. And, most important, those effects hold not only while the children are in sixth grade but into high school. “There is something about the way we engineer schools that we might rethink,” he said. During the discussion period, Dodge also addressed the issue of the extent to which adverse peer influences can be offset by positive peer influ-ences. “Imagine you are the superintendent of a school system,” he said. “Twenty percent of your children are deviant. Where do you place them? Are you going to have a net overall positive effect by sending them off to an alternative school or tracking them, even though it might have a negative effect on them? Is it going to have a positive effect on the other 80 percent who do not have to deal with them? After all, these placements are directed by parents of the non-deviant kids who do not want deviant kids with their well-behaving child.” Dodge has been involved in research that has indicated the existence of a critical mass effect. If a class includes no more than three elementary or early middle-school children who were suspended in the previous year, he said, then those children typically have a minimal impact on their classmates. But once the number exceeds a critical mass, the deviant peer influence seems to outweigh the positive peer influence. “There may be ways to engineer the whole system to maximize the positive influence and minimize the deviant peer influence,” Dodge said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 91. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 80 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING YOUTH LEADERS Another topic that arose during the discussion period was the influence of youth leaders on their peers. Group interactions, Dishion said, can have many effects, some positive and some negative. Youth who have turned their lives around can be especially effective leaders, but they also can have relapses and continued problems. “There is a danger there as well,” he said. “You cannot emphasize enough structuring these environments so that you really have a handle on them.” Dodge pointed to empirical evidence that aggressive children are, by and large, disliked by the larger peer group in kindergarten, first grade, and second grade, but by middle school the aggressive child is more popular, at least in some contexts. In this case, he said, “one might think about how to get those deviant peer-group leaders who have influence to use their influ-ence in a positive way rather than a negative way.” Dishion also reminded the workshop participants of the success dem-onstrated by programs such as Big Brothers and Big Sisters of America (see Chapter 7), which provide children and adolescents with positive role models. On the topic of peer leaders, Catherine Bradshaw of the University of Virginia Curry School of Education noted another sort of challenge—that the youth who are volunteering for leadership roles may not be particularly influential in their peer groups. Sometimes they have a history of victimiza-tion or are from a marginalized group, she said, although they can achieve more status as they get older. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 92. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 9 Laws and Public Policies Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • As of 2014, 49 states and the District of Columbia have enacted anti-bullying laws, whose key components range widely. But ­little is known about the extent to which the laws and their imple-mentation actually decrease bullying behaviors. (Hatzenbuehler) • One Oregon study suggests that “inclusive” anti-bullying ­policies— those that specifically include sexual orientation as a protected-class status—reduce the risk of suicide attempts and peer victimization in gay teenagers. (Hatzenbuehler) • Student-on-student bullying victimization can be perceived as imposing a learning disability on the targeted children because victimization creates barriers to their education. (Abrams) • Schools face strong disincentives against enforcing state-­mandated anti-bullying laws, including the risk of costly law-suits brought by bullies and their parents claiming infringement of First Amendment speech rights. But, unlike speech, physi-cal assaults and true threats are not protected under the law. • Existing law puts school districts in a strong legal position to impose discipline in student-on-student bullying cases, but dis-tricts seeking to protect targeted students must defend lawsuits 81 (Abrams) that might arise. (Abrams) Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 93. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 82 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING As student-on-student bullying has received greater attention in recent years, state legislatures have responded. Forty-nine states and the District of Columbia now have laws against bullying. Evaluation is critical for under-standing a law’s impact, how it ends up being enforced, and any unintended consequences of enforcement. Two speakers provided an overview of anti-bullying laws and policies, including how attempts to prohibit bullying fit within a broader legal framework that addresses children’s issues. MANY ANTI-BULLYING LAWS EXIST, BUT ARE THEY EFFECTIVE? The United States has seen a rapid proliferation of anti-bullying laws, with state legislatures enacting or amending more than 120 bills on bully-ing and related behaviors between 1999 and 2010. As of 2014, 49 out of 50 states have laws to prevent bullying, said Mark Hatzenbuehler, assis-tant professor of sociomedical sciences at Columbia University’s Mailman School of Public Health. The lone exception is Montana, which does, however, have an anti-bullying policy, he said. Scholars have developed conceptual frameworks for understanding the content and scope of laws and policies that target bullying behaviors (Limber and Small, 2003; Srabstein et al., 2008; U.S. Department of Educa-tion, 2011). In a 2011 report, the U.S. Department of Education developed a comprehensive framework to evaluate anti-bullying laws and policies in 46 states. The report identified 16 key components found in the exist-ing laws, such as a definition of what bullying is; a list or “enumeration” of the specific groups of individuals to be protected from bullying; and requirements for communicating the law or policy to school administrators, teachers, and students. Some key components were more common than others. For example, 43 states included descriptions of bullying behaviors that are prohibited, but only 17 states enumerated protected groups. About one-third of states included at least 13 to 16 of the components, noted Hatzenbuehler. The vast majority of research on anti-bullying legislation has focused on legal content analyses, Hatzenbuehler said, but “we know very little about the extent to which these policies are actually effective in meet-ing their stated goal.” He and Katherine Keyes of Columbia University conducted one of the first empirical studies to look at the effectiveness of these policies (Hatzenbuehler and Keyes, 2013). They investigated whether having an “inclusive” anti-bullying policy—one that specifically includes sexual orientation as a protected class—reduced suicide risk and peer vic-timization (being aggressively targeted by other children) in lesbian and gay youth. Focusing on 34 counties in Oregon that had anti-bullying policies, the researchers examined 197 school districts to determine whether those policies at the district level included sexual orientation as a protected-class Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 94. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES 83 status. In only 15 percent of the Oregon counties did all their school dis-tricts have inclusive anti-bullying policies, Hatzenbuehler said. The researchers linked these findings on anti-bullying policies to health and sexual orientation data collected through an annual survey of 11th-grade public school students in Oregon, including 301 lesbian and gay youth. Counties were divided into three categories ranging from “least inclusive” to “most inclusive” based on the proportion of their school dis-tricts with anti-bullying policies that included sexual orientation. Results showed that around 31 percent of lesbian and gay youth living in the least inclusive counties had attempted suicide in the past year—twice as many as the 16 percent of gay and lesbian teens who attempted suicide in the most inclusive counties (see Figure 9-1). “We find that policies that do not include sexual orientation as a protected class are not protective of lesbian and gay youth in terms of reducing the risk of suicide attempts,” Hatzenbuehler said. Inclusive anti-bullying policies were also associated with a reduced risk for peer victimization for all youth, not just gay and lesbian youth. Hatzenbuehler noted that research on the effect of anti-bullying policies is consistent with other studies that document the impact that public poli-cies have on health and behavioral outcomes (Hatzenbuehler et al., 2009, 2010, 2012). Hatzenbuehler suggested that this is noteworthy in that it offers precedence for considering laws and public policies as one of a num-ber of effective strategies that can be used to improve the health and well-being of young people. However, much more research is needed to study the actual effectiveness of policies in reducing bullying behaviors to establish Low Medium High Past-Year Suicide Attempts 30 25 20 15 10 5 FIGURE 9-1 Counties in Oregon with more inclusive anti-bullying policies have the lowest risk of suicide attempts among lesbian and gay youths. SOURCE: Hatzenbuehler and Keyes, 2013. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 95. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 84 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING best practices for policy makers and school administrators, Hatzenbuehler said, including stronger methodologies for establishing cause-and-effect linkages. It is often unethical to conduct randomized controlled trials that would assign individuals to live in environments with or without an anti-bullying policy, he noted, but longitudinal and quasi-experimental studies can be used instead. Researchers can also take advantage of the heterogene-ity in anti-bullying laws to see whether states with the more comprehensive policies have more success in reducing bullying. If anti-bullying policies are in fact protective, Hatzenbuehler added, then experts should be studying why they work (by examining mediating factors) and for which groups of people they are most effective (by testing moderators). For example, reducing peer victimization appeared to be one of the mediating factors in Hatzenbuehler and Keyes’ study. More studies are also necessary to understand the effects of putting anti-bullying laws into practice on the ground, he said. Qualitative and ethnographic studies in schools with administrators, teachers, parents, and youth could help identify barriers and facilitators in implementation, he added. To start to address some of these critical gaps, Marizen Ramirez of the University of Iowa is conducting a longitudinal study to evaluate the implementation and outcomes of anti-bullying legislation in her state. Hatzenbuehler and Ramirez are also analyzing the legal content of anti-bullying legislation in several key U.S. regions and linking those findings to Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance data to see whether stronger laws against bullying are more effective in reducing bullying behaviors. HOW THE LAW BOTH HELPS AND HINDERS THE PROTECTION OF CHILDREN FROM BULLYING To further describe the legal framework for anti-bullying regulations, Douglas E. Abrams, a professor at the University of Missouri School of Law, discussed the private and public system that protects children. The pediatric safety system has parents at the top of the hierarchy and works its way down through the public schools, law enforcement, juvenile and family courts, and state mental health agencies (Abrams, 2009). Abrams focused his remarks primarily on the public school system, because, he said, most aggressors know their victims through attending school and do not foresee that anyone but classmates will pay much attention. Abrams highlighted the three P’s of school anti-bullying efforts: per-ceptions, prevention, and potential legal constraints. Public policy often depends on perceptions, he said. Bullying victimization can be perceived as imposing a learning disability on child victims, he said, because it creates barriers to education similar to those identified by the Individuals with Dis-abilities Education Act (IDEA) (Abrams, 2012, 2013). “Bullying victimiza- Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 96. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES 85 tion jeopardizes the state’s obligation to provide a free public education to all children,” he added. The IDEA recognizes disabilities that arise from external circumstances that are very similar to bullying victimization: “Stu-dents cannot learn effectively when they are scared stiff in school,” Abrams said. Such a perception of bullying’s effects could motivate legislatures to act effectively; even though 49 states have anti-bullying laws, amendments are still necessary to ensure that policies work effectively, he said. Legal Constraints Turning to potential constraints, Abrams cautioned that when it comes to bullying, “we need to be wary of legal solutions, which are often not use-ful solutions at all.” States cannot prosecute, adjudicate, or discipline their way out of the bullying problem, he said, because “there is just too much bullying going on.” Prosecution and juvenile court adjudication are reactive measures invoked only after somebody is already hurt. Public authorities serve children best when they can modify behavior in a preventive mode without turning to formal processes except in the most serious cases, he said. Abrams offered three conclusions on potential legal constraints. First, he said, “the law can sometimes present major challenges to protecting bullied children.” Schools may face strong professional and financial dis-incentives against enforcing state anti-bullying laws. Second, when bully perpetrators or their parents file lawsuits, they typically assert constitu-tional rights or other legal rights. Third, existing law puts school districts in a potentially strong position if they present a good case on the facts in student-on-student bullying cases, he said, but lawsuits will occur and vic-tory is not assured. All enforcement of state anti-bullying laws is ultimately local and depends on teachers, administrators, and others in the school building, Abrams explained. For one thing, statewide anti-bullying laws are almost always unfunded mandates, he said, so the question becomes, Who pays for implementation and enforcement? To conform with state anti-bullying laws, cash-strapped school districts have to pay to hire and train faculty, Abrams said, but he added that he nonetheless thinks that such endeav-ors can be cost effective. The greatest cost that school districts must bear related to anti-bullying efforts is defending against the litigation that can arise in reaction to those efforts, he said. It is not always easy for courts to determine who did what to whom, which means that judges tend to have a great deal of discretion in deciding such lawsuits. As a result, Abrams said, teachers and administrators may find that “sometimes the path of least resistance is to turn their backs on student misconduct.” Concerning the legal authority to implement anti-bullying efforts, Abrams said that public schools are in a potentially strong position. In Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 97. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 86 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING the court’s eyes, he said, schools are “special places” when it comes to discipline: The constitutional rights of elementary and secondary students inside public schools are less than their constitutional rights outside school because courts must weigh the need to protect students in school. The seminal decision regarding students’ constitutional rights in school, Abrams said, was from the 1969 case Tinker v. Des Moines Independent Community School District in which the plaintiffs wore black armbands to school to protest the Vietnam War. The Supreme Court held that a school may discipline students for speech that “materially or substantially dis-rupts school activities” or that creates a “collision with the rights of other students to be secure and to be let alone,” Abrams explained. Another relevant decision, Bethel School District v. Fraser in 1986, involved a high school student who delivered a lewd speech in a school assembly program and later filed suit claiming that his resulting suspension violated his First Amendment speech rights. The Supreme Court held, Abrams said, that schools may regulate student speech to teach “the shared values of a civi-lized social order” and fundamental values, which include consideration of “the sensibilities of fellow students” and “the boundaries of socially appropriate behavior.” Many cases of bullying, including cyberbullying, also involve physical assaults, Abrams noted, and these are not protected under the law. The First Amendment does not protect true threats of violence, even verbal ones. Assaults, Abrams explained, may include pushing, shoving, spitting, and throwing a pencil at someone. Anti-bullying legislation cannot protect school districts from lawsuits, Abrams said, but schools can prevail if they present the right kind of evi-dence. He emphasized that anti-bullying legislation and policies are not particularly valuable if schools are reluctant to exercise their disciplinary authority. School districts must be willing to fight lawsuits to protect stu-dents, he said. Although 49 states have anti-bullying laws, some legislatures still have much work to do in the arena of cyberbullying, Abrams said. Most states require school districts to have policies banning cyberbullying, for example, but these statutes typically apply only to discipline imposed for what a child does in the school building, on school grounds, or on a school bus or school-sponsored trip. However, Abrams said, almost all cyberbullying is done off campus. Still, many perpetrators of cyberbullying eventually end up committing physical assaults, so schools may discipline them for those actions, he said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 98. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES 87 LEGAL RESPONSES TO BULLYING During the discussion period, one questioner asked how attorneys can work with schools to encourage the implementation of new anti-bullying policies. Abrams suggested that lawyers can assure that procedures for ­handling bullying situations meet constitutional and nonconstitutional guidelines and that administrators carefully document their actions against bully perpetrators. In addition, he said that while school districts gener-ally tend to lose many student free-speech cases outside the bullying area, courts do not actually require much evidence to establish that a disruption in school has been material and substantial. “If two students fight or assault one another in a classroom, that is Tinker-type disruption, which ought to win for the school district if the perpetrator can be identified,” he said. If lawyers put on a good case, showing how much time teachers and schools spend dealing with animosities arising from bullying and how hurtful bul-lying is to students, he said, “I think the judges would be receptive.” How-ever, he added, school districts often fail to put on a proper case. Jonathan Todres of Georgia State University College of Law asked if it is possible to address social harms such as bullying in ways that incentiv-ize positive behavior rather than just punish bad behavior. Hatzenbuehler replied that anti-bullying policies that enumerate specific protected groups encourage better behavior by fostering more diverse, inclusive environ-ments in schools. Researchers do not have a good handle on which types of policies—punitive versus positive reinforcement—are better at deterring bullying; that is an empirical question that needs examination, he said. Dorothy Espelage of the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, asked the speakers what advice they could give for parents who call in saying that their child is being chronically victimized, beyond telling them to document everything carefully or to move their child out of the school? Espelage noted that in a number of cases where bullied children committed suicide, parents sued school districts and lost; the districts had hired psy-chologists who testified that the child’s suicide was due to having depression and not due to any harassment by bullies or negligence by the schools. Abrams replied that it is hard to know what to tell parents, especially because it is not always clear to school administrators and teachers what the appropriate remedy is in a particular case. Parents may have to choose from among some bad alternatives to try to make a victimized child’s life better, Abrams said. Hatzenbuehler added that judges in some cases involv-ing lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender youth have been open to hearing social science research data on how bullying can affect these teens. Abrams also noted that federal civil rights statutes might apply if the bullying victim was targeted because of religion, race or ethnicity, or sexual orientation. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 99. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 100. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Part III Future Directions and Overall Themes Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 101. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 102. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 10 Translating Bullying Research into Policy and Practice Key Points Made by Individual Speakers • The adoption, implementation, sustainability, and scalability of an intervention receive much less study than efficacy, yet these are the factors that will determine whether an evidence-based intervention has a large-scale impact on a population. • Even when implementing an evidence-based program, the fidel-ity of implementation varies greatly. (Rohrbach) • Interventions designed to achieve multiple outcomes can pro-duce both immediate and long-term positive outcomes, but monitoring and feedback to practitioners are needed to ensure fidelity of implementation. (Fagan) As Denise Gottfredson, University of Maryland, said in introducing the panel on translating bullying research into policy and practice, devel-oping effective interventions is just the first step in achieving high-quality implementation of effective practices on a large enough scale that they can make a substantial difference. Research on efficacy needs to be translated into effective policies and practices, as the three presenters on the panel observed. Although their talks were not necessarily specific to bullying prevention, by drawing more broadly from what has been learned about 91 (Rohrbach) Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 103. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 92 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING sustainability and high-quality implementation of prevention practices in general, their observations can be applied to bullying prevention. IMPLEMENTATION OF PREVENTION PROGRAMS IN SCHOOLS Research on interventions has a characteristic lifecycle (see Figure 10-1), noted Luanne Rohrbach, associate professor of preventive medicine and director of the Master of Public Health program at the University of South-ern California Keck School of Medicine. The initial stages of this lifecycle— pre-intervention studies, efficacy studies, and effectiveness studies—tend to receive considerable resources and emphasis, she said, while studies of the adoption, implementation, sustainability, and scalability of an intervention tend to receive much less attention. Yet, she said, these latter factors are the ones that will determine whether an evidence-based intervention has a large-scale impact on a population. Prevention Research Cycle Going to scale Sustainability Implementation Adoption Pre-adoption Effectiveness Studies Translation (T2) (Dissemination and Implementation) FIGURE 10-1 Prevention research tends to focus on efficacy and effectiveness, but dissemination and implementation are the steps that have the greatest impact on populations. SOURCE: Rohrbach presentation, 2014. Data from NRC and IOM, 2009, and Spoth et al., 2013. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. Population Impact Translational Research Feedback Loop Efficacy Studies Pre-intervention (Epidemiology/etiology)
  • 104. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 93 Efficacy has been established for an increasing number of empirically validated prevention interventions, Rohrbach said, but less is known about the effectiveness of these interventions when implemented under real-world conditions. In addition, reviews of evidence-based programs are available, best-practice guidelines have been published, and local communities are encouraged to implement only these “proven programs,” yet a gap persists, she said, between the development and testing of interventions and the implementation of those interventions. As an example of this gap, Rohrbach briefly described a study by Ringwalt et al. (2009) that asked middle schools about their use of ­evidence- based programs for substance use prevention. The percentage of the schools that reported using an evidence-based program grew from less than 35 percent in 1999 to about 42 percent in 2005, but a greater increase had been expected over that period because of the implementation of a new policy that gave schools guidance in using proven programs when applying for funds for substance use prevention programs. Challenges in Implementing Prevention Programs As discussed by previous presenters, schools face many challenges in implementing prevention programs, including a focus on academic achieve-ment, limited time and resources, school reform measures, staff turnover, and a limited capability to monitor implementation and collect outcome data. Schools also have complex decision-making processes that are used to determine which interventions will be implemented and how, Rohrbach said, and the decisions have stakeholders at many levels. Furthermore, many schools have inadequate access to tools for decision making about prevention. Finally, Rohrbach said, schools have inequitable resources and limited funding for sustained prevention efforts. Rohrbach and other researchers have examined the factors that influ-ence the adoption and use of evidence-based programs in schools, and those factors can be divided into three categories, Rohrbach said: program-related factors, organizational factors, and the characteristics of implementers (Rohrbach and Dyal, in press; Rohrbach et al., 2006). The first category, she said, includes factors related to the program itself. Is it attractive and user-friendly, easy to use, and flexible? Are the methods familiar? Do they offer a perceived advantage over cur-rent ­practice? Does a program fit with an organization’s goals and work Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. practices? The second category includes organizational factors, including leader-ship, administrative support, the presence of program champions, a positive school climate, organizational norms, effective communication, openness to change, and existing capacity, Rohrbach said.
  • 105. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 94 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING The third category includes the characteristics of the implementer. Those who are motivated, have a positive attitude toward the program, are comfortable with the approach, have the skills to implement the program, and have a strong sense of self-efficacy are more likely to adopt and imple-ment a new evidence-based prevention program than those without those characteristics, Rohrbach said. Several frameworks have been published that bring these categories together, Rohrbach said. One such framework includes barriers and facili-tators at multiple levels of influence (see Figure 10-2). Complex interac-tions occur among the factors at the various levels that influence whether the implementation will be effective, Rohrbach said. The framework also emphasizes the importance of infrastructure and the capacity for preven-tion program delivery, she noted. For example, the training of implementers and other school personnel is extremely important. It can result in greater self-efficacy and confidence, a higher level of skill, more motivation, and more positive attitudes toward the program. There is clear evidence that training is associated with stronger implementation fidelity. Some evidence Systems Framework for Effective • Funding Program Implementation • Policy • Climate Community Context Provider Factors Evidence-Based Program Factors + Prevention Support Effective Prevention Delivery System System IMPLEMENTATION FIGURE 10-2 Effective implementation is a product of multiple interactions among programs, providers, and the community. SOURCE: Rohrbach presentation, 2014. Data from Durlak and DuPre, 2008. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 106. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 95 also suggests that ongoing training, or technical assistance, enhances imple-mentation, Rohrbach said. Organizational capacity, which is part of the delivery system, includes resources (e.g., funds and staffing), managerial and administrative support, effective partnerships with other organizations, and data systems for con-tinuous quality improvement, Rohrbach said. All of these factors increase the chances that a program will be implemented effectively and in a way that faithfully reflects the intentions of the program’s developers, she said. Implementing Interventions with Fidelity Fidelity to the intentions of a program can be measured in several ways, Rohrbach said, and adherence, dosage, and engagement are all important factors to consider. Fidelity varies greatly in school settings, she said. Some schools implement interventions with high fidelity, while others do so with much less fidelity. Teachers have reported eliminating key modules, not using interactive materials, and otherwise deviating from the program as written, she said, and combining lessons from more than one program is a common practice. Many studies have demonstrated that fidelity is important and is associ-ated with outcomes. As an example, Rohrbach cited the Adolescent Alcohol Prevention Trial from the 1990s (Rohrbach et al., 1993). The degree of fidelity to which the program was implemented had a substantial impact on program acceptance, substance use attitudes, program-specific knowl-edge, behavioral intentions, and resistance skills, she said, with high-fidelity implementations being associated with more positive outcomes. Despite such findings, the tension between fidelity and adaptation persists, Rohrbach said. Unintentionally and intentionally, implementers modify programs in various ways in order to increase their cultural rel-evance, address participants’ cognitive-information processing and motiva-tion, and improve the fit between program and context, she said. It is also the case that more flexible programs are more likely to be implemented and sustained. However, little is known about the effects of adaptation on outcomes, she said, and some evidence indicates that it can result in poorer outcomes. Guided or planned adaptation can overcome some of these problems, Rohrbach said. Ideally, the process of guided adaptation involves an inter-action with the program developer. It needs to be theory based, to provide options within or among program components, to conceptualize a program as a process rather than a standardized set of activities, and to develop and adhere to guidelines for cultural adaptations, Rohrbach said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 107. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 96 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Implications for Practice and Research Rohrbach concluded by providing several implications that her obser-vations have for practice. Implementers should • Conduct readiness assessments • Develop a broad base of supporters for programs and involve stakeholders in planning • Establish leadership • Implement strategies to build capacity • Integrate prevention programs with the school’s primary mis-sion (learning) and ongoing prevention delivery systems in the community • Develop systems for collecting data that will guide implementation and continuous quality improvement • Develop better systems of information about what is available and how it might fit locally • Increase the understanding of what program implementation involves She also listed several implications for researchers. They should • Develop assessments of prevention program outcomes that can easily be used by schools as part of their accountability process • Evaluate the implementation of evidence-based programs under real-world conditions • Investigate how varying models of training and technical assistance affect implementation and student outcomes • Ground programming in the realities of the school setting • Conduct more cost–benefit analyses • Investigate the effects of adaptations • Conduct research on how evidence-based programs work to iden-tify key ingredients THE COMMUNITIES THAT CARE SYSTEM Communities That Care is a prevention system rather than a program, explained Abigail Fagan, an associate professor at the University of Florida. It is designed to build the capacity of communities to do evidence-based prevention regardless of the behaviors being prevented or promoted, and it is a community-driven approach that takes into account the differences among communities and the problems they are facing. “A one-size-fits-all approach may not be the best model,” she said. “We want something that Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 108. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 97 can be community specific.” For example, communities differ in levels of youth delinquency, levels of risk and protective factors related to delin-quency, resources, capacity, norms, and values, and, as noted in Chapter 7, youth behavior is affected by the community context. Communities That Care emphasizes a comprehensive and coordinated approach to prevention, Fagan said. It relies on local practitioners and stakeholders to take ownership for what they want to see change in their community and then to work together collaboratively to get there. It is driven by the use of science to assess the needs and behaviors in a com-munity, to match those needs with evidence-based practices, and to make sure that those new practices are implemented with fidelity so that they can achieve their intended outcomes, she said. The system has five phases, which Fagan reviewed in the context of a randomized controlled study that tested the effectiveness of Communities That Care in reducing delinquency, substance use, violence, and other prob-lem behaviors (Hawkins et al., 2014). Twenty-four communities located in small to medium-size towns in seven states were randomly assigned to carry out either the Communities That Care approach or prevention as usual, and key leaders came together in the getting-started phase to create a coalition of stakeholders. The organizations represented by community board leaders in the 12 communities participating in Communities That Care represented businesses, citizen advocacy organizations, community coalitions, health agencies, human service agencies, the juvenile justice system, law enforcement, local philanthropies, the media, parents, religious groups, schools, substance abuse prevention organizations, local govern-ments, youth, and youth recreation programs. Communities That Care is not just a school program, Fagan said; it involves many participants and contributors. “Everybody has a role to play, . . . and individuals in the com-munity are there to support those efforts,” she said. Once the coalition has passed through the getting-organized phase, Fagan explained, it enters the third phase, which involves collecting infor-mation about the specific issues that need to be addressed in a community. This is done primarily through a school-based survey called the Communi-ties That Care Youth Survey, which is designed to be done in middle and high schools. Youth self-report their exposure to risk factors and protective factors in their communities, families, and schools and among their peers. The results of the surveys can vary substantially from community to com-munity, Fagan said, reflecting different levels of risk and protective factors. Once the data are collected, she continued, the coalition uses them to create a community action plan aimed at reducing the specific risk factors that are elevated in their communities and at increasing the pro-tective factors that are depressed. Coalition members have a menu of effec-tive evidence-based prevention programs, drawn from the Blueprints for Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 109. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 98 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Healthy Development website, that have already been tested and shown to meet evaluation criteria and to significantly improve youth health and behavior (see Chapter 7). Because the number and range of programs selected are based on community needs, they can differ from community to community, Fagan said. Schools are often the hardest organizations to convince to adopt new programs, Fagan said, for the reasons cited by Rohrbach and other pre-senters. But over the 4 years that communities were funded to implement programs, all of them did adopt school programs, she said. Schools were part of the coalitions, and they were partners in efforts to determine what the communities could do, she said. Communities That Care also helps communities adopt a fidelity-monitoring system that includes training for all program implementers, fidelity “checklists” used by implementers to rate their adherence to the program guidelines, observations to rate the adherence and quality of delivery, documentation of attendance, local monitoring and quality assis-tance by community coalitions, and external monitoring, Fagan said. “The broad-based implementation monitoring system was not easy to imple-ment,” she said. “There was a lot of paperwork, a lot of moving parts, a lot of resistance on the ground. But the upshot was that we had high rates of implementation fidelity across the board” (Fagan et al., 2009). As an example of how Communities That Care can be scaled up, Fagan briefly described an experience in Pennsylvania where the system was adopted as a statewide initiative beginning in 1994. More than 120 com-munities have been trained in the system, and there are about 60 coalitions currently active, Fagan said. Nearly 200 evidence-based programs have been replicated, and technical assistance is being provided to the coalitions to support healthy coalition functioning, to ensure high-quality implemen-tation of evidence-based programs, and to promote the sustainability of the coalitions and programs. Fidelity is enhanced by requiring that the program developer visit the site and provide a stamp of approval, Fagan said, and external monitoring keeps the coalitions on track. In summarizing the effects of Communities That Care, Fagan said that the approach has helped communities identify what works: increase local support for and use of effective prevention services; create an integrated and coordinated system of services; ensure high-quality implementation via structured protocols, continuous quality improvement, and community “pressure”; sustain prevention efforts over time; and realize community-wide reductions in problem behaviors. The most recent evaluation of sustained changes in youth behaviors showed that communities using the Communities That Care system have substantially increased the number of youth abstaining from alcohol and avoiding delinquency compared to the control communities, Fagan said Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 110. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 99 (Hawkins et al., 2014). “Those are good outcomes that we hope to con-tinue to see as we follow the kids who have grown up in these communities over time,” she said. OVERCOMING BARRIERS TO EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION OF BULLYING SCHOOL PREVENTION PROGRAMS Dissemination and implementation studies can be divided into four cat-egories, said Hendricks Brown, a professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences and the Department of Preventive Medicine in the Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine. These four catego-ries of studies are exploration, adoption and preparation, implementation, and sustainment. “It is really about making a program work,” Brown said. “How do you do that on the ground?” From a scientific perspective, an important question surrounding imple-mentation is whether it can produce generalizable knowledge. “Is it some-thing that you can take from that particular study and extend and expand to other projects?” Brown asked. The other pertinent question involves local implementation: Can a given program be done locally? Challenges to Program Implementation Brown discussed three challenges in implementing prevention programs in schools. The first was making prevention an integral part of the school mission so that it is sustainable from the very beginning rather than as a last step. He began by discussing a model developed by Russell Glasgow and his colleagues (1999). The model is known as RE-AIM in reference to its five dimensions: Reach—What proportion of a population is exposed? Effectiveness—Does a program work on outcomes? Adoption—Do organizations take it up? Implementation—Is a program delivered with fidelity? Maintenance—Is a program sustained over time? One or all of these dimensions can be the subject of research, but all must come together for successful implementation, Brown said. Trying to achieve all five of these aims simultaneously is one of the reasons why implementation can be so difficult, he said. As an example of making prevention an integral part of the school mission, Brown cited a partnership model developed by Sheppard Kellam (2012) for use in the mental health field. The partnership includes school Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 111. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 100 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING districts, community organizations, researchers, and policy makers. In these partnerships, Brown said, the intervention program leader serves as the head of the technical and scientific staff. A community board serves as an overseer and adviser to ensure that community values and service agency guidelines are protected, he added. Kellam developed several steps that need to be taken in establishing these partnerships, and Brown cited three in particular: 1. Analyze which agencies’ and community organizations’ support is required. 2. Determine the order of engaging with each leader. 3. When trust has been established with each leader, suggest bringing together the needed partners around their determined mutual self-interests in a mutually agreed on site. An important aspect of this approach, Brown said, is that it does not begin with a research program in search of a school willing to do an inter-vention. Rather, it takes the form of a collaboration between a school and researchers, with the goal of learning how a prevention program fits into a school’s context. The second challenge that Brown discussed was how best to deliver programs that address multiple prevention targets. To illustrate, he dis-cussed the Good Behavior Game and Familias Unidas. Both of these pro-grams seek to affect drug use, HIV risk behaviors, depressive symptoms, and suicide attempts, he said, and both have produced immediate and long-term positive outcomes, including a reduction in aggression. The third challenge Brown discussed was building and maintaining a fidelity monitoring system. Schools are normative organizations—that is, they are set up for everybody to attend and are usually not set up to do the detailed work of fidelity assessments, he said. Furthermore, schools generally do not have the resources to develop or maintain fidelity monitor-ing or feedback systems. However, he said, interventions need both high fidelity and participation by the target audience. Monitoring of fidelity, in turn, has to produce information that is delivered to those delivering the intervention, he said. To explore this issue, Brown looked again at Familias Unidas, which is a parent-training intervention for middle-school Hispanic youth that is delivered in parent groups in schools and in family visits at home. Cur-rently, school counselors are performing an effectiveness study, with a research team providing monitoring and feedback. But full-scale implemen-tation will require an assessment system for costs, effectiveness, reliability, and fidelity. Given the resource limitations in the school, a decision was made to focus on the issue of joining. This engagement is a key part of Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 112. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE 101 the intervention and is common to all interventions. Using computational linguistics with videotapes of sessions, ratings are produced for the training and supervision of counselors. In this way, Brown explained, counselors can learn about, for example, the importance of asking open-ended question. This is just a “a proof of concept,” he said. “It is not the whole thing, but it is one of the kinds of ideas that we think ultimately can help.” Brown concluded with several lessons that follow from his research. Prevention needs to further a school’s primary mission, he said, with trust and mutual self-interest being established before the research agenda. In addition, he said, programs that have outcomes across multiple dimensions can be prioritized, and monitoring and feedback of a complex behavioral intervention is essential to ensure fidelity. FIDELITY VERSUS ADAPTATION During the discussion session, the conversation continued to center on the issue of whether programs need to be implemented with strict fidelity or can instead be adapted to local circumstances. One aspect of Communities That Care that promotes fidelity is the amount of planning that goes on before programs are implemented, Fagan said. In choosing programs, one consideration is whether a program can be implemented with fidelity. That way, she said, programs are fitted for a setting so that it is not discovered after implementation that a program is a bad fit for local circumstances. “Communities do not always take the time upfront to think about what they are getting into, and then you are stuck trying to reactively fix the problem and cut corners,” she said. “This is one way of trying to avoid the problem.” Rohrbach pointed to an approach in which, after a program is imple-mented, information is gathered from the implementers about adaptation and ideas for improvement of the program. These data then can be rated according to how consistent they are with a theory of the program. Con-clusions that are consistent with the theory can be provided as options for people interested in adapting an intervention, she said. “There are probably a lot of smaller things that we could do in programs to make them more flexible in a planned and strategic way,” Rohrbach said. Furthermore, she added, researchers would be interested in such an approach, given their interests in seeing their programs implemented, and such an approach could help researchers identify the aspects of their programs that are most important. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 113. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 114. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 11 Reflections of School Personnel and Student Perspectives Key Points Made by the Individual Speakers • Additional attention to the definition of bullying and policies related to the reporting of bullying could improve preventive efforts. (Cafasso, Dockrey, Dolan, Donlin, Myers) • Improving school climate and social norms can be powerful ways to prevent bullying. (Cantave, Farkas, Myers, Shaw) • Parents, teachers, and legislators were stakeholders who were missing from the workshop presentations and discussions. (Dockrey, Donlin) • Other issues that deserve attention include sibling aggres-sion, self-esteem and self-worth, and recognizing teachers and adults as perpetrators of bullying. (Cafasso, Cantave, Dockrey, Farkas) One of the final sessions of the workshop included a panel of three school personnel and a second panel of five students who offered their reflections on the workshop presentations and discussions, as well as their thoughts on possible future work on bullying prevention. The panelists were selected to provide a range of viewpoints. Among the school personnel, the panelists included a high school prin-cipal, a coordinator of behavioral supports and interventions for a large 103 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 115. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 104 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING public school system, and a program supervisor for a state superintendent’s office: • Virginia Dolan, the coordinator of behavioral supports and inter-ventions for Anne Arundel County Public Schools in Maryland, which is a large system of approximately 120 schools and 80,000 students; • Mike Donlin, the program supervisor for the School Safety Cen-ter of the Office of the Washington State Superintendent of Pub-lic Instruction, who works with superintendents, administrators, teachers, parents, and students from 295 school districts and roughly 2,300 individual schools in the state; and • William Myers, the principal at South River High School, which is the largest high school in Anne Arundel County, Maryland, with about 2,250 students. Among the student panelists, speakers included current high school students and recent high school graduates from both public and private schools in rural and urban settings: • Alexa Cafasso, a high school senior at Sacred Heart Academy in Hamden, Connecticut, who instituted a Cyber-Ally Program at her private, all-girls high school to teach leaders how to transition from silent bystanders to local allies; • Glenn Cantave, a junior at Wesleyan University in Middletown, Connecticut, who was trained as a peer leader in high school to help facilitate anti-bullying activities in local middle schools; • Whitney Dockrey, a junior at Georgetown University in Washing-ton, DC, who became passionate about bullying prevention when it started to affect people in her school and in her community and was not being addressed; • Asher Farkas, a sophomore at New York University’s Tisch School of the Arts, who was bullied in middle school and transferred to a high school where the environment was more accepting; and • Rebecca Shaw, a senior at the Horace Mann High School in New York City, who founded an organization called the Anti-Bullying Leadership Network to connect students who care about bullying prevention to researchers who study the issue. Both panels brought a breadth of experiences and a range of per-spectives on bullying prevention that complemented the presentations of research and enriched the overall workshop discussion. Following is a summary of their remarks. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 116. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 105 Definitions Several of the panelists, including school personnel and students, com-mented on the need for continued attention to the definition of bullying. Despite the existence of the recently developed uniform definition of bul-lying (see Chapter 2), definitions and the interpretation of definitions still vary from state to state and jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Furthermore, as Cornell noted, the definitions of bullying used in evidence-based programs may not line up with the definitions of bullying used by schools. Schools would be eager to consider “a clearly publicized, central definition of bul-lying,” said Myers. A common definition could create a starting line for jurisdictions across the country. It also would support accountability, he said, because “what gets checked gets done.” Cafasso pointed out that she goes to a private school, which may inter-pret and handle bullying in a very different manner than would a public school. A universal definition would make it easier to educate younger children about what bullying is and how to stop it. In addition, a definition that distinguishes cyberbullying from online harassment would be useful, she said. Dockrey added that youth need information about bullying so they can recognize it for what it is. She explained that bullying may be easy to recognize when a jock is doing it to a nerd, but it can be harder to identify when two girls of the same social class are bullying each other. “That is called ‘drama,’ but in reality that can become bullying too,” she said. Dolan pointed to a disconnect between parents’ understanding and definition of bullying and what school personnel understand to be bullying. Students tend to say that bullying is much more common than is usually reported, she said, which is partly a matter of definitions. Finally, Donlin talked about the distinctions among harassment, intimi-dation, and bullying. The three are similar but not the same, he said. They have different impacts and raise different legal implications. To meet state and federal requirements, schools are forced to decide whether a given incident was bullying, harassment, sexual harassment, racial harassment, or something else. Clear understandings are needed to distinguish among different kinds of aggressive acts, he observed. Reporting of Bullying Issues related to reporting bullying were raised by the school personnel panelists. For example, Washington state, which has 295 school districts and about 2,300 individual school buildings, requires a mandated policy on bullying prevention and procedures on prevention and intervention. But how that policy is implemented may vary from school to school, said Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 117. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 106 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Donlin. Every school district writes its own policies and procedures, with guidance provided by the school board association. One exception to this is a state requirement to adopt the state model policy and procedures on harassment, intimidation, and bullying. Although information is annu-ally gathered on programs and trainings provided, there is no process for collecting detailed information on bullying events, anti-bullying program implementation, or investigations of reports of bullying, he said. Although Washington state has a definition, a code of conduct, and a set of responses, an act of bullying can be interpreted as an aggressive fight or disrespect. Dolan also raised a question about the accuracy of the statistics on bullying. Are elements of bullying masked by other aggressive behaviors? When a school or district has an increased number of bullying incidents, communities can become roused. How can bullying be made a priority for everyone, she asked. In her school system, “soft offenses” such as defiance and disrespect can lead to harder offenses such as fights and attacks. Bul-lying may be subsumed in different parts of this spectrum of aggressive behaviors, she said. As Dolan noted, Maryland has a policy regarding reporting of inci-dents of bullying. However, the system has found inconsistencies between reported incidents and those that have resulted in some sort of disciplinary sanction. It also has found disconnects between what youth are reporting and what adults are reporting, how bullying is perceived and identified, and what is done about it. Reporting of bullying incidents can create sanctions against schools, noted Dolan, which creates an incentive not to report occurrences. Schools that implement reporting requirements most aggressively can end up with a black eye. In addition, Myers raised the issue of inhibitions for the shar-ing of information because of legal guidelines. However, he added that his school is very transparent. “We share the data that we collect. It is not a mystery what is happening in our building. That is a model that should flow throughout the county. As we are made more aware of where the challenges are, we can address them,” he said. School Climate Several of the student and school personnel panelists focused their remarks on the importance of school climate on bullying prevention. From the student perspective, Farkas said that policies directed toward bullying typically try to put out the fire, but what if steps were taken so that the fires did not get started in the first place? If children could be taught to empathize with others before they even begin elementary school, schools would have far more students who have no need to bully. Research on this topic could point the way to effective programs, he said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 118. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 107 In addition, the environment of schools needs to change, Farkas observed. There is no reason why the social structure of a school needs to resemble a pyramid, with just a few students on top. As noted at the beginning of this workshop summary, Farkas went to both kinds of schools, and the high school he went to was not structured like a pyramid. “There were no popular kids. There were no nerds.” If empathy were taught in the classroom by teachers and reinforced by other students, schools would be a better place. “Building from the ground up instead of trying to fix the problems from the surface is a much more effective way of going about things,” he said. Cantave said that teachers should be encouraged to consider why someone is being targeted. If teachers become aware of the vulnerabilities that are being exploited, then they may be able to do something to stop bullying. In addition, the observation that having even one friend reduces the chance of being bullied was “really poignant,” said Cantave. Integrating that observation into curricula might help targets become less introverted. If the targets of bullying could be humanized, then other people might step up to defend them when they are being bullied. Cantave also noted that many targets of bullying have low self-esteem, which can have long-term impacts on their lives. Studying these effects could motivate change. Shaw emphasized the importance of evaluating a school’s climate and changing social norms. Empowering a bystander to stand up against bully­ing can make a big difference, even though it requires social capital. How-ever, the entire system cannot depend on an awkward sixth grader standing up to the cool kid in school. It “is amazing when it happens,” she said, “but we cannot build a society on that.” If the norm is to be supportive and not to engage in bullying behavior, then bullying will decrease, said Shaw. In that respect, the examples set by teachers and students leaders are critical. “We must be thinking about the kind of society we are creating.” This role modeling cannot come just from teachers and administrators. It needs to be a grassroots movement that resonates with students to become part of the students’ norms, she said. The effect of a heterogeneous social population was interesting, said Shaw, in that it provided a target of bullying with a way of processing an aggressor’s actions. More broadly, adjusting the cognitive framework of students might enable many more students to realize why they are being bullied and not blame themselves. “If we can give all students the tools to process it in that way, we can, hopefully, reduce the risks of depression down the line and even cutting down on suicides.” Shaw also pointed to the transition point in late middle school and high school where many anti-bullying programs cease to be effective and can actually be counterproductive. “That makes a lot of sense to me, and it is something that is quite worrisome. It really speaks to changing normative Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 119. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 108 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING behavior.” Teenagers resist being told what to think, she noted. Unless activi-ties like poster campaigns and assemblies are paired with efforts to change the climate, “it ends up coming across as more disingenuous.” Given the tools and the facts, students can draw their own conclusions, especially when they are led by adults who know and care about an issue, said Shaw. From the school perspective, Myers emphasized that bullying cannot and should not be siloed. “It cannot be taken out of context of the total school culture.” Creating social norms for peer groups within the school-house is extremely important, he said. Donlin agreed. He said that the school climate is a fundamental consideration. “When I am doing my work in bullying prevention with districts or schools or families or parents, one of the first things I tell people is that bullying is a community event and it takes a community to deal with it.” Preventive activities can help create that climate and need to be done upfront, with awareness as the first step in prevention, he said. Program Implementation School personnel often feel what Myers called “implementation anxi-ety” over getting a program accepted and then implemented with fidelity at the school level. School personnel face many barriers in implementing programs, as pointed out by several presenters, including the number of mandated “must-dos” that have to be taken into consideration. Fur-thermore, the county does not have a systemic program for all schools to follow, Myers said, so each school individually considers what would work best. A difficult question that school personnel face is what to do after a bullying incident, Myers observed. What can be done for a bullied child, and what should be done to a child exhibiting bullying behaviors? How can prevention be maintained going forward? Not having such interventions can have long-lasting and costly impacts, he said. Dolan also noted that schools can implement programs without fidelity and then wonder why they do not work. Planning is required to implement a program successfully, she said. In particular, the climate of a school is a strong determinant of what can and cannot be done. Schools need to be more accountable for the implementation of programs, Dolan continued. One positive aspect of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports, a bullying prevention program used in the Anne Arundel school system, is that it does hold schools accountable. Schools are given a score around implementation, and the scores have been tied to incentives for the school, she noted. Dealing with bullying also requires training, Donlin said, even though no separate, dedicated funding is available in his state to provide training. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 120. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 109 In addition, training tends to focus on policies and procedures rather than on prevention or best practices. But educators need help developing the skills to create safe and secure learning environments for all students in all settings, he noted. Legislators need to hear what works, how programs can be imple-mented, and how they can be taken to scale, observed Donlin. They also need to know that implementing such programs at scale requires time, funding, people, and other resources. The Biological Evidence The biological evidence was mesmerizing, Myers observed. Research shows that long-term stress can have dramatic effects on the adolescent brain, but recovery is also possible if the right interventions are available, he noted. The biological findings help avoid a tendency to blame the victim, Dolan added. The students, like the school personnel, were impressed by the poten-tial of the biological evidence on bullying to influence opinions. Cantave pointed out, for example, that the biological observations could keep stu-dents from being marginalized, because others might realize that they have undergone traumatic experiences, as reflected by changes in their brain. More research on the long-term damages of bullying could greatly increase the potential impact of these observations, Dockrey added. Technology and Other Resources In a highly technological culture, a variety of technologies can influ-ence the attitudes and knowledge of students. For example, Cafasso noted that public service notices can be a powerful way of influencing school climates. The MTV commercials that point to the thin line between words and wounds are an example of messages that can make “a huge difference,” she said. Students of different ages use different social media and technologies, Dockrey noted, which requires that anti-bullying messages travel through different outlets. Messages also need to be paired with what teens want and need to hear, she noted. Technologies offer a possible way of encouraging and supporting stu-dents to make friends, said Dockrey. “Even if they do not have a friend at their school, they are at least going to be able to know that they have a friend in that organization one county over and they can text and talk and Facebook with that person all they want.” To reduce cyberbullying, some schools encourage their teachers and administrators to be online, Farkas noted. Having a teacher to whom a Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 121. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 110 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING student can reach out for help can be very valuable during stressful periods, he said. The http://www.stopbullying.gov website has been a “tremendous resource” to Shaw in her capacity as the president of the Anti-Bullying Leadership Network. She often receives e-mails and Facebook messages from parents or students asking how they can respond to bullying. The website is respectful to students, has pages directed toward students of dif-ferent ages, provides important facts, and presents the options for different locations, Shaw said. Until 10 or 15 years ago, bullying did not get much attention, she continued. Its increased visibility means that more ideas and materials are available, and it can be hard to sort through those materials. The push toward data-driven methods and programs that have been rigorously tested helps greatly in that regard, and more evidence-based programs are needed. “It really does seem like we are on the precipice of making a big difference,” Shaw said. Myers agreed with the student panelists that technology is a major influence on the lives of children and adolescents. But schools still do not have technology-enabled programs available to them that could deliver the message of bullying to parents in the community. “That would be invalu-able to have,” he said. Another valuable resource would be a program beginning at the elementary level to teach students about the appropriate use of technology and about some of the pitfalls that can occur. Myers also asked whether parents can be provided with concrete guide-lines for help with a bullied child. A program or even a pamphlet about what they can do in such a situation would be very helpful, he said. Missing Stakeholders School personnel and student panelists were asked to reflect on stake-holders and issues that they felt were missing from the workshop presenta-tions and discussions. Donlin identified legislators as a stakeholder group not represented at the workshop. In his job, he deals often with legislators, whether at a local level or a state level. “We have a very good state law and good policy,” he said, “but the challenge is to make sure that everything is practical and practicable.” Another group missing from the workshop was school personnel involved in special education and 504 plans under the Rehabilitation Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act, he noted. The students who are covered by those programs also need to be protected, Donlin said. Dockrey said that one group missing from the conversation at the workshop was parents. Parents need to be equipped to respond well when their children come to them with bullying problems, she said. Some parents Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 122. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary REFLECTIONS OF SCHOOL PERSONNEL AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 111 look for their own identity and status in the accomplishments of their chil-dren. They may not want to hear that their children are having problems with bullying, because it implies that they have done something wrong. Parents can build their children’s self-esteem by getting them involved in organizations and supporting their activities. Dockrey suggested that parents can help their children establish relationships, especially because parents are the first people with whom children experience love. “If they don’t get these skills at home, then they are not going to be able to take them into schools to make that one friend or the relationships that they need,” Dockrey said. Other Issues Finally, the student and school personnel panelists were asked to con-sider issues that were not raised during the workshop presentations and that were missing from the overall discussion. This section summarizes several topics that were raised. Teachers and Adults as Bullies Several of the student respondents pointed out that, as Farkas said, “teachers can be bullies, too.” The definition of bullying should not limit itself just to youth, Farkas continued. In his high school, students did not bully each other, but teachers did bully students. “We had chemistry teach-ers calling their kids ‘stupid.’ We had English teachers calling out racial slurs, sexual orientation slurs. . . . That is straight-up bullying.” When Farkas complained to administrators about a particular teacher, the teacher was not disciplined and Farkas was sent to another classroom. “I was glad to no longer be in the classroom. But the way that looked to the rest of the school population is that I was being punished for being bullied.” Teachers have their own biases, and they can act as models for bully-ing among students. “If teachers are giving the impression that this kind of behavior is okay, the kids are going to think this kind of behavior is okay.” Teachers need the same kind of bullying prevention training that students receive, Farkas said. Dockrey observed that bullying may take the form of a teacher who only acknowledges the jocks and popular students at school. What teachers think about students is going to shape their self-identity, she added. “We cannot be having teachers and coaches being okay with bullying kids in addition to the students who are doing so.” The research on changes in the brain can help them recognize the damage they are doing to students. When teachers or administrators label a student a “drama queen,” that is just an easy way not to address a problem, Dockrey said. Cafasso also Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 123. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 112 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING mentioned the importance of adults bullying youth. Research on teachers, coaches, family members, or other adults involved in bullying youth could help explore this largely overlooked behavior, she said. Sibling Aggression Sibling aggression can be a factor in bullying, Dockrey noted, because how a child feels at home is how he or she is going to act in the wider world. If children are loved and confident at home, then they will feel confident and loved at school. Dockrey has three younger sisters, and if something bad happens to one of them at school, “they are going to come back to three other best friends. I think if we can instill that into families, that could significantly help them as they are going out into schools and having to deal with these issues.” Self-Esteem and Self-Worth Finally, an issue largely overlooked by the workshop, according to Cantave, was the importance of self-esteem and confidence on the part of victims. As adolescents spend more time with computers than with fam-ily or friends, sources of reinforcement, such as “likes” on Facebook, can become extremely important in the social life of teens. “But those who are targeted, those who are marginalized, they are not getting those Facebook likes. . . . Where are you getting that validation? Where are you getting that self-worth? That is a really big issue.” A self-worth campaign could change the environment, he suggested. “Quirks seen as oddities to some could be passions for others. Somehow, somewhere, we need to eliminate the importance of external validation and have people really recognize their self-worth,” Cantave said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 124. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 12 Final Thoughts In the final session of the workshop, the members of the planning committee discussed themes from the workshop sessions and individual presentations as well as promising areas for future research and policy action. Their comments are summarized here not as the conclusions of the workshop but as an overview of the issues discussed. BULLYING AND VICTIMIZATION AND THE TARGETS OF BULLYING Perspectives on bullying and the approaches taken to prevent and respond to it can differ from place to place because of competing priorities, issues related to accountability, and differences in the implementation of policies and programs, as Catherine Bradshaw observed. A uniform defini-tion of bullying has recently been developed, but that definition has not necessarily been incorporated at the local level, she added. Bradshaw also mentioned that bullying prevention is often imposed as an unfunded man-date. “Until we are able to dedicate the funding and set this issue of bullying prevention as a priority, we are not going to get a lot of traction,” she said. Many presentations had emphasized the importance of context, Bradshaw observed, including such contextual factors as cultural differ-ences, dating relationships, urban-versus-rural settings, cyberbullying, and families, to name just a few. Developmental factors are also important, given that the types of effective interventions will vary across the lifecourse, Bradshaw said. Another theme that came up repeatedly over the course of 113 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 125. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 114 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING the 2 days was the importance of connectedness, whether that takes the form of a relationship with a peer or an adult who can act as a buffer to bullying. Researchers need a better way of operationalizing and incorporat-ing such contextual factors into their studies, Bradshaw said. “Rarely are we able to walk away with a good statistical model that maps on to what people actually are seeing in real life.” Bradshaw also brought up the issue of diversity, whether ethnic, cul-tural, physical, or sexual. As noted in Chapter 1, this issue was intended to be integrated in presentations throughout the workshop rather than being addressed in a single session, because it is a major consideration in bullying prevention. Several planning committee members commented on the neurobiologi-cal underpinnings of responses to bullying that researchers are starting to uncover, as presented by Vaillancourt (see Chapter 2). These biological studies help to explain the idea of allostatic load, Bradshaw said, in which prior experiences with stress and trauma make it more challenging for someone to rebound from additional stress. Megan Moreno also pointed to the power of the demonstrated biological changes to motivate an interven-tion platform with parents and teachers. SCHOOL-BASED INTERVENTIONS There is still no solid base of evidence for many of the bullying pre-vention interventions being implemented in schools, Denise Gottfredson pointed out. Randomized controlled trials are difficult to conduct in schools, but some results from school-based studies have been very posi-tive. School policies sometimes diminish the significance of bullying, she added, which makes bullying issues harder to address. Also, high-profile media events tend to dominate the public’s and administrators’ attention, which can result in resources being diverted into school security measures and zero-tolerance policies, even though homicides in schools are actually very rare, she noted. Gottfredson and several other planning committee members called attention to the importance of school climate in bullying prevention. For example, the student-to-teacher ratio can have an effect on bullying, as can the role of other stakeholders in the school setting and the norms held by students and adults for that school. Presentations by Dodge and Faris highlighted that how schools are engineered and organized can have an influence on peer interactions and aggressive peer behaviors. Anti-bullying campaigns, role modeling, peer relationships, and positive approaches all can make a big difference by shaping school climates, Gottfredson said. Presentations by Bradshaw and Juvonen pointed to examples from the research of how to develop a climate of inclusion and support. In addition, Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 126. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary FINAL THOUGHTS 115 Moreno called attention to the fact that the young people who spoke at the workshop (see Chapter 11) identified the school climate as a contribut-ing factor to whether bullying takes place. For example, student panelists Farkas and Shaw suggested that school climate can have a major impact on how students experience or intervene in bullying behavior. Finally, sev-eral presenters noted that even one friend or supporter, whether a peer or teacher, can make a difference to a victimized young person. Gottfredson suggested that a working group could identify the most promising components of a multi-component approach to bullying pre-vention in schools. Important components of such an approach could be involving more people in the school community, especially high-status students, as part of the solution; starting with the adults in schools to clarify norms about bullying; promoting meaningful connections among individuals within schools; and reorganizing the way students are grouped for instruction. Todres also emphasized the need to focus on structural issues, especially contextual factors, and on the importance of incentives for schools. FAMILY-FOCUSED INTERVENTIONS Todres emphasized that parents and other caregivers are essential part-ners in successful interventions. However, the rates of bullying reported by parents are less than the rates their children report. Parents also think that their children will tell them if they are being bullied, whereas children report that they are less likely to report bullying than their parents believe. Finally, children report more social and health impacts than parents per-ceive. “That suggests an area of need both for research and for further interventions,” Todres said. Families can serve as sources of risk, protection factors, or managers of contextual risk, Todres continued. Nurturing parenting skills, fostering stable family relationships, ensuring appropriate supervision of children, encouraging parental involvement in school, and connecting families with neighborhoods and social supports all can increase the ability of parents to deal with bullying, he said. TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERVENTIONS The vast majority of youth today are online, along with ever growing populations of adults, Moreno said. These online communities can be both a source of interventions and preventive measures and a place where bul-lying can occur. Many youth access health information online, especially information about topics that they might find stigmatizing or embarrassing to ask about in public. “This may be a place where youth who have been Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 127. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 116 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING bullied would feel more comfortable seeking help or support,” Moreno said. As in other areas of bullying prevention, little evidence exists demon-strating the efficacy of online bullying intervention. But the knowledge base about school-based interventions in general could guide thinking about how to structure and test an online intervention. Young people themselves can partner with adults in understanding what might and might not work, Moreno suggested. COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTIONS Other programs and frameworks, such as the Big Brothers and Big Sisters program and Communities That Care, have demonstrated the potential of community-based programs to improve health, Nina Fredland observed. Pediatricians and other health care professionals can make impor-tant contributions to bullying prevention efforts while also identifying and providing assistance to students who are suffering from negative health outcomes related to bullying. For example, the American Academy of Pedi-atrics has identified injury prevention, including bullying prevention, as a public health issue. The role of primary health care providers in this area could be even greater if it were possible to share information between pro-viders and key school personnel such as school nurses, social workers, and school psychologists, within the context of confidentiality, Fredland said. Moreno emphasized the importance of community and stakeholder buy-in. “These are people we should be bringing to the table at every stage of our research projects and not waiting until the implementation stage,” she said. “We could get so much more information about what might work and what theoretical models are resonating with the people who are going to be implementing these and affected by these.” PEER-LED AND PEER-FOCUSED PROGRAMS Bullying is a proactive rather than reactive form of aggression, Todres observed, and youth often use it to try to achieve higher status within social groups. This is one reason why it can be counterproductive for interven-tions to place youth who bully with each other in groups, because these groups can exacerbate rather than reduce bullying. Instead, interventions that support adult involvement, positive relationships, self-regulation, and group management skills are most likely to have positive effects on problem behaviors, Todres said. Preventing the formation of gangs, early interven-tion, and a peer culture of nonaggression also can prevent bullying, he Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. observed.
  • 128. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary FINAL THOUGHTS 117 LAWS AND PUBLIC POLICIES Most state legislatures have passed anti-bullying laws over the past 15 years, Todres pointed out. However, these laws vary greatly from state to state and also within states, because many of the laws delegate authority to school boards and schools to establish policies. Inclusive anti-bullying policies are associated with a reduced risk of peer victimization for all youth, and laws and policies can support training programs, improvements in school culture, and other positive interventions. However, laws and policies also can hinder enforcement, because schools fear that they will be sued by the parents of students accused of bullying, and legislation can run afoul of privacy laws. As in many areas of bullying prevention, more research is needed both on the effectiveness of laws and policies and on their successful implementation, Todres said. TRANSLATING BULLYING RESEARCH INTO POLICY AND PRACTICE “All of our good work to develop effective bullying prevention inter-ventions will be for naught if we cannot ensure that they are implemented with reasonable fidelity on the ground and are sustained over a long period of time,” Gottfredson said. Particular characteristics of programs or poli-cies can increase the likelihood that they could be implemented with high fidelity; these characteristics include clear messages, solid technical training, and technical assistance. More challenging but equally important is build-ing a local infrastructure in the community to select evidence-based prac-tices and deliver them with fidelity. Key aspects of this infrastructure are strong leadership, administrative support, and the presence of a program champion at the local level, Gottfredson said. Such an infrastructure also can increase the capacity to monitor implementation and feed that informa-tion back to local implementers. Interventions that address risk factors for a variety of different problem behaviors often receive more local support than more narrowly focused programs, Gottfredson observed. For example, programs to improve school climate by increasing the clarity of norms at the school level and enhancing discipline management can be beneficial across the board and not just for bullying, she said. The field of bullying prevention can learn from other fields of research and practice, Todres said, and some of the research that was reviewed and discussed drew on work from related topics (e.g., violence and aggression). However, Limber and other presenters were careful to note that while bullying overlaps with these other constructs, it is also distinct in impor-tant respects. Consequently, the extent to which this research on related Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 129. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 118 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING topics applies to bullying is an open question. Another gap in the research, Gottfredson added, is how to scale up programs effectively and produce benefits in real-world settings. Bradshaw added that researchers need to devote increased attention to the mediators and moderators of bullying and anti-bullying interventions. Partnerships between researchers who are fielding randomized trials and methodologists can yield better and more information about what works under different conditions, she noted. As Frederick Rivara, chair of the planning committee for the workshop, said during his introductory remarks, he bases his actions and beliefs on the premise that all injuries are preventable. Bullying is not just something that children and adolescents always have done and always will do. Bullying and the consequences of bullying to the victim, the perpetrators, schools, and society can be prevented. “It is up to us to act,” he said. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 130. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Appendixes Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 131. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 132. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary A References AAP (American Academy of Pediatrics). 2014. Connected kids: Safe, strong, secure. http:// www2.aap.org/connectedkids (accessed May 21, 2014). Abrams, D. E. 2009. A coordinated public response to school bullying. In M. R. Dyson and D. B. Weddle (Eds.), Our promise: Achieving educational equity for America’s children (pp. 399–423). Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press. Abrams, D. E. 2012. Bullying as a disability in public elementary and secondary education. Abrams, D. E. 2013. School bullying victimization as an educational disability. Temple Politi-cal Civil Rights Law Review 22:273–290. APA (American Psychological Association) Zero Tolerance Task Force. 2008. Are zero tol-erance policies effective in the schools?: An evidentiary review and recommendations. Basile, K. C., D. L. Espelage, I. Rivers, P. M. McMahon, and T. R. Simon. 2009. The theo-retical and empirical links between bullying behavior and sexual violence perpetration. Aggression and Violent Behavior 14(5):336–347. Bellmore, A. D., M. Witkow, S. Graham, and J. Juvonen. 2004. Beyond the individual: The impact of ethnic context and classroom behavioral norms on victims’ adjustment. ­Developmental Psychology 40:1159–1172. Benjet, C., R. J. Thompson, and I. H. Gotlib. 2010. 5-HTTLPR moderates the effect of re-lational peer victimization on depressive symptoms in adolescent girls. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 51(2):173–179. Borum, R., D. Cornell, W. Modzeleski, and S. R. Jimerson. 2010. What can be done about school shootings? A review of the evidence. Educational Researcher 39:27–37. Bradshaw, C. P., W. M. Reinke, L. D. Brown, K. B. Bevans, and P. J. Leaf. 2008. Imple-mentation of school-wide positive behavioral interventions and supports (PBIS) in el-ementary schools: Observations from a randomized trial. Education and Treatment of 121 Missouri Law Review 77:781–804. American Psychologist 63:852–862. Children 31(1):1–26. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 133. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 122 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Buhs, E. S., G. W. Ladd, and S. L. Herald. 2006. Peer exclusion and victimization: Processes that mediate the relation between peer group rejection and children’s classroom engage-ment and achievement? Journal of Educational Psychology 98:1–13. Buhs, E. S., G. W. Ladd, and S. L. Herald-Brown. 2010. Victimization and exclusion: Links to peer rejection, classroom engagement, and achievement. In S. R. Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, and D. L. Espelage (Eds.), The handbook of school bullying: An international perspective (pp. 163–172). New York: Routledge. Caspi, A., K. Sugden, T. E. Moffitt, A. Taylor, I. W. Craig, H. Harrington, J. McClay, J. Mill, J. Martin, A. Braithwaite, and R. Poulton. 2003. Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science 301(5631):386–389. CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention). 2012. Suicide: Facts at a glance. http:// www.cdc.gov/ViolencePrevention/pdf/Suicide_DataSheet-a.pdf (accessed May 21, 2014). CDC. 2014a. National Center for Health Statistics. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs (accessed May 21, 2014). CDC. 2014b. School Associated Violent Death Surveillance Study. http://www.cdc.gov/violence prevention/youthviolence/schoolviolence/savd.html (accessed May 21, 2014). Chen, Z., K. D. Williams, J. Fitness, and N. C. Newton. 2008. When hurt will not heal: Explor-ing the capacity to relive social and physical pain. Psychological Science 19(8):789–795. Cohen, J. 2009. Transforming school climate: Educational and psychoanalytic perspectives. Schools: Studies in Education 6:99–103. Cohen, J., L. McCabe, N. M. Michelli, and T. Pickeral. 2009. School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers College Record 111:180–213. Cohen, M. A., and A. R. Piquero. 2009. New evidence on the monetary value of saving a high risk youth. Journal of Quantitative Criminology 25:25–49. Cohen, M. A., A. R. Piquero, and W. G. Jennings. 2010. Estimating the costs of bad out-comes for at-risk youth and the benefits of early childhood interventions to reduce them. ­Criminal Justice Policy Review 21(4):391–434. Cook, C. R., K. R. Williams, N. G. Guerra, and T. E. Kim. 2010a. Variability in the prevalence of bullying and victimization: A cross-national and methodological analysis. In S. R. Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, and D. L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of bullying in schools: An international perspective (pp. 347–362). New York: Routledge. Cook, P. J., D. C. Gottfredson, and C. Na. 2010b. School crime control and prevention. Crime and Justice 39(1):313–440. Copeland, W. E., D. Wolke, A. Angold, and E. J. Costello. 2013. Adult psychiatric outcomes of bullying and being bullied by peers in childhood and adolescence. JAMA Psychiatry 70:419–426. Cornell, D. 2006. School violence: Fears versus facts. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Cornell, D., and J. Cole. 2011. Assessment of bullying. In S.R. Jimerson, A. B. Nickerson, M. J. Mayer, and M. J. Furlong (Eds.), The handbook of school violence and school safety: International research and practice, 2nd edition (pp. 289–303). Mahwah, NJ: Routledge. Crowley, M. J., J. Wu, C. A. Bailey, and L. C. Mayes. 2009. Bringing in the negative rein-forcements: The avoidance feedback-related negativity. Neuroreport 20(17):1513–1517. Dahlberg, L., and E. Krug. 2002. Violence: A global health problem. In E. Krug, L. Dahlberg, J. Mercy, A. Zwi, and R. Lozano (Eds.), World report on violence and health (pp. 3–21). Geneva: World Health Organization. DeAngelis, K. J., B. O. Brent, and D. Ianni. 2011. The hidden cost of school security. Journal of Education Finance 36:312–337. Dijkstra, J. K., S. Lindenberg, R. Veenstra, C. Steglich, J. Isaacs, N. A. Card, and E. V. Hodges. 2010. Influence and selection processes in weapon carrying during adolescence: The roles of status, aggression, and vulnerability. Criminology 48(1):187–220. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 134. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary APPENDIX A 123 Dishion, T. J., S. E. Nelson, and M. Yasui. 2005. Predicting early adolescent gang involvement from middle school adaptation. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology 34:62–73. Dodge, K. A., and M. R. Sherrill. 2006. Deviant peer-group effects in youth mental health interventions. In K. A. Dodge, T. J. Dishion, and J. E. Lansford (Eds.), Deviant peer influ-ences in programs for youth: Problems and solutions (pp. 97–121). New York: Guilford. DoSomething.org. 2014. Bully text. https://www.dosomething.org/bullytext (accessed May 23, 2014). Durlak, J. A., and E. P. Dupre. 2008. Implementation matters: A review of research on the influence of implementation on program outcomes and the factors affecting the imple-mentation. American Journal of Community Psychology 41:327–350. Eaton, D. K., L. Kann, S. Kinchen, S. Shanklin, J. Ross, J. Hawkins, W. A. Harris, R. Lowry, T. McManus, D. Chyen, C. Lim, L. Whittle, N. D. Brener, and H. Wechsler. 2009. Youth risk behavior surveillance—United States, 2009. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report Surveillance Summaries 59(5):1–142. Eaton, D. K., L. Kann, S. Kinchen, S. Shanklin, K. H. Flint, J. Hawkins, W. A. Harris, R. Lowry, T. McManus, D. Chyen, L. Whittle, C. Lim, and H. Wechsler. 2012. Youth risk behavior surveillance—United States, 2011. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report Surveillance Summaries 61(4):1–162. http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/ ss6104a1.htm (accessed May 19, 2014). Eliot, M., D. Cornell, A. Gregory, and X. Fan. 2010. Supportive school climate and student willingness to seek help for bullying and threats of violence. Journal of School Psychol-ogy 48(6):533–553. Espelage, D. L., and S. M. Swearer. 2010. A social-ecological model for bullying prevention and intervention: Understanding the impact of adults in the social ecology of youngsters. In S. R. Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, and D. L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of bullying in schools: An international perspective (pp. 61–72). New York: Routledge. Espelage, D. L., K. Bosworth, and T. R. Simon. 2000. Examining the social context of bully-ing behaviors in early adolescence. Journal of Counseling Development 78:326–333. Espelage, D. L., K. C. Basile, and M. E. Hamburger. 2012. Bullying perpetration and subse-quent sexual violence perpetration among middle school students. Journal of Adolescent Health 50:60–65. Espelage, D. L., S. Low, M. A. Rao, J. S. Hong, and T. Little. 2013. Family violence, bully-ing, fighting, and substance use among adolescents: A longitudinal transactional model. Journal of Research on Adolescence 24(2):337–349. doi: 10.1111/jora.12060. Espelage, D. L., S. K. Low, C. Anderson, and L. De La Rue. 2014. Bullying, sexual, and dat-ing violence trajectories from early to late adolescence. Report submitted to the National Institute of Justice Grant #2011-MU-FX-0022. Espelage, D. L., K. C. Basile, M. E. Hamburger, and L. De La Rue. In press. Longitudinal associations among bully, homophobic teasing and sexual violence perpetration among middle school students. Journal of Interpersonal Violence. Espinoza, G. Under Review. Daily Cyberbullying Experiences: Links with Emotional, Physical and School Adjustment. Fagan, A. A., K. Hanson, J. D. Hawkins, and M. Arthur. 2009. Translational research in ac-tion: Implementation of the Communities That Care Prevention System in 12 communi-ties. Journal of Community Psychology 37(7):809–829. Faris, R. 2012. Aggression, exclusivity, and status attainment in interpersonal networks. Social Forces 90:1207–1235. Faris, R., and S. Ennett. 2012. Adolescent aggression: The role of peer group status motives, peer aggression, and group characteristics. Social Networks 34(4):371–378. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 135. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 124 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Faris, R., and D. Felmlee. 2011. Status struggles network centrality and gender segregation in same- and cross-gender aggression. American Sociological Review 76(1):48–73. Faris, R., and D. Felmlee. 2014. Casualties of social combat: School networks of peer vic-timization and their consequences. American Sociological Review 79(2):228–257. doi: 10.1177/0003122414524573. Farmer, T. W., J. V. Hamm, K. L. Lane, D. Lee, K. S. Sutherland, C. M. Hall, and R. A. Murray. 2013. Conceptual foundations and components of a contextual intervention to promote student engagement during early adolescence: The Supporting Early Adolescent Learning and Social Success (SEALS) model. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation 23:115–139. Farrington, D., and M. Ttofi. 2009. School based programs to reduce bullying and victimiza-tion: A systematic review. Campbell Systematic Reviews 5(6). Fekkes, M., F. I. Pijpers, and S. P. Verloove-Vanhorick. 2005. Bullying: Who does what, when and where? Involvement of children, teachers and parents in bullying behavior. Health Education Research 20(1):81–91. Finkelhor, D., H. Turner, R. Ormrod, and S. L. Hamby. 2009. Violence, abuse, and crime exposure in a national sample of children and youth. Pediatrics 124:1411–1423. Foshee, V. A., K. E. Bauman, S. T. Ennett, C. Suchindran, T. Benefield, and G. F. Linder. 2005. Assessing the effects of dating violence prevention program “Safe Dates” using random coefficient regression modeling. Prevention Science 6(3):245–257. Gini, G., and T. Pozzoli. 2013. Bullied children and psychosomatic problems: A meta-analysis. Pediatrics 132:720–729. Gladden, R. M., A. M. Vivolo-Kantor, M. E. Hamburger, and C. D. Lumpkin. 2014. Bullying surveillance among youth: Uniform definitions for public health and recommended data elements, version 1.0. Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and U.S. Department of Education. http:// www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/bullying-definitions-final-a.pdf (accessed May 19, 2014). Glasgow, R. E., T. M. Vogt, and S. M. Boles. 1999. Evaluating the public health impact of health promotion interventions: The RE-AIM Framework. American Journal of Public Health 89:1322–1327. Glasgow, R. E., E. Lichtenstein, and A. C. Marcus. 2003. Why don’t we see more translation of health promotion research to practice? Rethinking the efficacy–effectiveness transition. American Journal of Public Health 93(8):1261–1267. Gottfredson, D. C. 1986. An empirical test of school-based environmental and individual interventions to reduce the risk of delinquent behavior. Criminology 24:705–731. Gottfredson, D. C. 1990. Changing school structures to benefit high risk youths. In P. E. Leone (Ed.), Understanding troubled and troubling youth: Multidisciplinary perspectives. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Gottfredson, D. C., and S. M. DiPietro. 2011. School size, social capital, and student victim-ization. Sociology of Education 84:69–89. Gottfredson, G. D., and D. C. Gottfredson. 1985. Victimization in schools. New York: Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. Plenum. Gottfredson, G. D., D. C. Gottfredson, A. A. Payne, and N. C. Gottfredson. 2005. School climate predictors of school disorder: Results from the national study of delinquency prevention in schools. Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency 42(4):412–444. Graham, S., A. Bellmore, A. Nishina, and J. Juvonen. 2009. “It must be me”: Ethnic context and attributions for peer victimization. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 38:487–499. Gregory, A., D. Cornell, X. Fan, P. Sheras, and T. Shih. 2010. Authoritative school discipline: High school practices associated with lower student bullying and victimization. Journal of Educational Psychology 102:483–496.
  • 136. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary APPENDIX A 125 Gross, E. F. 2009. Logging on, bouncing back: An experimental investigation of online com-munication following social exclusion. Developmental Psychology 45:1787–1793. Hatzenbuehler, M. L., and K. M. Keyes. 2013. Inclusive anti-bullying policies and reduced risk of suicide attempts in lesbian and gay youth. Journal of Adolescent Health 53(1 Suppl):21–26. Hatzenbuehler, M. L., K. M. Keyes, and D. S. Hasin. 2009. State-level policies and psychiatric morbidity in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations. American Journal of Public Health 99(12):2275–2281. Hatzenbuehler, M. L., K. A. McLaughlin, K. M. Keyes, and D. S. Hasin. 2010. The impact of institutional discrimination on psychiatric disorders in lesbian, gay, and bisexual popula-tions: A prospective study. American Journal of Public Health 100(3):452–459. Hatzenbuehler, M. L., C. O’Cleirigh, C. Grasso, K. Mayer, S. Safren, and J. Bradford. 2012. Effect of same-sex marriage laws on health care use and expenditures in sexual minority men: A quasi-natural experiment. American Journal of Public Health 102(2):285–291. Hawkins, J. D., S. Oesterle, E. C. Brown, K. C. Monahan, R. D. Abbott, M. W. Arthur, and R. F. Catalano. 2012. Sustained decreases in risk exposure and youth problem behaviors after installation of the Communities That Care prevention system in a randomized trial. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 166(2):141–148. Hawkins, J. D., S. Oesterle, E. C. Brown, R. D. Abbott, and R. F. Catalano. 2014. Youth prob-lem behaviors 8 years after implementing the communities that care prevention system: A community-randomized trial. JAMA Pediatrics 168(2):122–129. HBSC (Health Behavior in School-Aged Children). 2013. 2009–2010 Student survey. Analysis ran on 2014-03-11 using SDA 3.5: Tables. http://www.icpsr.umich.edu/icpsrweb/ICPSR/ studies/34792 (accessed March 11, 2014). Henry, D. 2013. Multisite Violence Prevention Project. The moderating role of developmental microsystems in selective preventive intervention effects on aggression and victimization of aggressive and socially influential students. Prevention Science 14(4):390–399. Hertz, M., I. Donato, and J. Wright. 2013. Bullying and suicide: A public health approach. Journal of Adolescent Health 53(1):S1–S3. Hogeveen, J., M. Inzlicht,, and S. S. Obhi. 2014. Power changes how the brain responds to others. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 143(2):755. Holt, M. K., G. Kaufman Kantor, and D. Finkelhor. 2008. Parent/child concordance about bullying involvement and family characteristics related to bullying and peer victimization. Journal of School Violence 8(1):42–63. doi: 10.1080/15388220802067813. http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/15388220802067813 (accessed May 20, 2014). Houndoumadi, A., and L. Pateraki. 2001. Bullying and bullies in Greek elementary schools: Pupils’ attitudes and teachers’/parents’ awareness. Educational Review 53(1):19–26. doi:10.1080/00131910120033619. Iannotti, R. J. 2014. Health behavior in school-aged children (HBSC), 2009–2010. ICPSR34792-v1. Ann Arbor, MI: Inter-University Consortium for Political and Social Re-search [distributor], 2013-11-20. doi:10.3886/ICPSR34792.v1. http://www.icpsr.umich. edu/icpsrweb/ICPSR/studies/34792 (accessed May 19, 2014). IOM (Institute of Medicine) and NRC (National Research Council). 2003. Deadly lessons: Understanding lethal school violence. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Juvonen, J., A. Nishina, and S. Graham. 2006. Ethnic diversity and perceptions of safety in urban middle schools. Psychological Science 17:393–400. Karch, D. L., J. Logan, D. D. McDaniel, C. F. Floyd, and K. J. Vagi. 2013. Precipitating cir-cumstances of suicide among youth aged 10–17 years by sex: Data from the National Violent Death Reporting System, 16 states, 2005–2008. Journal of Adolescent Health 53:51–53. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 137. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 126 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Kellam, S. G. 2012. Developing and maintaining partnerships as the foundation of implemen-tation and implementation science: Reflections over a half century. Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research 39(4):317–320. Kellam, S. G., A. C. L. Mackenzie, C. H. Brown, J. M. Poduska, W. Wang, H. Petras, and H. C. Wilcox. 2011. The good behavior game and the future of prevention and treat-ment. Addiction Science and Clinical Practice 6:73–84. Kerner, J. F., and K. L. Hall. 2009. Research dissemination and diffusion: Translation within science and society. Research on Social Work Practice 19(5):519–530. Kerr, D. C. R., L. D. Leve, and P. Chamberlain. 2009. Pregnancy rates among juvenile justice girls in two RCTs of multidimensional treatment foster care. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 77(3):588–593. doi: 10.1037/a0015289. Klomek, A. B., M. Kleinman, E. Altschuler, F. Marrocco, L. Amakawa, and M. S. Gould. 2013. Suicidal adolescents’ experiences with bullying perpetration and victimization dur-ing high school as risk factors for later depression and suicidality. Journal of Adolescent Health 53(1 Suppl):S37–S42. Leff, S. S., D. E. Thomas, N. A. Vaughn, N. A. Thomas, J. Paquette MacEvoy, M. A. Freedman, S. Abdul-Kabir, J. Woodlock, T. Guerra, A. S. Bradshaw, E. M. Woodburn, R. K. Myers, and J. A. Fein. 2010. Using community-based participatory research to develop the PARTNERS youth violence prevention program. Progress in Community Health Partnerships 4(3):207–216. doi: 10.1353/cpr.2010.0005. Limber, S. P., and M. A. Small. 2003. State laws and policies to address bullying in schools. School Psychology Review 32(3):445–455. Limber, S. P., D. Olweus, and H. Luxenberg. 2013. Bullying in U.S. schools: 2012 status report. Center City, MN: Hazelden Foundation. http://www.violencepreventionworks. org/public/index.page (accessed May 19, 2014). Lipsey, M. 2006. The effects of community-based group treatment for delinquency: A meta-analytic search for cross-study generalizations. In K. A. Dodge, T. J. Dishion, and J. E. Lansford (Eds.), Deviant peer influences in programs for youth: Problems and solutions (pp. 162–184). New York: Guilford. Lochman, J., T. Dishion, C. Boxmeyer, and N. Powell. 2013. Preliminary findings from NIDA-funded Study of Group versus Individual Intervention Format for the Coping Power Child Component. Presented at the American Psychological Association meeting, Honolulu, Hawaii. July 31–August 4, 2013. Lovegrove, P. J., A. D. Bellmore, J. Greif Green, K. Jens, and J. M. Ostrove. 2013. My voice is not going to be silent: What can parents do about children’s bullying? Journal of School Violence 12(3):253–267. doi:10.1080/15388220.2013.792270. Masten, C. L., N. I. Eisenberger, L. A. Borofsky, J. H. Pfeifer, K. McNealy, J. C. Mazziotta, and M. Dapretto. 2009. Neural correlates of social exclusion during adolescence: Un-derstanding the distress of peer rejection. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience 4(2):143–157. Merrell, K., B. Gueldner, S. W. Ross, and D. Isava. 2008. How effective are school bullying intervention programs?: A meta-analysis of intervention research. School Psychology Quarterly 23(1):26–42. Miller, S., J. Williams, S. Cutbush, D. Gibbs, M. Clinton-Sherrod, and S. Jones. 2013. Dating violence, bullying, and sexual harassment: Longitudinal profiles and transitions over time. Journal of Youth Adolescence 42(4):607–618. Mitchell, K. J., M. L. Ybarra, and J. D. Korchmaros. 2013. Sexual harassment among ado-lescents of different sexual orientations and gender identities. Child Abuse and Neglect 38(2):280–295. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 138. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary APPENDIX A 127 Modzeleski, W., T. Feucht, M. Rand, J. E. Hall, T. R. Simon, L. Butler, A. Taylor, M. Hunter, M. A. Anderson, L. Barrios, and M. Hertz. 2008. School-associated student homicides— United States, 1992–2006. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 57(2):33–36. http:// www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm5702a1.htm (accessed May 21, 2014). Molcho, M., W. Craig, P. Due, W. Pickett, Y. Harel-Fisch, M. Overpeck, and the HBSC Bullying Writing Group. 2009. Cross-national time trends in bullying behaviour 1994– 2006: Findings from Europe and North America. International Journal of Public Health 54:S225–S234. Multisite Violence Prevention Project. 2009. The ecological effects of universal and selective violence prevention programs for middle school students: A randomized trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 77(3):526–542. Musher-Eizenman, D. R., P. Boxer, S. Danner, E. F. Dubow, S. E. Goldstein, and D. M. I. Heretick. 2004. Social-cognitive mediators of the relation of environmental and emotion regulation factors to children’s aggression. Aggressive Behavior 30:389–408. NRC (National Research Council) and IOM (Institute of Medicine). 2009. Preventing mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders among young people: Progress and possibilities. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. O’Connell, P., D. Pepler, and W. Craig. 1999. Peer involvement in bullying: Insights and chal-lenges for intervention. Journal of Adolescence 22:437–452. Odgers, C. L., T. E. Moffitt, L. M. Tach, R. J. Sampson, A. Taylor, C. L. Matthews, and A. Caspi. 2009. The protective effects of neighborhood collective efficacy on British chil-dren growing up in deprivation: A developmental analysis. Developmental Psychology 45(4):942–957. doi:10.1037/a0016162. Olweus, D. 1991. Bully/victim problems among schoolchildren: Basic facts and effects of a school based intervention program. In D. J. Pepler and H. Rubin (Eds.), The development and treatment of childhood aggression (pp. 411–448). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Olweus, D. 1993. Bullying at school: What we know and what we can do. Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Olweus, D. 1997. Bully/victim problems in school: Facts and intervention. European Journal of Psychology of Education 12:495–510. Olweus, D. 2012. School bullying: Development and some important challenges. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology 9:751–780. Olweus, D., S. P. Limber, V. Flerx, N. Mullin, J. Riese, and M. Snyder. 2007. Olweus Bullying Prevention Program: Schoolwide guide. Center City, MN: Hazelden. Ouellet-Morin, I., A. Danese, L. Bowes, S. Shakoor, A. Ambler, C. M. Pariante, A. S. Papadopoulos, A. Caspi, T. E. Moffitt, and L. Arseneault. 2011. A discordant monozy-gotic twin design shows blunted cortisol reactivity among bullied children. Journal of American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 50(6):574–582. Payne, A. A., D. C. Gottfredson, and G. D. Gottfredson. 2003. Schools as communities: The relationships among communal school organization, student bonding, and school disor-der. Criminology 41:749–777. Polanin, J. R., D. L. Espelage, and T. D. Pigott. 2012. A meta-analysis of school-based bully-ing prevention programs’ effects on bystander intervention behavior. School Psychology Review 41:47–65. Rao, M. A., D. L. Espelage, and T. D. Little. In press. Links between family conflict and substance-use in early adolescence: The mediating role of peer victimization. Develop-mental Psychology. Reijntjes, A., J. H. Kamphuis, P. Prinzie, and M. Telch. 2010. Peer victimization and inter-nalizing problems in children: A meta-analysis of longitudinal studies. Child Abuse Neglect 34:244–252. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 139. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 128 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Rigby, K., and P. T. Slee. 1993. Dimensions of interpersonal relation among Australian children and implications for psychological well-being. British Journal of Educational Psychology 133:33–42. Ringwalt, C. L., A. A. Vincus, S. T. Ennett, S. Hanley, J. M. Bowling, and L. A. Rohrbach. 2009. The prevalence of evidence-based substance use prevention curricula in U.S. middle schools in 2005. Prevention Science 10:33–40. Rivers, I., and N. Noret. 2013. Potential suicide ideation and its association with observing bullying at school. Journal of Adolescent Health 53:S32–S36. Robers, S., J. Zhang, J. Truman, and T. D. Snyder. 2010. Indicators of school crime and safety: 2010. (NCES 1001-002/NCJ 230812.) Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. Robers, S., J. Zhang, J. Truman, and T. D. Snyder. 2012. Indicators of school crime and safety: 2011. (NCES 2012-002/NCJ 236021). Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. Robers, S., J. Kemp, J. Truman, and T. D. Snyder. 2013. Indicators of school crime and safety: 2012. (NCES 2013-036/NCJ 241446). Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. Rohrbach, L. A., and S. Dyal. In press. Scaling up prevention programs in schools. In K. ­Bosworth (Ed.), Prevention science in school settings: Complex relationships and processes. New York: Springer Publishers. Rohrbach, L. A., J. W. Graham, and W. B. Hansen. 1993. Diffusion of a school-based sub-stance abuse prevention program: Predictors of program implementation. Preventive Medicine 22(2):237–260. Rohrbach, L. A., R. Grana, T. W. Valente, and S. Sussman. 2006. Type II translation: Trans-porting prevention interventions from research to real-world settings. Evaluation and the Health Professions 29(3):302–333. Salmivalli, C., A. Kärnä, and E. Poskiparta. 2011. Counteracting bullying in Finland: The KiVa program and its effects on different forms of being bullied. International Journal of Behavioral Development 35(5):405–411. Saul, J., A. Wandersman, P. Flaspohler, J. Duffy, K. Lubell, and R. Noonan. 2008. Research and action for bridging the gap between prevention research and practice. American Journal of Community Psychology 41:3–4. Schacter H. L., S. J. White, V. Y. Chang, and J. Juvonen. 2014. “Why me?”: Characterologi-cal self-blame and continued victimization in the first year of middle school. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology 43(3):1–10. Shalev, I., T. E. Moffitt, K. Sugden, B. Williams, R. M. Houts, A. Danese, J. Mill, L. Arseneault, and A. Caspi. 2013. Exposure to violence during childhood is associated with telo-mere erosion from 5 to 10 years of age: A longitudinal study. Molecular Psychiatry 18(5):576–581. Smith, E. P., D. Gorman-Smith, W. H. Quinn, D. L. Rabiner, P. H. Tolan, and D. M. Winn. 2004. Community-based multiple family groups to prevent and reduce violent and aggressive behavior: The GREAT Families Program. American Journal of Preventive Medicine 26(1):39–47. Smokowski, P. R., and K. H. Kopasz. 2005. Bullying in school: An overview of types, effects, family characteristics, and intervention strategies. Children Schools 27(2):101–110. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 140. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary APPENDIX A 129 Snyder, H. N., and M. Sickmund. 2006. Juvenile offenders and victims: 2006 national re-port. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. http://www.ojjdp.gov/ojstatbb/nr2006/ downloads/NR2006.pdf (accessed May 22, 2014). Sourander, A., J. A. Rönning, H. Eloheimo, S. Nimelä, H. Helenius, K. Kumpulainen, J. Piha, T. Tamminen, I. Moilanen, and F. Almqvist. 2007. Childhood bullies and victims and their risk of criminality in late adolescence: The Finnish from a Boy to a Man Study. Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine 161(6):546–552. Spoth, R., L. A. Rohrbach, M. Greenberg, P. Leaf, C. Brown, A. Fagan, R. Catalano, M. Pentz, Z. Sloboda, and J. Hawkins. 2013. Addressing core challenges for the next generation of Type 2 translation research and systems: The Translation Science to Population Impact (TSci Impact) framework. Prevention Science 14(4):319–351. Srabstein, J. C., B. E. Berkman, and E. Pyntikova. 2008. Antibullying legislation: A public health perspective. Journal of Adolescent Health 42:11–20. Swearer, S. M., J. Peugh, D. L. Espelage, A. B. Siebecker, W. L. Kingsbury, and K. S. Bevins. 2006. A socioecological model for bullying prevention and intervention in early adoles-cence: An exploratory examination. In S. R. Jimerson and M. Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of school violence and school safety: From research to practice (pp. 257–273). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Tierney, J. P., J. B. Grossman, and N. L. Resch. 1995. Making a difference: An impact study of Big Brothers Big Sisters. Philadelphia, PA: Public/Private Ventures. Tolan, P. H., D. Gorman-Smith, D. B. Henry, and M. Schoeny. 2010. The effects of a booster prevention program on child behavior and family functioning: The SAFE Children pro-gram. Prevention Science 10:287–297. Ttofi, M. M., and D. P. Farrington. 2011. Effectiveness of school-based programs to reduce bullying: A systematic and meta-analytic review. Journal of Experimental Criminology 7(1):27–56. Ttofi, M. M., D. P. Farrington, F. Lösel, and R. Loeber. 2011a. Do the victims of school bullies tend to become depressed later in life? A systematic review and meta-analysis of longitu-dinal studies. Journal of Aggression, Conflict and Peace Research 3:63–73. Ttofi, M. M., D. P. Farrington, F. Lösel, and R. Loeber. 2011b. The predictive efficiency of school bullying versus later offending: A systematic/meta-analytic review of longitudinal studies. Criminal Behavior and Mental Health 21(2):80–89. Unnever, J. D., and D. G. Cornell. 2003. The culture of bullying in middle school. Journal of School Violence 2:5–27. U.S. Department of Education. 2010. Dear colleague letter. http://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/ list/ocr/letters/colleague-201010.html (accessed May 19, 2014). U.S. Department of Education. 2011. Analysis of state bullying laws and policies. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Develop-ment, Policy and Program Studies Service. U. S. Department of Education. 2013. Dear Colleague Letter. http://www.ed.gov/blog/2013/08/ keeping-students-with-disabilities-safe-from-bullying (accessed June 19, 2014). U.S. Secret Service and U.S. Department of Education. 2002. The final report and findings of the Safe School Initiative: Implications for the prevention of school attacks in the United States. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education. Vaillancourt, T., E. Duku, S. Becker, L. A. Schmidt, J. Nicol, C. Muir, and H. Macmillan. 2011. Peer victimization, depressive symptoms, and high salivary cortisol predict poorer memory in children. Brain and Cognition 77(2):191–199. Voisin, D. R., and J. S. Hong. 2012. A conceptual formulation examining the relationship between witnessing domestic violence and bullying behaviors and victimization among youth. Educational Psychology Review 24(4):479–498. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 141. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 130 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING Waasdorp, T. E., C. P. Bradshaw, and P. J. Leaf. 2012. The impact of School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS) on bullying and peer rejection: A ran-domized controlled effectiveness trial. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 116(2):149–156. Woolf, S. H. 2008. The meaning of translational research and why it matters. JAMA 299(2): 211–213. Wright, J., R. Sege, and the American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Injury Violence and Poison Prevention. 2009. Role of the pediatrician in youth violence prevention. Pediatrics 124(1):393–402, doi: 10.1542/peds.2009-0943. Ybarra, M. L., A. T. Bağci Bosi, J. Korchmaros, and S. Emri. 2012. A text messaging-based smoking cessation program for adult smokers: randomized controlled trial. Journal of Medical Internet Research 14(6):e172. Ybarra, M. L., S. S. Bull, T. L. Prescott, J. D. Korchmaros, D. R. Bangsberg, and J. P. Kiwanuka. 2013a. Adolescent abstinence and unprotected sex in CyberSenga, an Inter-net- based HIV prevention program: Randomized clinical trial of efficacy. PLoS ONE 8(8):e70083. Ybarra, M. L., J. S. Holtrop, T. L. Prescott, M. H. Rahbar, and D. Strong. 2013b. Pilot RCT results of stop my smoking USA: A text messaging–based smoking cessation program for young adults. Nicotine and Tobacco Research 15(8):1388–1399. Yeager, D. S., C. J. Fong, H. Y. Lee, and D. L. Espelage. In press. Declines in efficacy of anti-bullying programs among older adolescents: A developmental theory and a three-level meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology. Zimmerman, F. J., G. M. Glew, D. A. Christakis, and W. Katon. 2005. Early cognitive stimulation, emotional support, and television watching as predictors of subsequent bullying among grade-school children. Archive of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 159(4):384–388. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 142. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary B Workshop Agenda BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING AND ITS IMPACT ON YOUTH ACROSS THE LIFECOURSE: A WORKSHOP April 9–10, 2014 National Academy of Sciences Building 2101 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC Lecture Room AGENDA Workshop Goals and Objectives The overall objective of the workshop is to highlight current research on bullying prevention. More specifically, workshop presentations and discussions will address the following questions: • What is the underlying knowledge base and conceptual models that guide the design, delivery, and evaluation of bullying prevention and intervention efforts? • Are there specific interventions that are effective in decreasing bul-lying and the antecedents to bullying? • What programs designed to address other negative adolescent behaviors (e.g., substance abuse, delinquency, etc.) are also effec-tive at preventing or reducing bullying? • Are there specific models and interventions that increase protective factors and mitigate the negative health impact of bullying? • What are the key sectors involved in bullying prevention and intervention? How does involvement or lack of involvement by key sectors influence opportunities and barriers to implementing a 131 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 143. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 132 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING blueprint for bullying prevention and intervention? What are some appropriate roles for each of the key sectors in preventing bullying? DAY 1: April 9, 2014 8:30–8:45 a.m. Welcome and Overview of Agenda Frederick P. Rivara (Planning Committee Chair), University of Washington School of Medicine 8:45–9:00 a.m. Perspectives from the Sponsor Michael C. Lu, Health Resources and Services Administration 9:00–9:30 a.m. Introduction and Role of Youth Panelists Moderator: Megan Moreno, University of Washington Alexa Cafasso, Student at Sacred Heart Academy Glenn Cantave, Student at Wesleyan University Whitney Dockrey, Student at Georgetown University Asher Farkas, Student at New York University Rebecca Shaw, Student at Horace Mann School 9:30–9:50 a.m. Introduction and Role of School Personnel Panelists Moderator: Catherine Bradshaw, University of Virginia and Planning Committee Virginia L. Dolan, Anne Arundel County Public Schools Mike Donlin, State of Washington Office of Superintendent of Public Instruction William Myers, South River High School 9:50–10:20 a.m. Overview of Bullying and Victimization Session Objectives: • Provide an overview of key issues relevant to bullying and victimization (including Centers for Disease Control and Prevention definition, frequency, and consequences [immediate, long-term effects on health, school, quality of life]). Discuss types of bullying (physical, verbal, rela-tional, damage to property, and cyber). Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 144. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary APPENDIX B 133 • Discuss roles in bullying (bully, victim, bully–­victim, bystander). Susan Limber, Clemson University 10:20–11:20 a.m. Session 1: Targets of Bullying and Bullying Behavior Session Objective: • Highlight current research on risk factors, pro-tective factors, and resiliency associated with targets of bullying and bullying behavior at the individual, family, school, and community levels. Moderator: Catherine Bradshaw, University of Virginia Jaana Juvonen, University of California, Los Angeles Tracy Vaillancourt, University of Ottawa Dorothy Espelage, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Robert Faris, University of California, Davis 11:20–11:50 a.m. Discussion and Audience Q A Discussant: Catherine Bradshaw 11:50 a.m.– Lunch 12:50 p.m. 12:50–1:35 p.m. Session 2: School-Based Interventions Session Objective: • Highlight current research on school-based interventions including school policies, school climate, and preventive interventions. Moderator: Nina Fredland, Texas Woman’s University College of Nursing Denise Gottfredson, University of Maryland Catherine Bradshaw, University of Virginia Dewey Cornell, University of Virginia 1:35–2:05 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q A Discussant: Nina Fredland Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 145. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 134 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 2:05–2:50 p.m. Session 3: Family-Focused Interventions Session Objective: • Highlight current research on family-level inter-ventions including parenting, responses to bul-lying behavior, and parental awareness of kids’ online presence. Moderator: Jonathan Todres, Georgia State University College of Law Melissa Holt, Boston University Deborah Gorman-Smith, University of Chicago 2:50–3:20 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q A Discussant: Jonathan Todres 3:20–3:35 p.m. Break 3:35–4:05 p.m. Session 4: Technology-Based Interventions Session Objective: • Highlight current research on technology-based interventions, including social media–based campaigns and using technology to disseminate interventions. Moderator: Megan Moreno, University of Washington Michele Ybarra, Center for Innovative Public Health Research Faye Mishna, University of Toronto 4:05–4:35 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q A Discussant: Megan Moreno 4:35 p.m. Adjourn Day 1 DAY 2: April 10, 2014 8:30–8:40 a.m. Welcome and Overview of Agenda Frederick P. Rivara, Planning Committee Chair Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 146. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary APPENDIX B 135 8:40–9:10 a.m. Session 5: Community-Based Interventions Session Objective: • Highlight current research on community-based interventions including the role of health care providers. Moderator: Angela Diaz, Mount Sinai Hospital and Chair, Board on Children, Youth, and Families Asha Goldweber, SRI International Joseph L. Wright, George Washington University Schools of Medicine and Public Health 9:10–9:40 a.m. Discussion and Audience Q A Discussant: Angela Diaz 9:40–10:10 a.m. Session 6: Peer-Led and Peer-Focused Programs Session Objective: • Highlight current research on peer-led programs related to bullying prevention and related areas of research. Moderator: Jonathan Todres, Georgia State University College of Law Tom Dishion, Arizona State University Kenneth A. Dodge, Duke University 10:10–10:40 a.m. Discussion and Audience Q A Discussant: Jonathan Todres 10:40–11:00 a.m. Break 11:00–11:30 a.m. Session 7: Laws and Public Policies Session Objectives: • Provide an overview of anti-bullying laws and policies. • Discuss opportunities provided by legal frame-work, constraints, and challenges. Moderator: Jonathan Todres, Georgia State University College of Law Mark Hatzenbuehler, Columbia University Douglas E. Abrams, University of Missouri School of Law Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 147. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 136 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING 11:30 a.m.– Discussion and Audience Q A 12:00 p.m. Discussant: Jonathan Todres 12:00–1:00 p.m. Lunch 1:00–1:45 p.m. Session 8: Translating Bullying Research into Policy and Practice Session Objective: • Highlight the current research on the science of implementation, increasing capacity, and sustain-ability, including implementing community-wide systems interventions. Moderator: Denise Gottfredson, University of Maryland Abigail Fagan, University of Florida Luanne Rohrbach, University of Southern California C. Hendricks Brown, Northwestern University 1:45–2:15 p.m. Discussion and Audience Q A Discussant: Denise Gottfredson 2:15–2:45 p.m. School Personnel Reaction Panel Session Objectives: Comment on the workshop presentations and discussions, including • What seemed particularly important and/or useful? • What important issues were missing from the workshop discussion? Moderator: Catherine Bradshaw, University of Virginia Virginia L. Dolan, Mike Donlin, and William Myers 2:45–3:30 p.m. Youth Reaction Panel Session Objectives: Comment on the workshop presentations and discussions, including • What seemed particularly important and/or useful? Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 148. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary APPENDIX B 137 • What important issues were missing from the workshop discussion? Moderator: Megan Moreno, University of Washington Alexa Cafasso, Glenn Cavante, Whitney Dockrey, Asher Farkas, and Rebecca Shaw 3:30–4:30 p.m. Future Directions and Next Steps Session Objectives: • Synthesize and discuss key highlights from the workshop presentations and discussions. • Identify key promising areas for future research and policy, key challenges, key opportunities. Moderator: Frederick P. Rivara, Planning Committee Chair Catherine Bradshaw, Nina Fredland, Denise Gottfredson, Megan Moreno, and Jonathan Todres 4:30 p.m. Adjourn Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 149. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 150. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary C Workshop Statement of Task An ad hoc planning committee will plan and conduct a 2-day public workshop that highlights relevant information and knowledge that can inform a multi-disciplinary road map on next steps for the field of bully-ing prevention. Content areas that will be explored include the identifica-tion of conceptual models and interventions that have proven effective in decreasing bullying and the antecedents to bullying, while increasing protective factors that mitigate the negative health impact of bullying. Key sectors that are involved in bullying prevention will be identified in order to understand the opportunities and barriers to implementing a blueprint for bullying prevention. An individually authored workshop summary will be prepared based on the information gathered and the discussions held during the workshop session. The workshop will feature invited presentations and discussions that address the following questions: • What is the underlying knowledge base and conceptual models that guide the design, delivery, and evaluation of bullying prevention and intervention efforts? • Are there specific interventions that are effective in decreasing bul-lying and the antecedents to bullying? • What programs designed to address other negative adolescent behaviors (e.g., substance abuse, delinquency, etc.) are also effec-tive at preventing or reducing bullying? • Are there specific models and interventions that increase protective factors and mitigate negative health impact of bullying? 139 Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.
  • 151. Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary 140 BUILDING CAPACITY TO REDUCE BULLYING • What are the key sectors involved in bullying prevention and intervention? How does involvement or lack of involvement by key sectors influence opportunities and barriers to implementing a blueprint for bullying prevention and intervention? What are some appropriate roles for each of the key sectors in preventing bullying? This activity constitutes Phase 1 of a three-part effort directed toward examining, analyzing, and synthesizing information and knowledge about policy, education, and behavioral strategies aimed at decreasing bullying behavior. Copyright © National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.